K''- .- ";'T .. y ' rf-tiHia'. ^ 
 
 
 I 
 
 :^ 
 
 >. 
 
 .■'// 
 
 3 
 
 > 
 
 / 
 
 ., i A 
 
 
 9 
 
 w. 
 
 
 F^: 
 
 
 ^4 
 
 
#' 
 
 PRINCETON, N. J- 1.%*' ^ 
 
 BL 200 .T3 1884 
 
 Tait, James, 1829-1899. 
 
 Mind in matter 
 
 Shelf. 
 
\k^y' 
 
 ^/ 
 
 \^ 
 
MIND IN MATTEE. 
 
MIND IN MATTER: 
 
 % S^nrf Argument 
 
 ON THEISM. 
 
 BY 
 
 THE REV. JAMES TAIT. 
 
 " And can there be who doubt there is a God, 
 And life eternal! . . . Show me some well- 
 wrought work 
 Of Matter or of Mind; though you produce 
 No author, I conclude that such there was, 
 Or this had never been, and give him praise." 
 
 COWPER. 
 
 LONDON: 
 
 CHARLES GRIFFIN & COMPANY, 
 Exeter Street, Strand. 
 
 [All nights Beserved.] 
 
PREFACE. 
 
 The following short treatise originated in a dissatisfac- 
 tion felt by the writer with the ordinary treatment 
 of the points involved. The time has arrived when, 
 in the judgment of many, a radical handling of the 
 whole subject of materialism must, and, it may 
 possibly be added, can be undertaken. The progress 
 of knowledge in all directions makes it possible to 
 examine Nature at the foundations, and to detect where 
 Mind has interposed, step by step, in its arrangements. 
 The author aims at presenting a " bird's-eye view " 
 of the subject, rather than at saying everything that 
 might be said. As far as possible, the scaffolding has 
 been kept out of view, and the subject-matter con- 
 tracted to the utmost limit on this account, and for 
 the further reason that extended works on such a 
 subject are in a great measure useless, because never 
 read. An aroument in several branches — in order to 
 tell — must be kept in unity of view. An epitomised 
 presentation, therefore, alone affords the conjoint aspect 
 
 on which a full impression depends. It is, moreover, 
 
 a 2 
 
"Vi PEEFACE. 
 
 paying the truth a poor compliment to require unlimited 
 space in defending it. The truth will demonstrate itself 
 by its own light, if correctly and pointedly stated. 
 
 In conclusion, the author would only say, that his 
 brief pages will not have been written in vain, if they 
 serve to remind one bewildered soul that, after ail said 
 and surmised, the Lawgiver still stands, immutable,, 
 eternal, above His own laws — that the Creator is not 
 buried beneath His own creation. Against the Eock of 
 Ages human conjectures may dash and surge — they 
 cannot overthrow it. 
 
 FiTZROY, Ontario, Canada, 
 April 30th, 1884, 
 
SYNOPSIS OF CONTENTS. 
 
 PAGE. 
 
 Introduction, 1 
 
 Part i. — The Inorganic Would — 
 
 Matter, 9 
 
 Physical Geography, . . . . . . 18 
 
 Pantheism, ........ 23- 
 
 Part ii. — The Organic World — 
 
 Organisms, . . . . . . . . 26 
 
 Growth and Instinct, ...... 45- 
 
 Utility, 57 
 
 Beauty, QT 
 
 Part hi. — The Eational Organic World — 
 
 Mind, 73. 
 
 A Criticism, ....... 82 
 
 Morals, 99 
 
 Enjoyment, lOT 
 
 Part iv. — Universal Pielations — • 
 
 Mind and Matter, . . . . . .114 
 
 Natural Inspiration, . . . . . .121 
 
 Supernatural Inspiration — The Old Testament, . 130 
 The New Testament, 174 
 
 Deductions, 207 
 
INTRODUCTION. 
 
 In the discussion of Materialism, an obstacle greater than 
 ordinary presents itself. The contestants cherish for each 
 other an ill-concealed contempt, perhaps not altogether 
 unmerited on either part. The Theologian, who generally 
 conducts the argument on the one side, is not a scientist, 
 and the " obduracy" of the scientist is supposed to origi- 
 nate in practical unacquaintance with theology. If his 
 opponent were a competent judge of matter and its forces, 
 it is supposed he would find in them a satisfactory account 
 of things. On the other hand, the Materialist will not 
 put the faith to its only infallible test. 
 
 Divinity, on one side, is an experimental science. 
 The mind of the builder does not lurk among the 
 bricks and mortar between the walls and roof of the 
 building. It betrays itself in the relation of part to 
 part, and by the general finish. The Divine Mind is 
 not the substratum of nature — the "absolute" of 
 science ; it is the Creator of the absolute. His existence 
 is indicated by the nature and relations of matter. As a 
 Person, He is accessible. The faith of the theist is not a 
 mere conclusion resting on a logical process. It is a truth 
 impressed by the self-revealing power of God. He who 
 
 created the instruments by which human spirits communi- 
 
 1 
 
2 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 cate, can penetrate the seat of conviction and demonstrate 
 Himself. Conscience is a sky-light through which He 
 can read thought, and speak in tones of anger or of 
 affection. 
 
 Neglect of the direct experiment is more inexcusable 
 than at first appears. Mind can never free itself from 
 secret intimations of a Divine existence. This is illus- 
 trated by frequent reactions from the extreme of scepticism 
 to superstition. In every age, dread of a Supreme Being 
 has filled the world with awe. History cannot be annihi- 
 lated by calling it superstition, nor does Materialism 
 necessarily abolish God. If a small parcel of organised 
 matter in the range of experience beget a mind capable of 
 grasping the universe — and in some specimens of setting 
 the world on fire — what may it not beget on the universal 
 scale ? The aniina mundi of the ancients was a spirit 
 bearing a relation to the world, not unlike that which the 
 soul occupies to the body. In syllogism the argument 
 will stand thus : The body is an organism, the world is an 
 organism ; the body generates mind, the world generates 
 mind. The reasoning is not conclusive, nevertheless it 
 has countenance in the fact that the most simple con- 
 scious forms have nerve-matter, but no nervous system. 
 It is promptive of serious reflection that some of the 
 greatest thinkers of past ages accounted in such a way for 
 the manifestation of Mind in providence. If the spiritual 
 birth-piece of matter on the larger scale bear a resemblance 
 to spirits begotten by the same substance on the smaller, 
 the anima mundi may be a being both disposed and able 
 to give a good deal of trouble. The mere suggestion may 
 
' . INTRODUCTION. 3 
 
 induce a generous attention to arguments in behalf of a 
 Deity, for whom a more exalted nature is claimed. 
 
 Which is the ultimate fact, Mind or Matter? The 
 question comes clamantly to the front to-day, as it has 
 come again and again in the past. This means that the 
 conclusive reply has not been made. At the same time, the 
 relative place of the questioner and the questioned is not 
 to be overlooked. The latter holds the entrenched posi- 
 tion. Faith in ultimate Mind is the normal view. 
 Material objects are understood, because lines of thought 
 run through them in all directions. There are signs of 
 mind in a locomotive — there is no mind in the locomotive 
 itself. There are signs of mind multiplied by infinity in 
 nature, but there is no mind in nature itself. Nature is 
 a vast exhibition of concrete ideas. Probably nothing but 
 thought, or its product, can awaken thought. If Matter 
 arouses consciousness, it does so as the product of Mind. 
 In looking out on the world, the conviction is confirmed. 
 The varieties of animal and vegetable life, each presenting 
 a multitude of specimens, suggest the idea of " factory 
 products" — objects owing their existence to the thought 
 of another. Each group also forms a picture more realistic 
 than the m.asterpiece of an artist. 
 
 When the positivist demands acceptance of the pheno- 
 menal as the ultimate, the position is felt to be inadmis- 
 sible. The world is filled with adaptations. The bodies of 
 all the larger animals are moved by cords as really as the 
 yards of a ship. A star is without mathematical know- 
 ledge, but there is mathematical knowledge evinced in the- 
 position it occupies — in its weight, and in its velocity. 
 
4 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 There is wise arrangement in the seasons, but no Avisdom 
 in the sun, nor in the orbital motion of the earth. There 
 is no benevolence in the bosom of a cloud, in the sunshine, 
 nor in the heart of a fruit tree — there is unmistakable 
 benevolence in the purposes they serve in the world. The 
 mind rests only when it has found the concrete source of 
 benevolent intention. Nor by reasoning back one step 
 are we compelled to take another and another. 3Iind 
 is the unknown quantity sought ; when mind is found, the 
 conclusion is reached. 
 
 At an early date the vis inertia of matter was recog- 
 nised. Matter is powerless to move itself, equally power- 
 less to arrest motion. Even the lower animals are startled 
 by sudden motion, and seem to put the question, Is It Mind? 
 " The motions of matter in the world of life,'' we are told, 
 " its flight in the winds, planets, and comets, filled the 
 imagination of the ancients with spirits who were placed 
 as governors of the world." The statement is only par- 
 tially correct, for faith in one God was the primal posi- 
 tion. Faith in a multiplicity of gods originated in the 
 " substratum," or absolute philosophy revived by modern 
 pantheism. It had its starting-place probably in the 
 unknowable " god of science,'^ who comes to consciousness 
 in the individual. Nevertheless, motion, as well as matter^ 
 evidences Mind. 
 
 Force, as known by science, antagonises the positivist 
 doctrine of antecedence and consequence. If the idea of 
 "cause" has its origin in conscious Will, the material con- 
 firmation is not to seek. The modifications of matter are 
 produced by vibration. Ether is the belting of the Uni- 
 
INTRODUCTION. 5 
 
 verse. When the sun awakes nature, in spring, to living 
 motion, it is not as a single and separate antecedent, but by 
 communicating mediately an unending series of powerful 
 shakes. The correlation of the forces evinces intelligent co- 
 ordination. Each force is in turn the pinion and driving- 
 wheel of every other. By their mutual action, nature is a 
 system, and not a multitude of isolated bodies. The in- 
 telligence in motion is seen in the planets and their 
 satellites. Not impelled by gravity, their movements are 
 carefully calculated to counteract gravity. 
 
 Nature in its various aspects is an instrument of Mind, 
 revealino; itself to mind. What a book is to the reader, 
 nature is to the thinker. Apart from mind discovered 
 wherever thought is directed, the world would present a 
 labyrinth of insoluble puzzles, incomprehensible as an un- 
 known tongue. Only when " forms of mind" appear in 
 obscure natural objects do difficulties disappear. The 
 categories of Aristotle, suggested by the point of view of 
 matter, are as truly forms of mind as are those of Kant... 
 Generalisation in its material basis involves the very laws 
 that operate in our own minds. The sum-total of things 
 presented in the Universe is the gigantic effort of a 
 Spirit to reveal Himself. The spirituality of God is evi-- 
 denced by His invisibility. That He is a spirit accounts ■ 
 for His invisibility; that He is invisible is accounted for- 
 by His spirituality. It is unfliir to complain that a spirit 
 is unseen. To know Him requires a fjiculty related ta 
 spirit as touch is to matter — faith. Conscience is the 
 initial of such an organ, possessed in some degree by all. 
 It substantiates the existence and moral character of God; 
 
6 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 but His wisdom, power, and goodness, in their compre- 
 hensive nature, would remain, without an objective reve- 
 lation, comparatively unknown. 
 
 A spirit has advantages and disadvantages. Among 
 advantages are — oversight from secret places of observa- 
 tion, a^d power of action everywhere, himself unseen. 
 Among disadvantages are — the possibility of being alto- 
 gether overlooked, or even unknown. Direct revelation 
 of a spirit can never rise above self-assertion in the con- 
 science : one made by works addressed to the senses and 
 reason amounts in comparison to knowledge. In judging 
 of men, acts form an incomparably higher standard than 
 self-representation. By inspiration, spirits might be 
 made cognisant of the unlimited Power, Wisdom, and 
 Goodness of God; the creation affords ocular demon- 
 stration on the subject. If the Universe was made to 
 meet a crisis in the history of intelligences, creation 
 will fall into line with other miracles. Nature and 
 Inspiration are the complement of each other. Inspira- 
 tion alone would produce Faith, but without the roundness 
 and completeness of Knowledge. Thus, the study of 
 nature can never be dispensed with. 
 
 As in the higher education, the investigating of the 
 properties of lines, spaces, and cubes, is an instrument 
 of mental training, so in nature mind is educated by 
 physical knowledge. The function of the body is thus 
 apparent. Only by a delicately constructed material 
 organisation can mind " contact " with matter. The 
 body is a case of tools and of tests, whereby Mind may 
 operate upon Matter and verify its demonstrations. The 
 
INTRODUCTION. 7 
 
 nervous system is the brain extending itself in different 
 directions to the point of contact. Neither the brain 
 Dor the nerves, however, feel. When a nerve is severed 
 between the place of contact and the brain, it is senseless; 
 when it is not severed, feeling is at the place of contact, 
 and not in the brain. Mind can present itself at the 
 periphery; the hixdn cannot, because conditioned by 
 physical law. 
 
 The transition from feeling to externality is instan- 
 taneous in all the senses. A piece of sealing-wax, endowed 
 with consciousness, would feel the impression alone ; the 
 Immaterial mind, by the law of intelligence, recognises also 
 the stamp. Although universally felt to be so, the explana- 
 tion is made difficult by a rooted material conception 
 of mind. A broad distinction must be made between 
 mere feeling and intelligence. Intelligence grasps the 
 cause of consciousness, and associates with it the idea of 
 substance. The very foreignness of matter at once demon- 
 strates its externality, and establishes its outcast position. 
 A mental cause is felt within; a material one, by its 
 infinite contrast to mind, is felt without. That touch alone 
 reveals matter, is a groundless assumption. " Impene- 
 trability" is supposed to announce externality by arrested 
 motion. A conception of matter, however, must precede 
 the conception of motion. That matter is not a creation 
 of the percipient mind, is evident from the recognition 
 of form and design. To the idealist who imagines himself 
 the creator of every complicated piece of machinery on 
 which he gazes, the reply must be — " Incompetent ! " 
 There are inventors. The complicated designs of nature 
 
§ INTRODUCTION. 
 
 also constitute an evidence of extant existence. The 
 Universe is an immense hieroglyphic, revealing by 
 peculiar markings the characteristics of an Infinite Mind. 
 The ever-recurring question is, Has the Creator buried 
 Himself beneath the monument raised to reveal Him 1 
 Has the Universe become His mausoleum 1 
 
P ^K T T, 
 
 i 
 
 THE INORGANIC WORLD. 
 
 MATTER. 
 
 In nnanalyticnl ages nature ■was contemplated as a casting. 
 Shapes were traced by the eye, and pointed out in triumph 
 as formations by a mould. For centuries the argument 
 was little more than a repetition of the exclamation : 
 ^'Look at organisms, and deny that there are marks of 
 a mould upon them." The reply came back with equal 
 uniformity : " No ! these things were not made — they 
 grew." In the present age, a more radical line of thought 
 is cast through the subject. The careful study of atomic 
 properties, as revealed by chemistry, has put the root-idea 
 of things wathin grasping distance. The infinite divisi- 
 bility of matter afforded no starting or resting- 
 place for thought. A thing, whose chief characteristic is 
 the capacity of unlimited division, can only be a clod. A 
 faith, whose fundamental article is creation, must seek for 
 traces of creative wisdom in the materials of the Universe. 
 Wisdom may bo displayed in the "collocations of matter," 
 and still greater wisdom in successful efforts with uncon- 
 genial materials ; but, if the material itself has been 
 created, it will bear traces of skill, striking as those dis- 
 played in the purposes to which it has been applied. 
 
 An atom, it may be supposed, is the smallest amount 
 of matter, in form, that infinite skill can create. The 
 
10 MIND IN MATTER. 
 
 dynamical theory fails to explain the contrast in atoms. 
 It fails also to account for stable combinations. When the 
 force compelling chemical combination is withdrawn, what 
 is to prevent the. rebound to isolation 1 There must be 
 the grasp of articulation. 
 
 Matter is not an ultimate; its elements bear marks 
 of design. Examined by the light of modern science, its 
 root-idea is, substantially, the algebraic one of combina- 
 tions. A few elements combine in a great variety of 
 ways. This is nature's working idea. The ancient belief 
 in four elements is remarkable, as the infinite variety of 
 combinations would suggest a Chinese alphabet, rather 
 than an Arabic one. At present, the unlimited substances 
 in nature are supposed to be built up by sixty-four 
 elements. The method commends itself to mind as one 
 of its own "forms," by bringing nature into line with 
 supreme works of human genius. The inventor of letters 
 had the following objects in view : To reduce sound to its 
 simple elements, to represent the elements to the eye, 
 and to make the signs by their combinations represent 
 the words of a language. The signs employed to express 
 sound are mental creations, and such obviously are also 
 the elements of matter. The object of letters is to give 
 visibility to thought ; the object of atoms to give visi- 
 bility to the Divine Thought. Words express things; 
 atoms constitute the things expressed. If words suggest 
 ideas, things involve them. By the atomic method 
 ■elements are movable, as type in the hands of a com- 
 positor; they are in command of the manipulator, and 
 of the magic power of organisms. Apart from this plan, 
 
MATTER. 11 
 
 nature would be beautiful, indeed, but stereotyped as a 
 work of art, instead of a kaleidoscope giving form to end- 
 less varieties of loveliness and utility. 
 
 When matter is examined from other points of view, 
 such as number, weight, and mechanical skilly the same 
 result is obtained. No prescription of a physician was 
 ever made with more care in the balancing of ingre- 
 dients. Some elements exist in infinitesimal^ others 
 in almost unlimited, quantities; and the proportions 
 have a striking relation to use. The elements forming 
 a majority of useful structures exist in great abundance. 
 This would be a truism, if the world were a mass of 
 atoms mechanically combined. Quantity and combining- 
 power are carefully proportioned. In amount, oxygen 
 probably equals all the other elements together, and it 
 unites chemically with every other except one. Could 
 oxygen change places quantitatively with any other in- 
 gredient, the universe would become a heap of refuse. 
 Silicon and aluminium, again, are the base of soils ; they 
 occur in large amounts, and present themselves just where 
 needed. Carbon is another largely existing element, 
 which, by its power of appropriating and combining with 
 the elements that form living structures, vegetable ot 
 animal, constitutes the base of life. Could it change 
 places with caesium, for example, organisms would dis- 
 appear from the earth. The abounding elements have 
 all reference to the object of creation — life. No com- 
 missariat-supplies were ever prepared with more atten- 
 tion to necessity. 
 
 Weight is the most general fact in chemical combination. 
 
12 MIND IN MATTER. 
 
 The elements unite in fixed proportions, and the law of 
 weight running through the gamut of chemistry is deter- 
 mined by atomic weights. If atoms were made visible 
 by art, they would present themselves as immense stores 
 of particles, the individuals of each species identical in 
 size, shape, and density, like assorted types. There are 
 uniformities, also, in chemical affinities, revealing lines 
 of thought, and making a limited number of formuloD 
 possible. What typical forms are in the region of life, 
 therefore, proportional combinations are in chemistry. 
 Mind in its various operations reveals itself by converting 
 an idea into a principle. 
 
 A similar conclusion is reached from the point of view 
 of mechanism. Art consists in adapting and finishing. 
 As a work of art, nature is peculiar. A mechanic fits his 
 materials to occupy one fixed place. Certain parts of 
 factory products are adapted to fill certain identical posi- 
 tions in all articles of the same kind. Atoms are fitted 
 to an unlimited number of positions, and in each case the 
 adaptation is complete. It is, in fact, their extraordinary 
 versatility and perfection of function that suggest th® 
 doubt whether they are results of skill. Matter is 
 Supposed to be greater than Mind. Material ultimates 
 betraying wonderful skill may exist, but not an ultimate 
 Mind pregnant with the skill itself. The purposes 
 served by atoms appeared to Leibnitz so wonderful 
 that he called his "monads" minds. It is because they 
 are not " minds " that they must be the works of mind. 
 The stones of the builder never put themselves into 
 shape, nor have the little stones of the great Architect. 
 
MATTER. 13 
 
 When closely examined, everything points to Mind as 
 the Ultimate. 
 
 As evolution generally takes the raw material of the 
 universe for granted, its starting-place has been reached. 
 Is the constitution of nature determined by the laws of 
 atoms ? The presumption is against such a view. Mind 
 never limits itself to the production of materials — an 
 alphabet is formed into books. If the raw materials of 
 nature are the products of mind, then it is more than 
 probable that He who made them has also marshalled 
 them. If Divine wisdom can reveal itself by combina- 
 tions of matter, it will do so, since it is by such combina- 
 tions that nature becomes a system of Divine teaching — 
 a course of object-lessons on a grand scale. 
 
 It may be impossible to determine how the elements 
 of matter would disport themselves in a perfectly free 
 state. In the effort to conceive them in diffusion, ideas 
 have been borrowed on a liberal scale from the organised 
 world. Radiation from a " cosmic vapour " is spoken of 
 in as '"' matter-of-course " a way as of radiation from a 
 concentrated mass — heat and luminousness as necessary 
 adjuncts of " nebulous matter." The assertion is ventured 
 here, that neither heat nor light is possible in the circum- 
 stances. In a universe of atoms there would be possibilities 
 of both, but an impossibility to evolve either one or the 
 other. Oxygen, e.g., a heat-producing element, when in a 
 free state, as in the atmosphere, is neither self-heating nor 
 luminous. Phosphorus, again, reduced to small particles 
 by admixture with other substances, ceases to be 
 inflammable in the air. A universe in atomic diffusion 
 
l4 MIND m MATTER. 
 
 would thus involve a state of eternal cold, making 
 chemical combination and the evolution of latent heat 
 impossible. The heat produced by friction, as we find it 
 in the atmosphere, would be nil. The air does not take 
 fire because its particles move and collide. Again, as the 
 condition of both chemical union and heat, matter must 
 attain a degree of concentration. In fact, it may be 
 stated summarily that isolated atoms are incapable of 
 generating force to any very appreciable extent, and 
 thus must for ever remain in separation. As particles 
 attract each other only from infinitesimal distances, how 
 concentration could be effected without pressure becomes 
 the insoluble mystery. Electricity is the condition of many 
 chemical combinations, but the intense cold of a universe 
 of atoms would paralyse even the operations of electricity. 
 The bearing of temperature on electricity is seen on a 
 large scale in cold countries in the absence of powerful 
 electrical phenomena in winter. The aurora is not an 
 exception, as it presupposes heat.^ 
 
 It is very possible to misrepresent a state of things so 
 far from the range of experience. In a world of atoms, 
 nuclei might form, and, by attraction, concentrate into 
 masses. This is one way in which worlds might originate 
 
 ^This beautiful plienomenon is produced by the encounter between two 
 A'olumes of air at different temperatures, and oppositely electrified. The 
 cold air forms a stratum near the earth, the heated air moving in an opposite 
 dii'ection at a higher elevation. Electricity flashes up from the lower to the 
 higher stratum, giving the pencils of light a vertical position. In other words, 
 the Northern Lights are diffused and continuous sheet-lightning, operating 
 often vicariously at the season when the more powerful phenomenon is generally 
 impossible. The Aurora is most abundant in autumn and spring, when the air 
 is mixed, as in passing from summer heat to winter cold, and vice versa. Last 
 season the most extensive Aurora of many years inaugurated the cold of winter 
 in North America. 
 
MATTER. ■ 15 
 
 in a self-moved cosmic whole: a way conceivable indeed, 
 but impossible, for what could prevent concentration into 
 a single mass 1 The material masses of the universe, on 
 the contrary, give no indication of haphazard formation. 
 The cosmos is a system of suns and planets — of suns that 
 are masses of heated luminous matter, and of planets 
 which are not luminous, and which revolve round the 
 suns as their sources of life. In the process of condensa- 
 tion, the luminous matter has uniformly taken up a 
 scientific position in the centre of a system — the non- 
 luminous an equally scientific one at the circumference. 
 There is also a proportion so perfectly calculated between 
 the weight, distance from the centre, and velocity of each 
 body as to secure a fixed relative position. All the 
 planets in a system occupy nearly the same plane, move 
 in the same direction, and (what is perhaps more remark- 
 able) in elliptical, and not in circular, orbits. In conces- 
 sion to the " convertibility of force " theory, it may be 
 admitted that gravitation is chemical attraction operating 
 in masses. But let us ask, Are the ficts just stated the 
 results of chemical force ? In whatever way brought into 
 position, the heavenly bodies involve scientific ideas of 
 the highest order. Can chemistry locate a star ? — If so, 
 the formula has not yet been announced. 
 
 But the "nebular hypothesis?" — This hypothesis is 
 forced unnaturally to survive the supposed facts that 
 gave it birth. When the " nebular matter " was resolved 
 into stars, the theory reached its natural death, and by 
 galvanism alone can it be made to simulate life. The 
 hypothesis is interesting as an antiquated scientific 
 
16 MIND IN MATTER. 
 
 curiosity, but is without a raisou d''etre, and wholl}^ 
 inadequate to account for any fact. Matter, in passing 
 from diffusion to concentration, would fall equally on 
 all sides of its centre, and thus make the rotator}^ motion 
 on which the nebular hypothesis is built impossible. 
 Moreover, only by tremendous leverage from the centre 
 could the cosmic vapour become sufficiently oblate to 
 form the basis of a system in which all the bodies are 
 within a few degrees of the same plane.^ When cohesion 
 is imperfect, as in liquids and gases, the outlying parts 
 are simply left behind. By the earth's rapid motion at 
 the equator, the atmosphere is not thrown off in gyrating 
 circles, it is simply left to form the trade-winds. Further, 
 nebular motion, if such a thing could exist, would produce 
 rings like those of Saturn, and not stars. 
 
 However, leaving speculation, let us look at the matter 
 actually placed within reach of analj^sis; this should yield 
 a finding on the question of manipulation in the formation 
 of worlds. The chemist, by putting ingredients together 
 in circumstances not realised in nature, forms new com- 
 pounds. Are there compounds in nature that nature has 
 not formed? 
 
 The investigation is complicated by the fact that 
 the primitive rocks do not exist in their original con- 
 dition. They have been changed by the concrete laws 
 of nature, having been, perhaps, more than once reduced 
 to a liquid state. Still, a middle term may not be want- 
 ing by which a very sure conclusion can be reached. 
 That the plutonic rocks were compounds of a peculiar 
 
 ^ The solar system is here taken as the example. 
 
MATTER. 1 7 
 
 character before fusion, is made highly probable by the 
 fact that heat, and indeed, all the forces together, applied 
 by art, fail to produce them. If heat, acting on the 
 elements, gave them form, like causes will produce like 
 effects. As all experiments in the direction fail, it follows 
 that the primitive fires operated on a substratum not re- 
 presented by the uncomplicated elements. It is said that 
 ^' the circumstances in which they were formed are not 
 realisable by the manipulator. They were put into 
 construction in hermetically sealed depths." There must 
 be no mistake here. The rocks in discussion form the 
 earth's original crust, and thus constitute the platform on 
 which the stratified formations are posited. The condi- 
 tion postulated, in fact, did not exist. Take the case of 
 a rolled stone, which, when fractured, exhibits a quantity 
 of petroleum. The substance was formed by confining 
 the elastic elements. The circumstances were not realised 
 in an open boiling sea of molten granite. The very fact 
 that these rocks were cast and cooled at the surface should 
 settle the question. Their composition is accounted for 
 by the peculiar material on which the plutonic fires acted. 
 Men form compounds not found in nature, and are in that 
 respect better chemists than nature. The earth's primi- 
 tive mass was compounded by the magic power of a 
 greater Chemist than either. The transition from 
 elemental diffusion to complication was effected by 
 Divine force. Eternal cold alone would paralyse the 
 action of law. 
 
18 MIND IN MATTEE. 
 
 PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 In the compass of seven chaj^ters the book of Genesis 
 refers to two deluges — one standing as the capital letter at 
 the commencement of the present order, the other a little 
 more than a chiliad and a-half afterwards, and both 
 universal, if universality can be expressed in human 
 language. At the chaotic period, " Darkness was upon 
 the face of the deep, and the Spirit of God moved upon 
 the face of the tvatersr In the second deluge, " All the 
 high hills that were under the whole heaven were 
 covered." By one passage, Deity worked the lever that 
 lifted the land above the water; by the other, according 
 to which the beds of ocean were raised, deluging the earth 
 again,, " All the foundations of the great deep were 
 broken up."^ If these statements are true, the frame- 
 
 ^ A few words on the traces left in nature by the Deluge will not, perhaps,, 
 be out of place here. A imiversal flood could not come and pass away 
 without leaving evidence of its existence. Such evidence would be better 
 marked if the catastrophe happened more than once. When the vapour 
 became condensed, the laws that rule in the ocean now must have come 
 into play. A deluge, if occurring at present, would detach the Arctic ice 
 and carry it south, where it would deposit its clay and boulders, and leave 
 marks of its transit in scraped and polished rocks. 
 
 The surface of the earth's mass was once a molten sea. In cooling, a crust 
 would form, very thin at first and liable to disturbance. Mountain ranges would 
 be upheaved only to disappear again, reduced once more to a liquid mass. Long 
 after the temperature of the earth was sufSciently modified to allow of the 
 conversion of vapour into water, the chaotic war would go on. Sometimes 
 the solid parts of the earth would be restored to the roundness of a ball, 
 when the waters would sweep over the earth and cover it. Then continents 
 woiild be cast up once more, forcing the liquid element back to its ocean bed. 
 Changes of this kind would go on long after the earth had become cold enough 
 to admit of the formation of ice masses in the Arctic and Antarctic regions. Then 
 ■when a fresh catastrophe took place, elevating the ocean beds and causing a 
 corresponding land depression, the ice would be detached and carried in the 
 direction of the equator. It may be added that a glacial period would be very 
 limited in time. In two or three years at most, the ice would flow south and 
 
PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. 19 
 
 work of the world must bear the impress of Mind. The 
 grand features of Physical Geography will exhibit skilful 
 arrangement. We ask, then: Are there any such marks 
 of design apparent in the structure of the earth? 
 
 When the eye is cast over a map, it is observed, 
 first, that the land hangs from the north in continents 
 resembling two immense crystals. It is easy to con- 
 jecture where the force was centred that raised the 
 continents, and its radiations are easily traced. The force 
 in all its ramified operations is represented by the author 
 of Genesis as held in hand by the Master Engineer. Is 
 there any evidence of the fact? Are there any marks of 
 skill in the configuration of the elevated parts of the 
 globe? With variation in detail the Eastern and 
 
 melt. Then, until the dry land was raised and glaciers had formed, and 
 another cataclysm took place, the glacial period was over. 
 
 Tlie veracity of Genesis in its record of floods depends entirely on one more 
 or less ; on whether the internal fires of the globe were sufficiently vigorous, 
 after it had become populated, to disturb the fountains of the deep anew, and 
 by an expiring effort to reduce the earth to a comparatively level plain. The 
 geological evidence of such a fact must be small. There were possibly no 
 Arctic human inhabitants in those primitive days. Even at present, were the 
 ice masses of those dreary regions floated south, they would carry few 
 evidences of human life with them. Such evidence would naturally be rarer 
 in the time of the antediluvians. This renders a conclusive finding on the subject 
 peculiarly difficult. It is something that the small amount of evidence extant 
 is favourable to our view. In England, boulder clay is found deposited on 
 forests identical with existing ones. In the interior of Scotland, shells are met 
 with in boulder clay, of species still living at 76° N. lat. in Greenland. The 
 boulder clays bearing human relics, such as those found in France by the 
 Count de Perthes, point to the same conclusion. The uniform direction of 
 the grooves in scraped rocks also is consistent only with a southern flow of 
 ice. Moreover, the whole crust of the earth has been broken up since the 
 stratified rocks were formed. The author of Genesis clearly intends to account 
 for the deluge by a change of physical geography, as appears when Genesis ii., 
 10, 11, 13, 14 is compared with the watersheds of those countries at present. 
 Cosmic operations, large as those here represented, are taken for granted by 
 geologists in accounting for many of the sedimentary rocks. Why should they 
 be outlawed only when there is the possibility of "making God a liar ?" 
 
20 MIND IN MATTER. 
 
 Western Continents are constructed on the same plan. 
 Mind ever repeats itself, and never repeats itself exactly. 
 Seen on a map, the continents resemble each other in 
 general outline ; they resemble each other also in one or 
 two striking particulars. The Eastern Continent is 
 divided near the centre by a vast canal, which constitutes 
 the waterway from the Atlantic to the Indian Ocean, the 
 Isthmus of Suez presenting itself as an obstacle. The 
 same idea is realised by the contraction of the Western 
 Continent into an Isthmus, which brings the Atlantic and 
 Pacific Oceans into juxtaposition. The objects secured 
 are the same in both cases; a convenient way of intercourse 
 between distant nations is opened, and a margin left for 
 human energy. 
 
 The continents and islands of the world form an area 
 of over fifty million square miles. In every part they 
 are so inclined by the dip of rooks that all, or nearly all, 
 the surface is drained by nature, or can be drained by 
 human art. The innumerable watersheds of the world ex- 
 hibit a skill beyond conception grand. No part of nature 
 can be more interesting to an intelligent traveller than 
 the variety of watersheds, great and small, which present 
 themselves wherever the eye is turned. To the geologist, 
 uneven surfaces betray the dip and trend of rocks ; to a 
 pious mind, they should also suggest the idea of un- 
 paralleled engineering power, exercised in the interest of 
 productiveness and health. These watersheds, little and 
 big, always form a system which effects the drainage of a 
 country. Then, no matter how the streams meander, 
 appearing on a map like gnarled branches, when their 
 
PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. 2X 
 
 waters are thrown together in sufficient amount to create 
 a navigable river, they generally make for the nearest 
 ocean with the directness of an arrow. In straight lines 
 the Mississippi flows three thousand miles, the St. 
 Lawrence a thousand — navigable rivers. 
 
 Equally wonderful is the expedient employed to pre- 
 vent floods, and maintain an average depth of water where 
 the supply from tributaries is deficient. In North America 
 the immense deposits of snow are controlled in spring by 
 lakes. In a lake the water of a freshet expands, and 
 debouches gradually. The overflow of the Nile, as of all 
 rivers, is occasioned by the want of lake capacity. Apart 
 from the lakes of Central Canada, the province of Quebec 
 would be another Egypt in spring, and in autumn there 
 w^ould be water enough in the St. Lawrence to float, per- 
 haps, a canoe. Scooped out, not by water-wear, but when 
 the dry land appeared, lakes bear evidence of design.^ 
 The}^ also afford a margin for human co-operation. By 
 limiting the exit, it is possible both to maintain the 
 average depth of water and to prevent floods. 
 
 By the earth's orbital angle we observe, again, that a 
 summer is conferred on the greatest possible area. It 
 equalises temperature b}^ reducing heat at the equator, 
 and augmenting it elsewhere. The difficulty is not 
 entirely overcome. This is apparent from the expedients 
 necessary to diminish cold in the temperate zones. These 
 
 1 Species of marine animals, not met with except in the ocean, have been 
 found in the deep waters of Lake Superior— a fact which seems to point to 
 the origin of this, as of all lakes of great size, in direct upheaval of the bed of 
 ocean. It is well known that salt-water may become fresh-water lakes in 
 time by evaporation and gradual dilution by the rain-fall. 
 
22 MIND IN MATTER. 
 
 are ''reflectors" placed in chosen positions. An inhabitant 
 of America, who visits Britain in winter, is surprised by 
 the warm winds often felt even in January. Knowing 
 the theory of the Gulf-stream, he concludes that the 
 waters which lave the coast are tepid. When led 
 by curiosity to make tlie experiment, he is surprised to 
 find them icy cold. Ready in drawing an inference, he at 
 once thinks of the desert. The Eastern is, by preeminence, 
 the hroad continent. • Its great contiguity of land condi- 
 tions its central parts for cold. This is remedied by a 
 series of deserts that extend from the Atlantic coast to 
 China. The desert of * Gobi in the extreme east, and the 
 deserts of Persia and Arabia in the centre, are, each in 
 its own place, what the Sahara is in the west. Hitherto 
 the great races of the world have been nourished into 
 vigour by these reflectors of heat. 
 
 In the narrower continent the same expedient appears 
 on a much smaller scale. The Rocky Mountains draw 
 the moisture from a large extent of territory east and west 
 of them. Eastward the loss is made good in some degree 
 by the Pacific Ocean. The territories west of the moun- 
 tains, especially toward the south, are comparatively 
 desert. The heated atmosphere carries vitality into the 
 surrounding regions. Some of it makes for the cool 
 region of the mountains, and would find its way to the 
 Pacific, had not the height of the mountains been too well 
 calculated. These heated winds travel hundreds of miles 
 along the ledges of the Rocky Mountains in a northerly 
 direction, still striving to surmount the obstacle. When 
 fairly baffled, they take a north-westerly course, and 
 
PANTHEISM. 23 
 
 carry the breath of life into the Canadian north-west 
 territories. It is as if the Great Artificer, foreseeing that 
 neighbours in the south would obtain the lion's share in 
 the "land-scramble" of America, resolved to take the 
 matter into His own care, and redeem a large extent of 
 territory for others at their expense; an arrangement for 
 which we Canadians have reason to be thankful. 
 
 There are other details in the great plan by which 
 moisture, as well as heat, is distributed ; these are the 
 elongated continental masses, indentations, and lakes. 
 In North America there are three indentations by which 
 the sea is brought far inland — the Hudson Bay, the 
 Gulf of the St. Lawrence, and the Gulf of Mexico. Far 
 inland are the great lakes, in the absence of which the 
 best parts of Central North America would be desert. 
 In the old continent, like results are secured by like 
 expedients. The Indian Ocean, the Red Sea, the Medi- 
 terranean, the Black Sea, the Baltic and the North Seas, 
 occupy indentations. What the lakes are in North 
 America, the Black and Caspian seas and lakes are in 
 Asia. 
 
 PANTHEISM. 
 
 Pantheism is the philosophy of the Absolute. Strictly, 
 there is no such philosophy.^ All thinking on the subject 
 evidently has facts for its initiative, and is, therefore, a 
 posteriori. Every effort to grasp the " absolute," in the 
 pantheistic sense, results in an a posteriori conception. la 
 
 1 "Absolute" is here used in the far too common Philosophic sense, not in 
 the Theistic. 
 
24 MIND IN MATTER. 
 
 one case, it is the relation of mind to thought — idealistic 
 pantheism ; in another, it is the relation of matter to its 
 phenomena — material pantheism. In another, the medi- 
 ating idea is a germ, and its expansion giving birth to 
 " evolution." Thus, attempts, mentally, to seize the 
 absolute, result in very mundane forms of thought. As 
 it is impossible to think without ideas, on this, any more 
 than on other subjects, the noblest conception will pro- 
 bably be the true one. Theism is based on the highest 
 possible conception. . It employs the relation of Mind to 
 its works, or art, to represent the fundamental relation of 
 God to the universe. When put to the test of fact, this 
 seems to be the key of the position. ^ 
 
 The father of modern pantheism defined Deity to be 
 the substratum of the two known attributes of nature — 
 *' Thought" and "Extension." As mind alone is capable 
 of thinking, and matter is not thought, there can be no 
 common substratum of Mind and Matter. The substratum 
 of thought is mind ; the substratum of matter is not 
 mind. The substratum of a piece of iron is iron. In 
 reality, Spinoza, like others, obtained his idea of substance 
 from both mind and matter, and then denied it to both, 
 except as a common centre. He removed a substratum 
 from the position where it was known to be, and placed it 
 where it was not known to be. If a mistake is made in 
 conceiving of mind and matter as substances, whence the 
 necessity of the idea? It is more than probable that 
 Hume took his "impressions and ideas" from Spinoza. 
 
 If Spinoza fails in the test of abstract thinking, he fails 
 more signally in that of advancing science. His hypothesis 
 
PANTHEISM. 25 
 
 could only have originated in an unanalytical age. Matter 
 is not a uniform substance of which nothing is known but 
 extension. The doctrine of atoms pulverizes the " exten- 
 sion" of Spinoza into as many fragments as there are con- 
 stituent particles in the universe. His "thought" has 
 an equally small foundation to rest on. Thought is the 
 phenomenon of mind, and not of an unconscious substance, 
 of which there is no consciousness nor knowledge. The 
 structure of atoms evinces the existence of an intelligent 
 power, anterior to their substratum, and giving it being. 
 
 Mind and matter are not one. The principle of genera- 
 lisation, unchecked by common sense, has stimulated 
 abnormal efforts to range all existence under one category. 
 There are two divergent systems. By one, perception 
 has no object but a mental one, and nature is a projection 
 of the mind. Man is either the creator, or only a conscious 
 idea in the mind of God. ' Here, too, the objection against 
 Spinozism holds — If mind is not a substance, whence the 
 necessity of postulating one? If the consciousness of 
 mind-substance be not valid, an unconscious one of which 
 no consciousness exists must be less so. On the other 
 hand, mind is not the only substance. The contrast 
 between mind and matter, revealed by the law of intelli- 
 gence, is simply ignored by pantheism. By body- con- 
 sciousness, as the root of the senses, organised b}^ a skilful 
 Creator, matter is realised. Material objects receive as 
 much colouring from the mind as ideas do, and no more. 
 
 The other system gives birth to material pantheism. 
 Mind in perception contacts with phenomena, and not 
 with substance. Substance is the mysterious region of 
 
26 MIND IN MATTER. 
 
 the " Absolute." The God of the material pantheist is a 
 chemical compound and conglomerate. 
 
 Some modern thinkers have mystified themselves more 
 than others by reasonings about the '' Infinite" and the 
 "Absolute." The ^'Infinite," it is said, cannot be a 
 person. The confusion has arisen from material concep- 
 tions. Extension and mind are incompatible ideas. 
 What is mind-presence? Two men in a large room are in 
 the presence of each other. God is infinitely present by 
 intelligence and power. Intelligence and power involve 
 personality. When the philosophic mind determines to 
 escape from God, it confounds itself by making a dark 
 burrow in the substratum of things, and then exclaims.- 
 An unknown God! The substratum of things is not the 
 Absolute. 
 
 F A. K T II. 
 
 THE ORGANIC WORLD. 
 
 ORGANISMS. 
 
 In every conscious creature there are two forms of life, 
 distinct from each other as is the pilot from the engine that 
 moves a vessel. The unconscious instinct that builds, and 
 the conscious instinct that controls, although united are toto 
 ccelo apart. Mind life is conscious intelligence, endowed 
 with power ; physical life is an unconscious power which 
 
ORGANISMS. 27 
 
 produces intelligent results. Physical life is a peculiar 
 capacity of motion in parcels of matter, possessing the 
 gift of communicating the same motion to appropriate 
 matter, and of building it up in definite structural forms. 
 If the indurated substance of a stone could seize the plastic 
 material that environs it, and form it into stones endowed 
 in turn with power to form others, till all the parts of a 
 great building — foundation, columns, arches, mouldings, 
 panels, friezes, cornices, facades, pediments, were con- 
 structed in position — there w^ould be an approximation 
 to the operations performed by animal and vegetable 
 cells. The definite sections of a honeycomb, and the 
 microscopic parts of an organic structure, are similarly 
 denominated "cells." One is produced by a conscious, the 
 other by an unconscious, instinct. 
 
 Inorganic matter is incapable of assuming the functions 
 of life. If germ-cells originated as products of unorganised 
 nature, the distinction between inorganic and organic 
 chemistry must be imaginary. This form of operation 
 would pass into that, and life would have its origin in 
 inorganic laws. The distinction, however, is not arbitrary. 
 Some structures are formed by matter per se, others only 
 by matter endowed with life. In nature, carbon-compounds 
 are formed by living matter only. That they are formed in 
 many cases by manipulation also, does not upset this fact. 
 If manipulation alone can form them, then manipulation 
 alone could form the structures that produce them. 
 
 In nature, uncommunicated life is unknown. No 
 general truth rests on a more extended induction. A 
 noble faith in Law would lead to explanations by 
 
28 MIND IN MATTER. 
 
 analogy, of apparent exceptions ; whereas an ungenerous 
 suspicion of the validity of the inductive principle has 
 led many to grovel in the sediments and refuse of nature 
 in order to find exceptions to her law. By present 
 methods, a petrified honeycomb in the hands of a greater 
 Cuvier, who could detect that it grew but was not 
 generated, might be advanced to overthrow the system 
 of a universe. Nature knows nothing of uncommuni- 
 cated life. Each link is produced by a prior link, having 
 life. Is it possible that the first and most wonderful 
 link of all originated, not in a more abundant life, but 
 in death 1 
 
 It is supposed by a very small number that chemical 
 affinity — not alone, but aided by force, and especially 
 through the " convertibility of the forces" — ^^is competent 
 to account for the origin of life. The " correlation " and 
 *' convertibility " of the forces are strangely confounded. 
 The forces are correlated, that is, each force can put 
 others, perhaps, all the others into action — magnetism, 
 electricity — electricity, magnetism — heat, electricity, as 
 electricity, heat, and so on. It is overlooked, ' however, 
 that " correlation " presupposes the independent existence 
 in latency of the force to be disengaged. Heat does not 
 create chemical affinity when it promotes chemical union. 
 A current of electricity passed over a bar of soft iron 
 magnetises it. A current of electricity passed over a 
 bar of soft wood does not magnetise it, because 
 iron has the natural capacity of magnetic motion, where- 
 as wood has not. If magnetism, acting on definite 
 substances, produces electric motion and electric, thermal 
 
ORGANISMS. 29 
 
 it is because the capacity for sucli motion pre-exists. 
 
 The forces are independent powers superadded by the 
 Creator to material existence. If iron were not a 
 latent magnet, its magnetization would be impossible. 
 If there were no life, neither singly nor in combina- 
 tion could the other forces give it being. In producing 
 the phenomena of summer, sun-heat merely awakens 
 the germinal powers of nature. Life, because correlated to 
 the other forces, can act on them and be acted on by 
 them, but it is not convertible into them any more than 
 they are convertible into life. 
 
 It is not surprising that the "convertibility of force," 
 improperly comprehended, has been employed as an in- 
 strument of atheism. False premisses are fitted to suggest 
 wrong conclusions. It is strange, however, that each new 
 discovery should be advanced in support of a conclusion 
 so lamentable. In " Lay Sermons " (Physical Basis of 
 Life), Prof. Huxley calls attention to the mobility of 
 living matter in the form of protoplasm, and fearlessly 
 announces the landing place as the antipodes of Jacob's 
 ladder. It has been explained that material life is activity, 
 or the mysterious power of unconscious ordered motion. 
 If an acorn were not pregnant with motion, and the power 
 of communicating it, how could it possibly raise a shaft 
 several tons in weight, and anchor it in equilibrium in the 
 air^ — It is the ordered result of organic motion which sug- 
 gests the inference that conscious intelligence has created 
 the unconscious life. Prof. Huxley was much surprised to 
 find ''protoplasm" in vegetable substances; alsd to discover 
 that germ-cells are simply compounds of oxygen, hydrogen, 
 
30 MIND IN MATTER, 
 
 and carbon. If vegetables did not contain " protoplasm," 
 pray, how could they supply food for the animal kingdom'? 
 and if germs were not compounds of common matter, 
 of what could they be compounded 1 At the same time, 
 the fact is overlooked that the organising power disappears 
 when the analysis begins. Prof. Huxley does not profess 
 to have found protoplasm in nature isolated from organism. 
 He knew too well that the work of death goes on in 
 ocean-depths as elsewhere, leaving its dehris as a residuum 
 in the form of " bathus."^ The motions of protoplasm in 
 living bodies are unfelt. They are so isolated also from 
 those of mind, that the conscious has no feeling of the 
 unconscious. The motion of protoplasm is a discovery of 
 the physiologist.-^ 
 
 Parental care being unnecessary in the low form in 
 which life began, it is presumed that parentage was equally 
 superfluous. As all living substances enter life as germs, 
 the rule, it is supposed, would hold at the genesis of life. 
 It is thought easier to produce a germ than the mature 
 structure. This idea is not sanctioned by analogy. It is 
 not easier to make a microscopic watch, and still less so, 
 to make a watch-germ, endowed with power to mature 
 itself. Germs embrace in their nature both an idea and a 
 capacity. Each one is a Sir Christopher Wren, pregnant 
 with a conception grand as St. Paul's, and with the 
 mechanical skill to give it material existence. Is it 
 too much to infer that each betrays the workings of a 
 life-giving architect % 
 
 ^ The organic matter of the sea bottom is, uo doubt, the relic of animal 
 remains. 
 
 = In the healthy body the organs operate iinfelt. 
 
ORGANISMS. 31 
 
 The position made necessary by evolution is disap- 
 pointing. Nature only creates a single cell. This is 
 the logical outcome bravely acknowledged by those best 
 fitted to form an opinion on the subject. A variety of 
 germs so little differentiated as to be undistinguishable 
 from each other would give being to all existing species. 
 A small difference at the base of life would make all 
 needed difference in the superstructure. Such faith in 
 Nature in her great working-day is, however, impossible. 
 All organisms must have a common origin. Admit 
 variety, and a million are as possible as two, and 
 evolution merges into growth. 
 
 Every living form is a work of art, the germ the rough 
 sketch of the artist, endowed with power to appropriate 
 matter and do the filling up. — " Does a germ ever forsake 
 its central idea and adopt another?" is a question that 
 has become strangely prominent in the present age. 
 During long periods of propagation, considerable changes 
 are known to have taken place all round the circumference 
 of a certain class of organisms: does the centre ever change ? 
 Pigeons, for instance, put out a great variety of aspects; in 
 the course of time will they cease to be pigeons and become 
 something else ? Is not this, in reality, to ask whether the 
 idea, which men in all ages have formed of nature, is a 
 mistaken one destined to be corrected by modern science? 
 '^Modern science" began its course with very rigid con- 
 ceptions of nature and her laws. In the reaction, has it 
 been discovered that, after all, she is a chameleon? We 
 are told that "every variation is the germ of a new 
 species." Is it really so? The following statements may 
 help to put the matter in its proper light : — 
 
32 MIND IN MATTER. 
 
 1. It is in connection with domestication generally that 
 very marked changes are known to have taken place in 
 animal and vegetable forms. Perhaps the word onght to 
 foe exclusively rather than generally. Evolution claims, 
 however, that the changes by which the varied life of the 
 world has been built up have taken place outside of 
 •domestication in the production of the domesticator. 
 We grant that in all directions, wherever a purpose can be 
 served, a margin has been left in which man can co-work 
 with his Maker. Were living forms unalterable, all place 
 for human art and ingenuity would be excluded. There 
 would be no room either for the intelligent stock-raiser or 
 for the horticulturist. But what is the fact? Nature is 
 everywhere plastic around man. Mr. Darwin was struck 
 by this phenomenon, but' apparently without having pene- 
 trated its true significance. He says, "I have been 
 struck with the fact that if any animal or plant in a state 
 of nature be found useful to man, or from any other cause 
 closely attract his attention, varieties of it will almost 
 invariably be found recorded," ((' Origin of Species," chap. 
 ii The variability of animals and plants, therefore, is 
 only another evidence of purpose in the world. 
 
 Persons who have spent their lives on the bosom of 
 nature are struck with a surprise amounting to incredulity 
 when told for the first time that untamed creatures 
 change. This arises not from scantness of induction, but 
 the opposite. To take a homely illustration. In most 
 countries a very considerable number of individuals may 
 be found who have seen nearly a hundred generations of 
 sparrows, and a considerable number of each generation. 
 
ORGANISMS. 33 
 
 A hundred generations will represent at least three 
 tliousand years of human life. If not the slightest 
 change can be detected in that time, the inductive prin- 
 ciple itself would almost favour belief in fixed forms. If 
 an illustration be taken, again, from creatures that have a 
 still greater power to emphasize their presence, the same 
 conclusion will be supported. Millions of people may be 
 found in all countries who have been only too familiar 
 with hundreds of generations of house-flies, without having 
 detected the least change in either their appearance or 
 their habits. Five hundred generations will represent 
 fifteen thousand years of human history. If no change 
 take place in all that time, is it inconclusive to suppose 
 that it will never take place ? 
 
 In domestication no creature has given birth to greater 
 variety than the pigeon. The pigeon is the cheval de 
 hataille of the evolutionist. "If any animal or j^laut be 
 found useful to man, or otherwise attract his attention, 
 varieties will be found recorded." If only to serve as a 
 pattern of faithful conjugal attachment, it was not un- 
 worthy of the Creator to give the dove power to attract 
 attention to itself, as one of the most interesting of 
 -creatures. As the dove represents the extreme of known 
 variability, it probably represents the utmost limit of 
 possible change. In nature, we admit, creatures capable of 
 extended locomotion, making change of circumstances and 
 of food possible, have undoubtedly put out varieties, equal, 
 perhaps, to those produced by domestication. To deny 
 this would be as absurd as to run the opposite idea to 
 death by fervour of the imagination. The truth generally 
 
34 MIND IN MATTEK. 
 
 occupies a juste milieu between two extremes. Large 
 varieties are produced by nature, new species — never. All 
 testimonies, present and past, living and dead, sustain 
 this view, and no other. The most diversified pigeon is 
 still a pigeon. For the geological evidence we appeal to 
 Prof. Huxley : " Obviously, if the earliest fossiliferous 
 rocks now known are coeval with the commencement of 
 life, and if their contents give us any just conception of 
 the nature and the extent of the earliest fauna and flora, 
 the insignificant amount of modification which can be 
 demonstrated to have taken place in any one group of 
 animals or plants, is quite incompatible with the hypothesis 
 that all living forms are the results of a necessary process 
 of progressive development entirely comprised within the 
 time represented by the fossiliferous rocks." — (" Lay Ser- 
 mons : Geological Contemporaneity, and Persistent Types 
 of Life.")' 
 
 ^ In his recently-published Lectures — "Four Addresses delivered in America,'' 
 Professor Huxley announces that he has at last discovered palceontological 
 evidence of Evolution, both probable and demonstrative in its nature. 
 
 a. In the line oi probable evidence, connecting-links have been found between 
 reptiles and birds in extinct species having teeth, others with claw-tipped 
 wings. Birds with combination-wings, half-wing, half-paw, or with teeth, 
 were well fitted for foraging and defence. The varied application of a few 
 ideas by the creative Mind is met with in every department of nature, so 
 that the existence of variety is easily explained without the help of the 
 evolution theory. Dr. Huxley does not inform us, either, how the extinc- 
 tion of such monsters is to be reconciled with the survival of the fittest. 
 After awaking expectation, we are fiually told that the real connecting-link in 
 the case is another kind of monster, which, in some specimens, reached the 
 enormous length of forty feet ! What has become of the bird ? When 
 announcing in the same breath the extinction of such powerful organisms, and 
 the survival for "a period vastly greater than 30,000 years" of the infini- 
 tesimal Globigerince, is it not, after all. Professor Huxley's purpose to amuse 
 himself and his readers at the expense of the evolutionists ? If Dr. Huxley is 
 sarcastic, there may be meaning in his conflicting statements. 
 
OKGANISMS, 35 
 
 2, It is taken for granted that the subject was well 
 weighed before evolutionists committed themselves to the 
 doctrine of " missing links." Newly evolved advantages 
 enable a creature to destroy the race typifying its 
 ancestry by monopolising their food. " The fittest sur- 
 vives." On account of the vastness of creation, it is 
 impossible to grasp all the consequences of any assumed 
 position. It is conceived that the advocates of this 
 theory fail to realise the far-reaching results of their own 
 reasonings. If, from the time of the primitive "germ- 
 cell " till now, every advance in organisation has led to 
 the extinction of less improved structures, how is it 
 possible that anything in the shape of life is found in the 
 world except man, and a few of the species that minister 
 to his wants ? A slight change of structure, which con- 
 stituted an improvement, admittedly did not associate 
 with itself a sudden change of taste or mode of living. 
 The improved organism would, therefore, not only con- 
 sume the food of its ancestral type, but that of all 
 ancestral relations for ages back. Consequently, not only 
 " missing links," but the whole chain of life must have 
 perished except the last few links, if not, indeed, the 
 last one. It is impossible to see how this conclusion can 
 
 h. But Professor Huxley has also obtained demonstrative evidence of evolution. 
 This consists in unmistakable proof of the development of the horse. From 
 the knee-joint down, a horse's limb is the evolved middle toe of a more 
 primitive animal. The original horse was iinderset at the knees by a five- 
 clawed foot ! Four toes were suppressed or dropped, while the centre one was 
 worked into a stilt, the tip of the toe-nail forming the hoof ! It is but just to 
 add, that Professor Huxley lays the responsibility of his opinion in part on his 
 friend, Dr. Marsh, who has found a number of these elementary limbs 
 inextricably embedded in indurated clay in America. Few will be either 
 surprised or sorry when told that the American horse became extinct. ! 
 
36 MIND IN MATTER. 
 
 be escaped. In contradictioii to the idea of ^' missing 
 links," and to the still more fatal consequences of the 
 theory, we find that every niche, nook, and cranny in the 
 ■world is so filled with varied life-forms — species shading 
 into species in all directions so gradually — that sensible 
 people wonder where the " missing links " have lapsed 
 from. Thus, the very varieties of life in which species 
 pass insensibly into species, the facts which are the 
 prima facie evidence of evolution, form the strongest 
 possible argument on the other side. 
 
 But the logic of evolution and of nature are not 
 coincident in another respect. The demands of the sys- 
 tem are not met in their main direction. The strongest 
 and most advanced forms do not supplant and survive the 
 weaker. We adopt Mr. Darwin's own method of illustra- 
 tion. Mr. Darwin calls attention to the fact that mounds 
 in America are covered with forests uniform in character 
 with those of the surrounding country, and images the 
 ages necessary to supplant the ordinary poplar exhibits of 
 such localities. It may be remarked, by the way, that 
 piled-up earth is not a natural condition, and that the 
 primitive forest of a mound might not, and probably 
 would not, be poplar. In every natural forest there is a 
 tendency to regular rotation, or perhaps, it should be 
 said, to change of crop. A maple grove, for example, 
 has commonly an undergrowth of beech, which will prevail 
 in the next generation. In every case the existing crop 
 destroys its own seedlings by exhausting their support. 
 It is on this account that, as Mr. Darwin remarks, a 
 pine forest, when destroyed by the axe or by fire, is 
 
ORGANISMS. 37 
 
 followed by a poplar one. The undergrowth of a poplar 
 grove is not poplar, but a variety of trees. A mixed 
 forest propagates one of the same character, because not 
 uniformly exhausting to the soil. A young oak may get 
 a start in life at the root of a beech, and vice versd. 
 These facts prove that the most advanced organisms in 
 the struggle for existence destroy, not their ancestors, 
 but their descendants. Improved organs lead to the 
 destruction of a species by exhausting its pabulum. 
 Perhaps geological history may establish the' same con- 
 clusion in the regions of animal life. 
 
 3. The fundamental postulate of evolution involves at 
 least two impracticabilities : — [a.) Organisms are not able 
 by instinct or intelligence to seize on any advance or for- 
 tuitous advantage of structure, and convert it into a new 
 tool by utilising it. One or two cases will make the 
 position tangible. Take the ant, as an instance of a very 
 intelligent creature. Can anyone believe that if spines 
 should evolve on the back of an ant, it would cast itself 
 a dor so on its prey, spike it, and carry it as the porcupine 
 is said to do ? — Or, let an example be taken about which 
 there can be no doubt. Were the tail of the squirrel to 
 become flat and rigid, like that of the beaver, is there 
 the least likelihood that instead of using a natural cavity 
 as its domicile, it would become a builder, and use its tail 
 to convey its materials? — Ah wio disce omnes. Every pri- 
 mitive organ would, at its first appearance, be as much out 
 of relation to the animal on which it developed as in the 
 instances imagined. The proboscis of the elephant, 
 according to the evolution theory, would be a somewhat 
 
38 MIND IN MATTER. 
 
 ' exao'o'erated nose, which the brute would conceive the idea 
 of using as a prehensile instrument. If anyone will try 
 how far the will can assert its power over the apex of the 
 nose, he will be able to judge of the ability to make it a 
 forceps. 
 
 (b.) This touches the second impracticability of the 
 system. All locomotive and prehensile instruments, such 
 as mouths, paws, hands, and feet, with their shafts, would 
 first appear, we are to believe, as wart-like excrescences or 
 infinitesimal worms (the larvae of the ascidians), which the 
 creatures would elongate and define by use. Unfortunately 
 for evolution, excrescences are not amenable to the will, 
 and it not being possible to utilise them, they would dis- 
 appear. Animals are instinctively conscious of their per- 
 manent bodily parts, and of the way to use them, but 
 they know nothing about the use of tools. A new deve- 
 lopment would not be even a tool, but only the raw material 
 out of which one might be made. Evolution demands that 
 the whole animal world, from its embryotic days, has had a 
 constant eye to the main chance — has been on the qui vive 
 for advantages which, by prolonged efforts, could be con- 
 verted into improvements, until, in the course of time, a 
 microscopic insect has built itself up to the full stature of 
 a being who can not only use but invent the instruments 
 required to observe a transit and measure a parallax. 
 
 It is one of the axioms of evolution that mind is the 
 result of organisation. Out of all consistency, its advo- 
 cates thus devote their mightiest energies to prove that 
 organisation is the result of mind. This vicious circle is 
 prominent in every work on evolution, but especially so in 
 
ORGANISMS. 39 
 
 Mr. Darwin's " Expression in Men and Animals," a work 
 conspicuously weak in another respect. Creatures that 
 partake in common of flesh and blood, of a bony structure, 
 muscles, and nerves, and of mind, may surely express 
 common feeling in a common way without being blood- 
 relations? — Because wind and stringed instruments strike 
 the same keys and play the same tunes, it does not follow 
 that one is an output of the other. The proper inference 
 is that both are inventions of the same, or of the same class 
 of, mind. Surely it is possible for an intelligent being like 
 man to smile, without having been necessitated to learn 
 the habit by the exercise of a grinning power as an inferior 
 animal ? A degree of sameness characterises all the works 
 of the same mind. The works of God — be it said with 
 reverence — are no exception ; similarities of structure, 
 therefore, favour creation rather than evolution, Mr. 
 Darwin's assertion of the contrary being a mistake. In 
 all oases of undoubted evolution, there is no observable 
 resemblance between the unevolved and the evolved 
 structures — germs and their products, for example. Half- 
 grown and full-grown creatures resemble each other, but 
 growth and evolution are different things. 
 
 4. The doctrine of evolution proceeds on the idea — not 
 merely that nature occasionally propagates abnormities, 
 but that this is her permanent law of action. A primitive 
 germ-cell, originally germinating cells of its own pattern 
 by differentiating itself in all directions, during countless 
 ages, has built up all the various life of the world. The 
 piecemeal propagation of little varieties does not void the 
 difficulty. A cricket, with a human head and body^ legs 
 
40 MIND IN MATTER. 
 
 and arms, and a human mind, wonld be a monstrosity, 
 even if a thousand million years were necessary to effecfe 
 the transmutation. An abnormity is a real departure 
 from the normal type. Whenever a danger exists of this 
 taking place, the reactive force of nature comes into play^ 
 and restores the status ante. Hence, monstrosities rarely 
 perpetuate themselves beyond one or two generations. 
 Equilibration has been made familiar to speculative science 
 by Spinoza. It is an extreme originating in the con- 
 sciousness that represents it as alternately constructing 
 and destroying nature. Its object as a law of nature is to 
 conserve, and neither to construct nor destroy. In the 
 world of life two powerful tendencies are at work which 
 balance each other, the one to variety, the other to resem- 
 blance. The tendency to variety is so great that no two 
 individuals of any species are, or ever were, exactly alike, 
 some varying considerably ; and the tendency to resem- 
 blance is such that all living creatures conform to a very, 
 few general types. If the law of variety prevailed over 
 the law of resemblance, the world would be filled with in- 
 dividualities making classification impossible. If, on the 
 other hand, the law of resemblance prevailed over that of 
 variety, universal nature would assume one type. When- 
 ever the normal type is threatened with destruction, a 
 powerful reaction sets in, which brings the matter to 
 rights. Out of many illustrations at command^ the two 
 following are submitted : — The writer was well acquainted 
 with a person whose nose, a perfect healthy one, measured 
 nearly six inches from root to tip. It is apparent that the- 
 beautiful symmetry of the human face was threatened 
 
ORGANISMS. 41 
 
 Avith extinction bj^ a case like this. At least ten genera- 
 tions of distiitgiic noses would be necessary to build up 
 such an organ. Yet, strange to say, the peculiarity dis- 
 appeared in his children almost, and in his grandchildren 
 altogether. The ancient Romans were celebrated for am- 
 plitude of the nasal organ. In Italy, by this time, there 
 should have been, therefore, whole families of humaa 
 pelicans, either using the nose as a prehensile instrument, 
 or having the upper lip and jaw identified with the bill. 
 The thing has not taken place, because nature's laws, by 
 their balancings, refuse to foster the monstrous. " At 
 least four generations of thinkers are required to produce 
 a phenomenal thinker." When the genius appears, he is 
 the last of his line, and immediately the pendulum 
 oscillates to mediocrity, perhaps to imbecility. Greece 
 for a length of time gave birth to a succession of extra- 
 ordinary gemuses. In that country the human mind gave 
 indications of moving permanently into a higher plane, and 
 becoming seraphic. By and by the reaction took place, 
 and all know what has happened. There is a limit to 
 improvement both in men and animids. To maintain her 
 normal state, nature is also checkered in every direction 
 by impassable walls, defining and separating species by 
 making admixture impossible. It is because she refuses 
 to propagate monstrosities that hybrids are sterile. Evo- 
 lutionists profess to attach the utmost importance to- 
 heredity without perceiving that they overthrow it. If 
 an oyster ever becomes a man, it can only be by refusing 
 to perpetuate the peculiarities of its own species. 
 
 5. The theory of evolution fails in verisimilitude. The 
 
42 MIND IN MATTER, 
 
 initial relations of life, especially, are against it. (a.) 
 There are initial differences between small and large 
 organisms that suggest the absence of any such relation as 
 evolution demands. The small animal germs are charac- 
 terised by extraordinary vigour and power of self-preserva- 
 tion. They are universally outcast from birth, yet they 
 live and thrive without a parent's care. On the other 
 hand, the germs of large animals are characterised by 
 weakness. They have to be carried for months, and 
 nursed for a considerable period with tender care, while 
 the being who occupies the highest place in the scale 
 strangely caps the climax of imbecility. If invented out 
 of sheer contradictoriness, the evolution of life could 
 scarcely appear more like it. Then, running parallel with 
 this wonderful vigour and progressive weakness in the 
 offspring — there is callous indifference to the young in the 
 insect, and savage care in the larger species. Unless a 
 peculiarity may be evolved from its contrary, neither of 
 these things points to relateduess of life. 
 
 (b.) Every organism involves both a framework and a 
 chemical apparatus. In each there is a laboratory that 
 prepares materials of a special kind, which are built up in 
 a definite form. Animals living on the same kinds of 
 food create substances characteristically different. Barn- 
 yard fowls have fed together for ages without losing their 
 peculiar flavour or characteristic shapes. In each the 
 chemistry seems to be as invariable as the laws of the solar 
 system. Domestication is able to direct increased vital 
 action to a part, as the nose or ear, and to control the 
 colouring-matter that paints the skin ; but the peculiar 
 
ORGANISMS. • 43 
 
 substance and build of each is, except to a very moderate 
 extent, invariable. Even monstrosities generally conform 
 to the plan of the type. An animal occasionally puts out 
 a supernumerary hoof or paw, but then this also corre- 
 sponds to the rest, simply because the chemistry of the 
 system prepares the requisite materials, and the organism, 
 by its laws, builds up just such members and no others. 
 If the ape occasionally put out a perfect human hand, or 
 even a finger, a tendency would be betrayed to the 
 transition-stages set forth by evolutionists. 
 
 ADDENDUM. 
 Mr. Darwin and his Theory of Earth-worms.— The guiding principles 
 
 of life are commonly the generalised experiences of youth. Mr. Darwin's first 
 practical scientific work was connected with the coral insect. The life-long 
 tendency to magnify the results of small causes began here. Ever afterwards, 
 the cumulative work of this little creature seemed to fill his imagination, and 
 its method became the fundamental principle of his philosophy. Mr. Darwin 
 made the variation of plants and animals, and its accumulated results, his life- 
 study. Such studies necessarily led into regions of obscure uncertainty, while 
 the conclusions were of a kind that afforded no tangible opportunity to gauge 
 the value of his peculiar logic. 
 
 The work on Earth-worms is an emphasised illustration both of the excel- 
 lencies and the defects of this celebrated man. His intellectual vision was little 
 short of microscopic. The patience and power -with which he concentrated his 
 attention on the minutest facts bearing on a subject, turning them over on all 
 sides, and putting them to the severest tests, approached the miraculous. But 
 Mr. Darwin's greatest defect was intimately connected with his peculiar talent. 
 The field of vision in a microscope diminishes in proportion to its magnifying 
 power. Mr. Darwin's wonderful faculty of concentration on the minutest of 
 facts, made him overlook other facts larger, and with important bearing on the 
 subject. His reasonings are commonly irrefragably linked to the basis on 
 which they stand, but his premisses are as commonly defective— strange to say, 
 from an incomplete view of the facts. His work on Earth-worms is an 
 example. 
 
 Mr. Darwin very correctly observed that while earth-worms were found on 
 the margin of a pathway (in the track of cattle), they were not found in the 
 neighbouring forests. These facts have a meaning which, unfortunately, Mr. 
 Darwin failed to penetrate. Earth-worms do not live on vegetable mould, 
 strictly so-called. If they are not found in forest-soils it is because they live 
 
44 MIND IN MATTER. 
 
 on animal matter ; thus demonstrating their relatedness to the intestinal worm. 
 They "chew" newly-fallen leaves, as Mr. Darwin abundantly proves ; but they 
 do so as men eat oranges — not as the staff of life, but as luxuries. If they 
 lived on leaves, the forest would be their proper home. Nor are earth-worms 
 ever found in pure clay or sand, except as in places of refuge, or sub-soil 
 burrows. They turn up only in localities where decomposing animal matter 
 abounds. If, as Mr. Darwin states, earth-worms pass all the "vegetable 
 mould" of a held through their bodies every three years, it is when the matter 
 on which they live is constantly renewed by manures. When the animal mould 
 is exhausted, earth-worms disappear. A boy who fishes knows that the best 
 worms are always found in proximity to a heap of animal compost. 
 
 Mr. Darwin entirely over estimates the earth-worm as a navvy, by overlooking 
 other factors — e.g., Rain, Frost, and Vegetation, (a) Rain. — In some conditions 
 of the soil, a shower of rain, such as accompanies a thunderstorm, will wash 
 particles of lime over an inch into the earth. Is it remarkaUe, then, that in 
 twenty-nine years a stratum of lime was found compacted ou the sub-soil, 
 several inches below the surface ? (h) Frost. — By heaving the soil, frost makes 
 it engulf compact bodies like little stones, bits of lime, and marl. In Canada, 
 a new stone-dyke sinks at an average rate of two inches a year for several 
 j'ears ; even after it has penetrated beneath the action of frost, it still sinks 
 slowly because weight overcomes the cohesion of the soil. On this account 
 Mr. Darwin found that, while stones a foot thick were embedded only a few 
 inches, a Eoman wall, twenty feet in external height, had sunk to the depth of 
 fourteen feet, (c) Vegetation. — Decayed grasses form soil more rapidly than 
 any other substance. While the oldest forests in Canada have deposited not more 
 than three inches of vegetable mould, the soil of the Western Prairies is often 
 three feet deep. When a nidus for grass has once formed on au old pavement, 
 which may take place by the tread of cattle in wet weather, by their droppings 
 and by the droppings of birds, the result is sure. 
 
 It is conceived that the natural function of earth-worms has yet to be 
 described. Mr. Darwin makes a point when he shows that they line their 
 burrows with leaves, for leaves contribute an item to soils. He makes a point 
 also, -when he proves that they do something in the way of subsoiling. If, 
 however, as Mr. Darwin shows, worms vitilise their old burrows when once 
 opened, they may do service for ever. On the whole, the work of earth-worms, 
 like that of most worms, may be mischievous. On the authority of observant 
 horticulturists, it is athrmed that earth-worms consume the rich ingredients of 
 the soil, and leave an excrement that hardens it and paralyses its vitality. A 
 rich garden, when uncultivated for a few years becomes poor— a result sup- 
 posed to be arrived at chiefly by the action of worms. 
 
GROWTH AND INSTINCT. 45 
 
 GROWTH AND INSTINCT. 
 
 "Crystallisation" is regarded by some as the mediating 
 fact, the " Rosetta-stone'' that is to interpret the wonders 
 of growth. The whole mystery is supposed to lie in the 
 complication of the germ. In inorganic chemistry, com- 
 pounds have affinities for other compounds, creating new 
 substances, not compoundable, out of the isolated elements. 
 Heat and moisture simply set the affinities of the seed at 
 work to attract and incorporate foreign matter. The 
 internal organs of animals are '' crystallisations " also, as 
 the sponge is a soft crystal formed from the substance of 
 the spongiidcs. Explanations of nature, however, do not 
 rule the Creator out of existence as a superfluous Being. 
 He Who paints an insect's wing, alone can form a germ. 
 The workmanship is too delicate for any instrument but 
 the finger of the Almighty. 
 
 Crystallisation might comprehend the whole truth on 
 the subject, if facts could be discounted which it fails to 
 explain. Growth is, in one respect, a continuous chemical 
 operation ; but were it chemical only, it would go on 
 indefinitely, so long as there were matter and the favour- 
 ing conditions. — But what are the facts ? — With an un- 
 limited amount of food at command, the animal organism 
 ceases to expand as precisely as if the operation were per- 
 formed by contract. A flock of ducks has no less appear- 
 ance of having been made to order than the same number 
 of decoy ducks in a sporting establishment. The size, 
 weight, and strength of animals have as evident reference 
 
46 MIND IN MATTER. 
 
 to the law of gravity, as have the weight, distance, and 
 velocity of the planets. Then, at a given time, after 
 growth has reached its maximum, the body begins to dry 
 up and decay. This is incomprehensible, since with self- 
 repeating cells an animal body seems fitted to live nine 
 thousand years as readily as nine or ninety. Where there 
 is no lack of the materials of life, it is inexplicable that 
 animals are so short-lived, for it is well known that 
 chemical affinities are fixed laws. We infer, then, that 
 vital vigour, as well as a mysterious direction, operate 
 by rule. 
 
 Life is a continuous chemistry^ but it is more. Physical 
 life is the nearest approach which matter can make to the 
 operations of mind. It is mind abstracted, as it were, 
 from its base of conscious intelligence and power. It 
 performs the work of mind — but unconsciously, as its 
 agent. As if to show that its primwn mobile is spirit, it 
 is sustained in all animals by co-operation of the mind. 
 A moment's attention will satisfy that breathing is main- 
 tained by the will, although unconsciously, as the result 
 of habit. Will is brought into play also in the choice 
 and mastication of food. Feeding, in the strictest sense, 
 takes place in the capillaries, and is a purely chemical 
 process; but ere the food reaches its destination, extensive 
 operations, voluntary and also involuntary (in the diges- 
 tive organs and circulation), are performed. From root to 
 leaf a plant is almost uniform in substance ; the wants of 
 the root and of the leaves are the wants of the plant ; they 
 attract the matter that builds the tree by affinity. An 
 animal, on the contrary, is attracted to its food by some- 
 
GROWTH AND INSTINCT. 47 
 
 thing in it that affects the mind through the olfactories. 
 To a far greater extent than plants, animals take in mixed 
 substances^ partly nutritious, partly innutritions, which 
 are separated in the organs. The conscious affinity which 
 an animal has for its food, as being the source of con- 
 tinued life, is calculated to impress the fact that even 
 physical life is more than matter. 
 
 In the whole animal kingdom, three things are notice- 
 able in each specimen as regards its feeding capacity, viz., 
 the instinct of food-selection, fitness of the selected article^ 
 and a body adapted by endowment to obtain it, A newly- 
 imported animal, placed in field or forest, where innumer- 
 able unfamiliar plants exist, will pass over the innutritions 
 ones by infallible instinct ; and strange to say, the infant 
 animal has the same wonderful faculty. Organs also are 
 adapted to given lines of life. If a bird has an instinct 
 for fish, it will either wade or dive for it. If it wade, 
 it will not only have long legs, but a long neck and bill ; 
 if it dive, it will generally have a hull-shaped body, 
 short legs, and web-feet. If an animal has a taste for 
 underground food, it will have both feet and bill fitted 
 to obtain it. If it live on grass or flesh, its digestive 
 organs will be constructed accordingly. An undoubted 
 chance conjunction of such various adaptations, in a 
 single case once in a thousand years, would be heralded 
 b}^ undying tradition. Is there any such record? 
 The world contains untold millions of living creatures, but 
 just as it has been shown that animals know nothing about 
 the use of tools, so is it out of their power to adapt either 
 their instruments to their appetite, or their appetite to 
 
48 MIND IX MATTER. 
 
 their instruments. Instruments and instincts must go 
 together. 
 
 The process being not altogether unlike crystallisation, 
 growth seems necessarily to exclude the possibility of 
 structural change. The same matter will always crystallise 
 in the same definite form ; the impulse known as life 
 merely works the process. Steam never changes the 
 law of working of the machine which it impels. An 
 appeal to comparative anatomy sustains this position. 
 Typical structural forms are not evolved from elements 
 found in lower typical forms. Every more advanced 
 organism has something original in its structure, as may 
 be seen by comparing a perfect plant with a perfect 
 animal. If the sap vessels of a plant correspond with 
 capillaries, and the woody fibre with muscles — if the proto- 
 plasmic threads may be said to ofier an approach to a 
 nervous system — there is yet no trace of a bony skeleton, 
 of a digestive system, nor of the nucleus round which these 
 could be built. For similar reasons the higher have 
 not evolved from the lower animal world. In the lowest 
 specimens of animal life there are neither stomach, nerves, 
 arteries, veins, nor bones, and, therefore, neither the 
 nucleus nor the raw material out of which to evolve them. 
 
 In examining the ascending hierarchies of life, not 
 evolution, but improvement and the introduction of new 
 ideas is detected — paralleled, say — by the successive im- 
 provements of the steam-engine. Each step of progress is 
 an addition, betraying a new idea. Of course, it seems 
 strange to us that a Being Whose knowledge is infinite 
 should have adopted a method fitted to suggest the idea of 
 
GROWTH AND INSTINCT. 49 
 
 human ignorance and progress rather than of Divine Omni- 
 science. But, on the other hand, it is impossible to see how 
 varied life could exist without variety in type, and a variety 
 circling round many progressive ideas. It has been said 
 that the world must be filled with life of all degrees in 
 order that there may be "• no waste." The latter idea, 
 however, has sometimes been carried too far, since the 
 major part of the earth's bulk, for ought that can be seen 
 to the contrary, exists merely as " stuffing'* to create 
 weight and surface-extension. The majority of plants, 
 again, offer neither food nor medicine, but, like forest 
 leaves, by their decay, simply enrich the soil. Neverthe- 
 less, life and food being correlates, life may be adapted to 
 food as well as food to life. But in endeavouring to 
 account for progressive types of life, why should the 
 element of " variety" be lost sight of? — The Divine Mind, 
 like our own, has pleasure in variety, and if creating it 
 for His own purposes, would it not be done in orderly and 
 graduated forms? 
 
 Further, everything being made for human instruction, 
 another object, undoubtedly, is to help us in our 
 investigations. At the portals of zoology, nature per- 
 forms an analysis for the benefit of the student by present- 
 ing structures in their simple elements, like a piece of 
 machinery separated into its component parts. The most 
 primitive animal in existence is simply the most elemen- 
 tary portion of the feeding part of an animal dissected out. 
 It is an absorbing substance without nerves, digestive 
 organs, circulatory system or prehensile instruments. It 
 
 expands its body and doubles on its food in any direction, 
 
 4 
 
50 MIND IN MATTER. 
 
 absorbs it, and rejects the refuse. All animal bodies are 
 fed by absorption from the capillaries. The digestive 
 organs and arteries are servants which prepare the food 
 and convey it to the dining-room. The amoeba dispenses 
 with all state by bringing its substance into contact with 
 its supplies. The sun-animalcule, again, is substantially 
 the same creature with improvements. It is overdone- 
 with prehensile instruments, which appear all over the 
 body, like the pictured rays of a rising sun. It is covered 
 with filaments spun out of the substance of its body, by 
 which its prey is seized and dragged in. Thus, in the 
 first appearance of prehensile instruments, they are so 
 conspicuous by their numbers as to suggest anything 
 rather than the heginning of a developmental process. In 
 this group, also, a first attempt is made to form the skin. 
 It is exaggerated into a shell with foramina for mouths, 
 lungs, and pores. In the sponge we have what looks like 
 a first and very rough attempt to create a bony skeleton. 
 It is an enlarged process, like the A B C on a school card. 
 In the first appearance of a circulatory system the same 
 vessel serves as both artery and vein ; it conveys the 
 blood from the heart, and to it. The venous system 
 occurs afterward as an improvement. Nerves are first 
 found in the oyster, but only in groups, without a brain 
 or centre of union. When the brain appears, it is also a 
 new idea. 
 
 In their structure, these simple creatures thus involve 
 the whole mystery of animal life. The elements of struc- 
 ture appear in isolated and exaggerated forms,, as if to 
 block the very conception of evolution. Conscious life in 
 
GROWTH AND INSTINCT. 51 
 
 such low forms is itself a supreme objection to the theory. 
 As the conscious is a long advance on the unconscious, 
 evolution should take place from the most advanced 
 vegetable forms. On the contrary, the lowest vegetable 
 germ is, perhaps, an advance on the lowest animal. 
 
 Man stands immeasurably apart from the whole animal 
 world in two respects — both antagonistic to evolution : — 
 
 (1.) If evolved, the most important animal instinct has 
 been evolved out of him. He has not the power which 
 all animals have, instantly to distinguish his food. The 
 author of the book of Genesis, with true philosophic 
 appreciation, recognises the necessity, in the infant man, 
 of guidance to his supplies. 
 
 But (2.), on the other hantl, man is recouped for this 
 defect by powers denied to all other creatures. He can 
 investigate facts, analyse substances, and draw conclusions. 
 If he is almost deprived of instinct, he is capable of know- 
 ledge. Very dependent in the infancy of the race and of 
 the individual, in time he can prepare a table of unlimited 
 courses. By his power as a chemist, he can convert un- 
 palatable into palatable and nutritious substances. An 
 animal so near man as the gorilla might betray his 
 relationship by being a cook — at least, he should know 
 something about the use of fire. 
 
 One peculiarity connected with instinct has not been 
 much noticed, viz. — That exceptional instincts become 
 ruder in proportion to the size of the body. Scientifically, 
 man is a builder. The instinct first appears in an 
 emphasized form in the coral insect, then in the bee, and 
 last of all, in the beaver, but the operations of the beaver 
 
52 MIND IN MATTER. 
 
 are coarser than those of the bee or of the coral insect. The 
 humble bee, again, makes a ruder cell than the hive bee. 
 Mr. Darwin made a serious mistake in supposing the 
 hive bee to have been evolved from the humble bee. 
 Evolution by contraction of parts! — He reasoned from 
 the point of view of instinct, overlooking the fact that the 
 building-instinct is in inverse ratio to body-evolution. 
 This is seen in the case of birds. Small birds make 
 beautiful nests, but the larger much ruder ones, until the 
 instinct disappears altogether in the ostrich. The building- 
 instinct has disappeared totally in the quadrumana. It is 
 affirmed that the gorilla makes a hammock. This is 
 doubtful, as in tropical countries the trees are often matted 
 by climbing plants, affording natural hammocks to crea- 
 tures able to utilise them. The outburst of the building 
 faculty, as well as of general intelligence in man, is 
 evidently a unique gift of heaven. Disappearance of the 
 tail, again, is supposed to mark the approach to humanity. 
 Strange, that the great building mammal— the beaver, has 
 a more consolidated tail than any other creature. Its 
 tail is, in fact, its implement of labour. — Does nature 
 smile at "science?" The thing looks sarcastic. 
 
 The marked resemblances noticeable between the whole 
 order of quadrumana and man, led some from a want 
 of scientific appreciation, as early as last century, 
 to regard the monkey as a human being in process 
 of development. For the sake of argument it may 
 be admitted that all the quadrumana belong to one 
 species. There is not much greater difference between 
 the gorilla and the smallest monkey, than there is between 
 
GROWTH AND INSTINCT. 53 
 
 a giant and a dwarf. It is evident, however, that the 
 whole race is "off the line" of human evolution. The 
 human cranium has a capacity of ninety-six cubic inches 
 — that of the gorilla, although it weighs two hundred 
 pounds, twenty-six inches. At this rate of brain-progress, 
 the gorilla would weigh, at least, several tons before it 
 developed a cranium of human size,, and then it does not 
 appear that its intelligence would exceed that of the 
 elephant. Evidently the author of the "Descent of Man" 
 had lost his bearings. 
 
 In "mind'' qualities again, let it be observed, the 
 quadrumana should approach man more than they do. 
 Superiority of form should beget superiority of mental, 
 and especially of sentimental, qualities. But the monkey 
 is not so intelligent, and certainly neither so companion- 
 able, nor so fond of human sports as the dog. A being so 
 nearly related as the monkey, should be man's household 
 companion, and take more kindly to him than any other 
 creature. The "touch of nature" which establishes kinship 
 is, however, not felt on either side, certainly not by the 
 gorilla. To act as a foil seems to be the raison d'etre of 
 the monkey. He is a mimic man — antics are his pro- 
 fession. His likeness to man makes him ridiculous, like 
 a clown in the robes of a judge. His providential object 
 would, therefore, seem to be to call attention to the 
 immeasurable distance between man and the whole brute 
 creation, the contrast being struck by comparison. A 
 brute in human form only creates a laugh. The whole 
 ensemble of the monkey intensifies his absurdity and 
 broadens the smile. When man is said to have sprung 
 
54 , MIND IN MATTER. 
 
 from the monkey, it is the drollery of the impeachment 
 that gives it vitality. 
 
 The relation of the brain and nerves to thought is an 
 interesting, although a somewhat puzzling subject. All 
 fully organised animals have the tissues, and it is very 
 generally believed that brain-size is the measure of intel- 
 ligence. If true, this would give support to the idea that 
 the mind and the brain are identical. When the subject is 
 discussed formally, it will, however, be shown that the 
 brain is not the intelligence, but its instrument. In 
 relation to the present chapter the following statements 
 are necessary : — 
 
 (1.) A creature with a very small brain performs the 
 most wonderful feat in nature. The vast majority of 
 human beings pass through life without doing anything 
 so extraordinary as what is done by birds in migration. 
 This wonderful feat is performed through the brain of a 
 humming-bird. Among men there is great discrepancy 
 between brain-size and mind. The largest heads confirm 
 the old proverb, by belonging to blockheads who are 
 deficient in mind-power to use them. Clever men have 
 often very small brains. Where a large brain and a mind 
 to correspond meet, then we have "genius." 
 
 (2.) The most primitive conscious creatures have 
 neither brain nor nerves — a much-needed lesson connected 
 with the A B C of conscious life. It demonstrates 
 that brain and nerves are not synonymous with con- 
 sciousness. 
 
 (3.) The brain and nerves are callous as a telegraph- 
 pole. Messages pass through them every moment, 
 
. GROWTH x\ND INSTINCT 55 
 
 anfelt as the electric fluid is by the wire along which it 
 travels. A touch is felt at the point of contact — the 
 motion of a finger or hand where the movement takes place 
 — the whole length of the communicating nerve and the 
 brain from tbe place of sensation to the mind being as 
 unconscious as if they had no existence. This is not 
 accounted for by rapidity of motion, as nerve-matter does 
 not convey motion rapidly. This and the whole class of 
 connected facts prove that sensation is in the mind and 
 not in the nerves. 
 
 (4.) All men and animals locate the objects of sense 
 outside of the body. The vibrations causal of sight 
 and hearing are unperceived, the distant objects that 
 produce them are seen and heard. How is this ? Simply 
 because the brain and nerves, although unconscious, 
 are tenanted by a philosopher, who traces effects up 
 to their causes, and who uses nerve and brain as the 
 €ye uses a telescope — unconscious of tbe medium. It 
 is affirmed in reply that the brain is consciously exerted 
 in thought. In attention, the brain is brought to 
 bear just as the arm is in action. Brain-movements 
 are intimately connected w^ith thought. In an incarnate 
 being, both natures form the person and co-operate in 
 every process. In sensation and perception the mind is 
 roused by vibrations in the brain. Movements of a some- 
 what similar character may not be dispensed with in 
 thinking. Will-force brought to bear on the brain 
 probably creates a condition like that which precedes 
 perception. The dead weight of corporate matter often 
 felt so oppressively, may be neutralised by brain-force, 
 
56 MIND IN MATTER. 
 
 operating as in the antecedents of perception. We tickle 
 an ear to awake a sleeper. 
 
 Nothing is conipromised by admitting that the brain may 
 occupy a relation to thought like that which a battery 
 does to electrical effects. The mind, in existing relations, 
 may not perfect its movements without a material 
 stimulus ; but it is evident from consciousness that the 
 stimulus, too, is under control. In operating to purpose, 
 a battery must be worked. The mind consciously con- 
 trols the brain. Brain-force being an emanation from 
 molecular brain-movements, cannot be the cause of the 
 movements. The permanent conscious Self, or Mind, 
 puts constraint on the brain, and compels it to yield its 
 force at discretion. Whatever brain-stimulus is, the con- 
 scious Will compels its action at any moment in any of 
 an unlimited number of directions. The subject of thought 
 is an object of choice. 
 
 That the force which compels thought, and in which 
 thought subsists, is not an emanation of the brain is clear 
 to demonstration. The mind is a consciously continuous 
 and identical substance. In a battery, the force yielded 
 to-day is not that of yesterday, nor is that of two 
 successive moments the same. If the identical Self be 
 material, it must be the brain, as the permanent substra- 
 tum of thought, and not any intermittent force generated 
 by it. This point and others involved will be discussed 
 under " Mind." 
 
 To explain how successive flashes of conscious thought 
 become a conscious person, the association of ideas is 
 appealed to. It is forgotten that a transient spark, which 
 
UTILITY. 57 
 
 flashes " out " at the moment of its birth can form no 
 associations. Every passing thought is 
 
 " Like a snow-flake in a river, 
 A moment white, then lost for ever." 
 
 A thing so fleeting forms no friendships, nor leaves any 
 trace of existence. Successive thoughts are isolated as if 
 originating in different brains. Successive flashes of light 
 in a thunderstorm would as readily associate themselves 
 into a person, and transmute the rolling thunder into the 
 voice of a living monster. The source of memory and the 
 principle of unity in all living creatures, if material, must 
 be the brain. 
 
 UTILITY. 
 
 Nature never makes abstract pictures. Her painting 
 is the "finish" put upon things. Beauty in nature always- 
 serves some underlying purpose, which is, perhaps, in- 
 tended as a hint for our own guidance in art production. 
 A picture in nature, formed by the conversion of a whole 
 district into a concrete " thing of beauty," is more impres- 
 sive, because more realistic, than one on canvas ; and 
 standing open to public inspection, it elevates and refines 
 all. To aid the imagination in realising scenes distant in 
 time and place, appears to be the legitimate object of the 
 pictorial art. Nature, however, does not absolutely dis- 
 countenance fancy painting, for some flowers by cultiva- 
 tion change their stamens and pistils into leaves, to help 
 the gardener in his efforts to realise simple beauty. 
 
68 MIND IN MATTER. 
 
 In nature, Beauty is always the full expression of 
 Utility. The green leaves of a plant are its lungs ; the 
 long stem and branches, which constitute the majestic 
 form of a tree, are simply the organism shooting up into 
 the air, and dividing itself into rope-like strands to expose 
 all possible lung-surface to the atmosphere. Plants pro- 
 claim their intention to bear by covering themselves with 
 silk and velvet bunting. The rounded form of animal 
 bodies is produced by the configuration of the muscles 
 that move them. The beautiful variety of surface created 
 by hill and dale constitutes the watersheds and drainage 
 of the earth. Rounded beauty is given to mountains by 
 detrition, but the substantial result is a soil. Even the 
 waste places of the earth have a purpose. There are 
 millions of square miles of rocky surface fit only to pro- 
 duce materials for the timber supply of the nations. 
 Were the whole earth arable, human avarice would denude 
 it of its forests. 
 
 The world is a mass of fitnesses, compact as the works 
 of a watch. To say that these infinitely multiplied 
 adaptations are the product of the *' survival of the 
 fittest," is to say nothing. The watch or the reaping- 
 machine is a survival of the fittest. They are the result 
 of many unsuccessful efforts ; but achieved success does 
 not render unnecessary the mind that planned, nor the 
 fingers and tools that made them. In each case, the 
 fitnesses that produced are more wonderful than the results 
 achieved. If existing fitnesses originated in matter with- 
 out immediate manipulation, it was in matter in complete 
 adaptation for the result. Such a state was more extra- 
 
UTILITY. 59 
 
 ordinary than the result, as the cause is greater than its 
 effect, a germ more wonderful than the mature product. 
 Nothing is gained by supposing the present to be the 
 offspring of an anterior state of things. Atoms, from the 
 moment of creation, had all the adaptations to each other 
 which they have at present. The same inference must be 
 made in reference to their combining powers, as bearing 
 on the internal rehitions of germs. 
 
 The belief that matter endowed with life, without 
 specific direction, would in time produce the fitnesses 
 found in nature, is a groundless prejudice. Were molten 
 metal cast into unmoulded sand over and over again for 
 ever, nothing but a general outline of any living creature 
 would be obtained. In its upheavals, the molten matter 
 of the earth seems occasionally to have striven after form. 
 In some cases the general configuration of an animal has 
 been produced; but in no case is there found a perfect 
 head with its brow, eyes, ears, jaws, or teeth^ — to say 
 nothing of the thousand and one adaptations in every 
 animal body. A germ with life, without direction or 
 a guiding idea, would never approximate to the animal 
 form more than a cactus sometimes does. The existing 
 fitnesses in nature, if the offspring of an anterior state, 
 were produced not at random — but by law, as a tree is 
 by the law of its germ. 
 
 The " survival of the fittest " removes no difficulty — 
 satisfies no demand of reason. If it were a known fact 
 that forms pass into other forms, species into other 
 species, the "survival of the fittest" would affirm the 
 principle on which the change took place. In a world of 
 
60 :mixd in matter. 
 
 comparatively fixed forms, it throws obscurity and per- 
 plexity into the whole subject. Moreover, the principle 
 fails in its object. It is advanced to facilitate the opera- 
 tions of nature or of the Creator. It does neither. Ger- 
 mination is the most inexplicable phenomenon in nature. 
 God could have made species separately. This would 
 have been the easiest way. In creating a germ able by its 
 evolution to originate all species, He made them all at 
 once, and in the most difficult way possible. 
 
 In examining life and its supports, masses of fact are 
 met with explicable only by the theory of intention. All 
 life exists in two oceans — a gaseous and a liquid one. 
 The organisation of living creatures fits them for these 
 oceans, where they find their support, and specially its 
 most important factor — breath. Each ocean is composed 
 of gases — the liquid one of two, oxygen and hydrogen; 
 the gaseous one of nitrogen, oxygen, hydrogen, and 
 carbonic acid. The amount of these gases in a free, or 
 comparatively free, state is surprising in a system where 
 the tendency to solidify has been so great. In the moon 
 there does not seem to be a particle of any one of them 
 free. She has neither ocean nor atmosphere — facts clearly 
 evincing purpose. The moon exists to reflect light. An 
 atmosphere would darken her surface by covering her 
 with vapour, and corroding her rocks into rust. She 
 would be the silver moon no longer, but a magnified 
 globule of blood. In the moon, Law, by its unchecked 
 sway, has consolidated everything. It is otherwise on 
 this planet. A considerable part of the earth, in both 
 bulk and weight, is a liquid compound of two gases, and 
 
UTILITY. 61 
 
 these, with one or two others, form an ocean miles in 
 height round the world. These gases are, in part, the 
 food of plants and animals, and they flow in never-ending 
 eddies round the mouths that feed on them. 
 
 It is worthy of notice, also, that the gaseous ocean 
 controls the liquid one. It lifts its waters, and collects 
 them in heaps at will. By doing this, it maintains their 
 healthful condition. The gaseous ocean also absorbs vast 
 quantities of the liquid one into its bosom, carries them 
 aloft, and, after conveying them immense distances, 
 scatters them over its own domains, making available the 
 elements of nurture supplied by the soil. The atmos- 
 phere is an immense aqueduct conveying the liquid 
 element of life from its natural reservoirs into the cities 
 of living organisms. All this takes place in the inorganic 
 world, where the " survival of the fittest " seems to have 
 no meaning. 
 
 Four points specially demand attention : — -1. In this 
 sphere, at the line where the animal and vegetable king- 
 doms meet, evolution encounters one of its chief difficul- 
 ties. In the atmosphere, what is life to one is death to the 
 other; the carbonic acid which sustains the plant destroys 
 the animal. Query — If the animal has evolved from the 
 vegetable world, how is the total change of food to be 
 explained ? 
 
 2. Further, is the balance of gases in the atmosphere 
 not evidence of a superintending providence? By the 
 law of their nature gases mingle in fixed proportions, 
 irrespective of their density. Were it not so, carbonic 
 acid, which is once and a-half heavier than ordinary 
 
62 MIND IN MATTER. 
 
 atmospheric air, would sink to the earth — with what 
 fatal result to animal life may be seen in the well- 
 known Valley of Death in Java, where this actually takes 
 place. Again, were the " vital " gas of the atmosphere — • 
 oxygen, not diluted by an '^ indifferent " gas— nitrogen, 
 combustion would proceed so rapidly as to render existence 
 impossible. 
 
 3, The maintenance of the balance of gases is no less 
 wonderfully contrived. To it all organised beings, living 
 or dead, contribute their share. Plants, in the fixation of 
 carbon, send forth oxygen for the use of animals. Animals, 
 in the process of respiration, supply carbonic acid to 
 plants. In this, also, decomposition and decay assist. 
 What we call "death" reappears as life. Nothing is wasted 
 — nothing is lost. 
 
 4. Yet again, what are we to make of that wonderful 
 constituent, the aqueous vapour? Present in the atmos- 
 phere in a proportion of little over one per cent., it yet 
 suffices to counteract the excessive nightly radiation of 
 heat from the earth, which, unchecked, would result in 
 the destruction of every living organism. 
 
 To conclude: Mind demonstrates itself by employing 
 the same agency to accomplish a variety of purposes, 
 as well as, in other cases, by repeating the same idea. 
 The atmosphere which supplies the breath of life to all 
 organised beings also gives voice to nature, being the 
 medium of communication for all intelligent creatures. 
 Its various pulsations, again, by creating tones, give 
 birth to music, and thus afford to man the possibility of 
 becoming an artist, capable of delighting and elevating 
 
UTILITY. 63 
 
 his race. Similarly^ the fluid ether, Extending to the 
 most remote parts of the universe, is not only the instru- 
 ment of the life-giving power of suns, but discloses them 
 and all other things. It awakens the vitality of nature, 
 paints it with beauty, and reveals it to the eye. By the 
 same mode of action, therefore, in different fluids, intelli- 
 gence is communicated to two senses — the vibrations of 
 light giving birth to vision, those of the atmosphere to' 
 sound. 
 
 By a strange illusion of the intellect, the means of 
 sight and hearing are sometimes represented as creating 
 the organs of sound and vision. In this peculiar logic it 
 is forgotten that a ripple-wave presupposes the shore on 
 which it registers its effects. The walls that confine the 
 ocean have been elevated by a foreign power. If there 
 are dykes in Holland, they have been made. An ex- 
 pedient can scarcely originate the object to which it only 
 ministers. If mere vibration produces such wonderful 
 results as sight and hearing, it is by the remarkably 
 correlated structures on which it operates. An eye, like 
 an arm, shrivels by disuse, and, in course of time, may 
 disappear altogether; but, in all cases, use presupposes 
 the organ. It is impossible to utilise nonentity. 
 
 We turn now to the inorganic elements of the soil sup- 
 plied for the support of life. These have to be taken up 
 by the plant, assimilated for its own uses, and developed 
 into food for man and beast. Of the inorganic consti- 
 tuents of the soil, eleven are found in plants, viz.. 
 Potassium, Calcium, Magnesium, Iron, Manganese, and 
 Sodium, Sulphur, Phosphorus, Silicon, Chlorine, and 
 
64 MINI? IN MATTER. 
 
 riuorine. Of these, nine are either absolutely or rela- 
 tively essential to both plant and animal-life. Two — 
 Fluorine and Sodium (or Salt), serve, as has been proved 
 ■by direct experiment, no purpose in the vegetable 
 •economy, but they are indispensable to animals. Fluorine 
 is a constituent of the teeth and bones of animals — Salt is 
 a vital necessity to them. Therefore, as it would appear, 
 salt is never totally absent from plants, and sufficient pro- 
 portion is found, especially in the foliage of succulent 
 plants, to satisfy the natural craving for salt in animals 
 directly dependent on vegetation for their support. 
 
 Now, let us ask: How comes this salt to be present in 
 soils far inland, hundreds of miles, it may be, from the 
 sea ? The answer is supplied by an eminent authority : 
 " One of the uses of storms is to supply the world with 
 salt." — (Dr. Angus Smith: "Air and Rain.") The salt is 
 brought by the travelling clouds, each vesicle charged 
 with a precious burden, sent up by evaporation from the 
 surface of ocean.^ Are there no traces of a superintending 
 Mind in this vast system of "^demand and supply?" 
 
 The subject of the law of adaptation, as visible in the 
 atmospheric conditions, might be pursued ad infinitum. 
 These same travelling rain-drops not only serve the pur- 
 pose of salt-purveyors, but act as scavengers, clearing the 
 air of noxious gases, and as fertilizers, bringing down 
 ammonia and nitric acid to the earth.- Arrived on the 
 
 ^ Animals on the High Alps are said to be peculiarly attracted by salt, as if 
 the height prevented the usual supply ia the rains. 
 
 ^According to M. Barral, in one year the enormous amount of 63 kilo- 
 grammes of nitric acid was received by a hectare of land in the environs of 
 Paris /ro/H rain alone. 
 
UTILITY. 65 
 
 surface, they play the part of chemists. Above ground, 
 by corrosion of the rocks and loosening of their particles, 
 they form soils. Under ground, by dissolving the mineral 
 constituents still further, they present plant-food in the 
 proper state for assimilation. Pursuing their journey to 
 the nearest river, they finally return to ocean. No single 
 drop, however, comes back empty. Each is laden with an 
 invisible burden of salts, held in suspension, and drawn 
 from the rocks and surface-soil through which it has 
 passed. In this way, in return for the salts supplied to 
 the rising vapour, ocean receives back those necessary for 
 marine vegetation, and the all-essential lime for the shells 
 of the Mollusca. Thus by the Law of Compensation the 
 Great Circle is completed. 
 
 To return. — The arrangements immediately outside of 
 life are met by others even more noteworthy within. 
 The evolution of a breathing apparatus all along the 
 line of life would be, in itself, a wonderful fact. In 
 the lung the blood is brought into a surface, ingeni- 
 ously devised for extent, and exposed to the atmos- 
 phere, to be oxydised and heated. This apparatus is 
 connected with a system of underground tubing re- 
 markable, at least, as that by which a city gets its water 
 supply, and with an organ of propulsion ingeniously 
 constructed, at least, as that at the wheelhouse. Con- 
 nected and interworking with the circulation is another 
 system of tubing, distinct from it as the gas of the 
 city is from the water suppl}''; and supplementing the 
 second or digestive system is still another, as distinguishable 
 from both as the drainage is from the other two. The 
 
QQ MIND IN MATTER. 
 
 formation of perforations in the system by the descent of 
 liquified substances would be comprehensible if the animal 
 frame were a solid mass, instead of a cavity. The 
 hypothesis fails to explain the existence of tubes. The 
 ascending veins, also, are a fatal objection. The course 
 of nature by which untold millions of such complicated 
 structures are brought into existence in each generation, is 
 simply astounding. As no creature lives without air, how 
 was life sustained before the evolution of lungs took place? 
 Evolution of a living form presupposes life, Embryotic 
 life depends on the breath of another. How was life 
 sustained when there was no other to breathe? 
 
 As early as the days of Epicurus, the convivialist 
 betrayed a tendency to materialism. It is supposed 
 still by many, that the materialist, as such, is disposed 
 to conviviality. It is he who says, " Let us eat, drink, 
 and be merry," who says also, "for to-morrow we 
 die " — in the sense of a final catastrophe. The hon 
 vivant seems to feel that, if a Deity exist. He must 
 bear an aspect hostile to him. The idea is a living one. 
 Nevertheless, the Deity is kinder to him than he is to 
 himself. The Framer of the body seems to have 
 had some such tenant of it in view, and has inter- 
 posed, as it were, to save it from the excesses of its 
 master. No part of the animal economy is more sug- 
 gestive of Mind than the glandular system. These 
 multitudinous structures, large and small, give the 
 interior of the body the aspect of an extensive factory, 
 where each gland is, in its place, a living operative. We 
 direct attention to a solitary example. No organ in a 
 
BEAUTY. '67 
 
 living body indicates intention more than that which 
 governs the supply of blood to the tissues. In plants, 
 food-supplies are comparatively regular, the roots being 
 in constant contact with the elements of support. In 
 men and many of the larger animals, feeding is inter- 
 mittent. Civilised men 'take food at stated times, and 
 the savage has often to be satisfied with an enormous 
 meal at intervals of several days. Savage animals are 
 regularly subjec-t to the same ordeal. Were there no 
 averaging organ, the capillaries would be ruptured by 
 superfluous blood at one time, and affected with general 
 spasm from its deficiency at another. But here comes in 
 the spleen, an organ capable of containing a large quantity 
 of blood which, in times of surplus, it treasures in reserve, 
 and then pays out as the necessities of the system require. 
 
 BEAUTY. 
 
 The beauties of nature form a middle term which brings 
 the Divine Mind and the human into the same line. 
 The Divine taste that creates, and the human taste 
 that enjoys, are of the same order. In the estimation of 
 some, taste is arbitrary, and the familiar is the beautiful. 
 The Esquimaux, we are told, believes no country to be so 
 lovely as his own, and would die of home-sickness were 
 he transferred to more genial climes. The savages 
 deported by Cartier from the wilds of Quebec actually 
 did not live to return — the so-called beauties of Europe 
 killed them. Such ex-parte statements as these, how- 
 ever, present only imperfect side-lights. If there are 
 
68 MIND IN MATTER. 
 
 things in nature that the association of ideas cannot 
 beautify, there are others which it cannot deform. At a 
 time in the distant past the earth was a naked boulder, 
 like the moon, presenting a surface of undulating rocky- 
 plains, varied at intervals by elevated castle-like moun- 
 tains — some cone-shaped, of volcanic origin — others 
 square^ elevated en masse above the surrounding strata by 
 earthquakes, and exhibiting the sombre colour of iron rust. 
 Such scenes could only inspire a painful sense of desola- 
 tion. Travellers in the " Desert of the Wanderings," 
 where the idea is realised, declare that the scenery often 
 filled them with dread. The natives of those dreary 
 wastes, brought up in the associations of the desert, and 
 habituated to them from infancy — betray no other taste 
 than our own. To them a few trees is a vision of delight, 
 the subject of constant praise, the inspiration of song to 
 their poets. When those far-famed oases of the desert 
 are visited by persons accustomed to our " vast contiguity 
 of shade," they give rise to disappointment, and only 
 seem to aggravate the surrounding desert gloom. They 
 prove, however, that nature's "things of beauty" are 
 beautiful to all mankind. 
 
 If the bare rocks that constitute the base of nature are 
 unlovely, so is the clay into which they have been 
 pulverised. The naked spots in a cultivated field are 
 an eyesore. In fact, there is an absence of beauty in 
 nearly the whole inorganic material of the world. This 
 has the appearance of arrangement, studied for effect. 
 By contrast, the transformation effected by the inspiration 
 -of life is made more telling. Germs take up vile matter. 
 
BEAUTY. 69 
 
 transpose it into perfect forms, and clothe it with 
 beauty. 
 
 In this country (Canada) nature can be seen in puris 
 naturalihus. Its beauties are formed by very few elements. 
 As elsewhere, there is the ordinary over-arch of blue sky 
 or gray cloud, but generally in the absence of a back- 
 ground of lofty mountains. In favoured localities, there 
 is a large river, perhaps with a rapid, occasionally with a 
 mighty waterfall, but everywhere there is an expanse of 
 forest, stretching as far as the eye can reach on all sides. 
 These, with a generally undulating surface, form the tout 
 ensemble of every scene. Native forest-beauty has two 
 characteristic elements. One of these consists in the many 
 tall dark forms with irregular branches, which tower majesti- 
 cally above the forest level ; the other is constituted by 
 colour-contrast — every variety of green in waves, from the 
 invisible green of the balsam to the pale green of the 
 willow, meets the eye, diversified in spring by an occa- 
 sional spray-like spot, which proves on inspection to be 
 a poplar covered with pollen. 
 
 Natural forest-scenery, although beautiful and grand, 
 is yet too uniform in its expansiveness. Its beauty 
 /is perfect, but overdone by extent. All natural scenes, 
 like all sounds in nature, inspire melancholy and, as night 
 gathers in, fill the mind with a sense of loneliness and 
 desolation. Only where man is, does nature smile, and 
 only where he is an artist, who can employ the. elements 
 at command to convert it into a picture. Man, unfortu- " 
 nately, does not always possess the artistic eye; conse- 
 quently, many localities in this country are already so 
 
70 MIND IN MATTER. 
 
 denuded of trees as to present the appearance of natural 
 waste — thanks to human short-sightedness. The elements 
 of beauty nature provides in rich abundance, but human 
 labour and skill are needed to combine them. In natural 
 scenes there is so little variety, that a weeding-out and 
 localising process is necessary. As elsewhere, room is left 
 for human enterprise and ingenuity. Divine art triumphs 
 in the fact that man can devise no element of beauty 
 not found in nature. He can only choose and combine. 
 
 Are the beauties of nature evolved ? Matter constitutes 
 the form and supplies the colours — is it also the artist? 
 Or is it only what stones are to the mason and colours 
 to the painter ? Let us see — 
 
 (1.) A large percentage of the beauties of nature 
 present themselves as a surface-polish. The colouring 
 ingredients of leaves pass up the long gray shaft of a 
 tree through its branches and twigs, and spread them- 
 selves over the top where they are exposed to view. 
 The blossoms of all plants exhibit themselves in the most 
 conspicuous positions. When the skin of the serpent and 
 the feathers of the bird of paradise have been removed, 
 their beauty has disappeared. 
 
 (2.) Painting in nature is arranged on what looks like 
 a preconsidered plan. In the animal world, large creatures 
 are generally uniform and sober in colour, while elaborate 
 painting is confined to the smaller forms. A fly is 
 minutely .variegated to the extremity of every part ; 
 but in the deer, moose, lion, elk, elephant, it is other- 
 wise. The coat of a humming-bird would scarcely add to 
 the majesty of an elephant. Thus the sense of proportion 
 
BEAUTY. Yl 
 
 and of what is suited to it, is preserved. The principle 
 is expanded to embrace the inanimate world. Beyond the 
 animal kingdom the whole canvas is covered with three 
 colours only — the sky is blue, the clouds are gray, and 
 all else — oceans, fields, and forests — are green. 
 
 (3.) Colour, again, has reference to habitat, and generally 
 serves as a defence. Birds that exhibit on trees are com- 
 monly either nicely feathered, or they are songsters. 
 Beauty, both of colour and of song, charms their natural 
 enemies. Ground birds, on the other hand, are coloured 
 like the soil, which makes them nearly invisible. The 
 hare of Canada and the Alpine hare of Europe are, as we 
 know, brown in summer, and almost sncfw-white in winter. 
 Some birds emit sounds that are far from musical — these 
 sounds are a protection. The woodpecker is seldom at- 
 tacked by a bird of prey. The Canadian loon or grebe, 
 which has wings so small that it cannot rise from its 
 bathing-place except when the wind blows, utters a cry 
 fitted to strike terror even into men when heard, miles 
 off, at night for the first time. 
 
 (4.) Form — the other element of beauty, has an evident 
 reference to function. A tree, by splitting itself into 
 branches, presents the greatest possible leaf-surface to the 
 air. The long neck, bill, and legs of waders, is another 
 illustration. 
 
 Small and large, the works of God have a fair surface- 
 finish. The minutest part of an insect is so perfect in 
 detail, as not only to stand the test, but to increase 
 admiration by the expanded beauty manifest under 
 the microscope. When large masses of matter are placed 
 
72 MIND IN MATTEK. 
 
 at immense distances, they literally shine — the stars are 
 specks of light. It is clearly not the aim of nature to 
 produce perfect beauty ; things are not so beautiful as they 
 might be, and wisely is this ordained. If everything 
 existed in perfection, man could only spoil it by his touch. 
 Koom is left for art co-operation with God. The colours 
 are at command; the canvas also is prepared with out- 
 lines drawn by a Master, but it needs filling in. In addi- 
 tion to the elemental features of beauty which exist in 
 great abundance in isolation, occasional specimens are 
 given of the power of these features in combination. 
 Early tradition relates that an example of art in nature 
 was given in a "^^lajidscape garden" in the Golden Age of 
 the world. Some choice scenes, such as the Vale of 
 Tempe of old, and one or two spots seen in a lifetime, 
 seem intended for the same purpose. More frequently, 
 however, beauty is presented in nature on a small scale, 
 as in the bird of paradise and the golden pheasant. Some 
 of the flowering trees of all countries,, again, put out their 
 blossoms before their leaves. There is art in this. 
 When, embedded in a surrounding mass of green, these 
 trees become transfigured first into rose-red, then into 
 pink, then into purest white, there is recognised an 
 unmistakable effort after effect. 
 
 Other instances might be noted. Let us take one. 
 The scorching suns and glare of a subtropical summer 
 make the soft green alone grateful to the eye, but in 
 autumn, with the subdual of heat, there is annually, 
 in Canada, a transformation of nature on a large scale, 
 in which intention can scarcely fail to be acknowledged. 
 
MIND. 73 
 
 The forests gradually assume every variety of tapestry- 
 like designs, in which red mingles in various degrees 
 with all the other colours/ It is just as if, not altogether 
 satisfied with the beautiful displays of summer. Nature 
 were desirous of exhibiting on the grandest possible scale, 
 what she can do in painting before retiring to her winter 
 rest. Her evening robe of many colours is certainly of 
 loveliest device. Here may be recognised, in another 
 form, the principle worked out daily in the setting sun. 
 
 PART III. 
 
 THE RATIONAL ORGANIC WORLD. . 
 
 MIND. 
 
 Life and consciousness are not identical quantities. A 
 large percentage of living substances are unconscious. 
 In all cases, consciousness is bestowed with purpose. 
 Unattached organisms have it ; those which are attached 
 have not. The whole animal world is conscious ; the 
 whole vegetable world is unconscious. Trees terminate 
 in a number of brainless points, because they have no need 
 of brains. Creatures necessitated by nature to seek their 
 food, are endowed with intelligence. There is also in the 
 lowest, as in the highest, forms of conscious being, aa 
 
 ^ Since the destruction of the maple for fuel, the Canadian forests are not 
 so beautiful in autumn as they were -wont to be. 
 
74 MIND IN MATTER. 
 
 evident relation between the amount of mind and the 
 destiny. One creature only has the conception of 
 immortality, and his nature stands pre-eminently above 
 all others. 
 
 If life and mind are not synonymous, neither are brain 
 and mind. If the brain be the mind, self-consciousness 
 will be the brain's consciousness of itself. A watch 
 endowed with intelligence would be aware of its com- 
 ponent parts. Its consciousness would be of springs, 
 axles, chain, wheels, hands, face, figures, motion, time of 
 day. A conscious brain would feel the molecules that 
 compose it, and their movements. Human consciousness, 
 on the contrary, is the self-consciousness of a spirit. 
 Matter, when in the consciousness, is a foreign element. 
 Moreover, the constituents of the brain are never felt — 
 are, in fact, unknown, except to the anatomist. The 
 ancients never spoke of the brain in connection with 
 thought. The Hebrews located thought and feeling in the 
 heart, and not in the cerebrum and cerebellum. The 
 instrument employed in thinking has been discovered, 
 and is mistaken for the thinking substance. If the brain 
 be the intelligence, it inaugurates its career of knowing 
 strangely by failing to know itself In some such- way 
 as the arm is used in action, is the brain employed in 
 thinking, the agent being consciously different from both. 
 If the brain is the mind, at least it is not felt to be so. 
 
 Because a fevered state of the brain results in fever of 
 the mind, and pressure suspends consciousness, it follows, 
 indeed, that the brain and the mind are very intimately 
 connected, but not that they are identical. Ice placed on 
 
MIND. 75 
 
 the bulb of a thermometer puts it out of harmony with 
 the air, but does not annihilate the independent existence 
 of either atmosphere or thermometer. 
 
 If the mind be a material substance, its products will 
 be material too. Thought will be manipulated by means 
 of reagents, and the laws of criticism and those of 
 chemical analysis will be identical. A mental conception, 
 placed in the eye of the microscope, will reveal its inward 
 nature, and a pair of scales will be a necessary adjunct to 
 the laboratory of the critic. Breadth, depth, weight, when 
 affirmed of thought, will be matters of fact, and not con- 
 ceptions of the poet. Hume's celebrated and oft-quoted 
 saying about the subject-matter of books recognises all 
 this. We are reminded that thought is one of the 
 " imponderables." True ; but it is not manipulated as 
 the imponderables are. Thought alone can approach 
 thought, and handle it. Thought and matter belong to 
 different spheres. 
 
 A book formulates itself in the mind of an author 
 before it is committed to writing. A philosopher, let it be 
 supposed, is anxious to know how a current of thought is 
 generated — by what machinery, and how it is worked. 
 Just as a person curious to know the secret of a watch's 
 power to register correctly, as they fly, hours, minutes, 
 seconds, would open the cases, and, by careful study, get at 
 the source of motion and seeming intelligence,^ our philo- 
 
 1 This is a proper place to notice the statement sometimes made 
 in ridicule that if a watch were endowed with mind, it would 
 attribute creation to a watch. Here mind and mere consciousness 
 are strangely confounded — a blunder that has greatly impeded the 
 progress of philosophy. A watch endowed with consciousness 
 
76 MIND IN MATTER. 
 
 sopher uncovers a brain, and finds to his surprise two or 
 three pounds of pulp, and nothing bearing the most distant 
 resemblance to thought or its manufacture. If the Creator, 
 when He foresaw that the brain would be mistaken for 
 the mind, had filled the cavity of the cranium with mud, 
 a broader hint would not have been given of the true state 
 of the case. The thinking substance is a creature of 
 nobler mould, who fled before the analysis began. The 
 brain is merely the tenement and the instrument of a 
 spirit. 
 
 The true inference is not accepted, because the experi- 
 ment suggests a higher philosophy of the subject. 
 Thought is the twin-sister of electricity, and the brain is 
 a battery. Mind is brain-force, and not simply the brain. 
 This accounts for the absence of brain-consciousness. In 
 experience, however, a broad distinction is made between 
 mind and thought. Thought is the product of mind, 
 mind the thinking substance. Materialists, on the 
 other hand, puzzled by the absence of brain-conscious- 
 ness, are forced to make thought and mind identical. 
 Their identity is not sustained by co?zsciousness, i.e., 
 compound knowledge, combining a sense of both thought 
 and the thinking power. Thought is manifold — the 
 thinking substance is one. The brain, not being the 
 conscious centre of unity, it follows that the thinking 
 substance, as well as thought, is distinct from the 
 
 would be conscious of self only. A watch endowed with mind 
 would reason like mind in any other organisation, unconscious of 
 its own internal physical relations. Being possessed of a second 
 and higher nature, it would do as theists do, attribute not " body" 
 but " spirit" to the Divinity. 
 
MIND. 77 
 
 brain. The inference is sustained by the standpoint of 
 the materialist. The position that brain-force, and not 
 brain, is the mind, is a virtual concession of what is con- 
 tended for by those who believe in mind as a world apart 
 from matter. " In order to conceive of the existence of 
 force, we must conceive that there is something on which 
 it can act;"^ is a fundamental principle of natural philo- 
 sophy. In the section on Organisms, it was seen that 
 the correlation of the forces implied the independent 
 existence of each. Brain-force cannot create thought ; it 
 can only awaken it. Into what substance^ therefore, is 
 the brain-force propagated? At one time, light was 
 supposed to consist of innumerable corpuscles, or sparks, 
 projected in all directions by a luminous body. It is 
 now known to be force acting in a vibrating medium. 
 Electricity, like heat, probably exerts its force through 
 the same medium. What "ether" is to light, heat, 
 and electricity, the mind is to brain-force. It takes 
 up the impulses yielded by the brain, and con- 
 verts them into thought. Light is not sun-force 
 merely, but vibration in a subtle invisible ether. In 
 like manner, thought is not brain-force, but the peculiar 
 operation of a thinking substance. Consciousness con- 
 firms the view by maintaining an eternal distinction 
 between the mind and thought, and between thought 
 and the brain, and by inspiring a sense of permanency in 
 the mind. Were the brain conscious in sensation, it 
 would be conscious of vibrations only. Vibration forms 
 
 1 Kirkland's '« Statics : " def. 3. 
 
78 MIND IN MATTER. 
 
 no part of mind-consciousness, because it cannot pass tHe 
 gulf that divides mind from matter. Vibrations are hints 
 which the mind, by its own laws, translates into objects 
 of perception. When the eyes are directed out into 
 space, a number of confused shakings are communicated 
 to the optic nerve, which the mind takes up and trans- 
 lates^, presenting its finding in the form of the visible 
 heaven and earth. The substratum of thought, therefore, 
 is not determined by the discovery that thought originates 
 in impulses from the brain. Mind is the substance that 
 receives the impact, and not the one that communicates 
 it. Leibnitz defined the mind to be a monad endowed 
 with consciousness. It is, at least, an indivisible unit. 
 If an atom, it does not belong to the alphabet of nature. 
 Atoms that can study the qualities of other atoms are, 
 beyond calculation, differentiated from them. 
 
 The conclusion is sustained when the subject is exam- 
 ined from any other point of view. Mind reveals itself 
 as a substance sui genei'isy and isolated from the matter 
 in which it is encased. Both sight and hearing are pro- 
 duced by vibrations which never pass into consciousness. 
 In hearing, the shakings reach the mind as music ; in 
 sight, as forms of nature or of art. That the [conscious 
 transforming power is distinct from sense, is further 
 evident from the fact that it can isolate itself from the 
 senses and rectify their mistakes. In sight, objects 
 appear on the retina inverted, the mind presents them 
 vertically. If the senses were the mind, this would be 
 impossible. Moreover, the connection between sensation 
 and consciousness is often suspended. A person living 
 
MIND. 79 
 
 near a waterfall ceases to hear it. For hours together, 
 the brain vibrates as in consciousness, and jet is not 
 conscious — Why ? — Simply because it is not the seat of 
 consciousness, and the force it discharges is not mind. 
 
 Butler's celebrated argument is conclusive on the same 
 point. The matter of the brain is ever changing. In 
 cycles of considerable brevity there is a total replacement 
 of substance, but no corresponding change in the con- 
 sciousness. From infancy to old age, mind is consciously 
 identical. A murderer returns after many years to the 
 neighbourhood where his crime had been committed. By 
 a strange infatuation, he is led to visit the spot where 
 the foul deed was done. His foot catches in the rope he 
 had employed to strangle his victim. Thjs brings his 
 crime so vividly to mind that he gives himself up to the 
 authorities. At so late a date there is not a " molecule '^ 
 of the murderer left. Other atoms have taken the place 
 of the guilty ones ; but he does not think so himself; nor 
 do the authorities. They hang him. 
 
 The phenomenon of dreaming is also a proof of mind. 
 In the peculiar restful condition of the nervous system 
 involved in sleep, the mind lives and revels in a world of 
 its own. So completely are the senses suspended, that 
 they fail to correct its mistakes. 
 
 A phenomenon often connected with the fatal termina- 
 tion of disease is also in point. In a considerable majority 
 of cases, the mind of the patient assumes extraordinary 
 vigour as the hour of dissolution approaches. The im- 
 provement is so marked often, that interested watchers 
 are led to expect immediate recovery. The apparent re- 
 
so MIND IN MATTER. 
 
 cuperation, however, takes place just when the reactive 
 force of nature has expired, when the system has retired 
 in hopelessness from the struggle for life. As the electric 
 spark reveals itself in flashing from a cloud, the human 
 spirit reveals itself as it flashes into eternity. In Job, as 
 in many others, disease only strengthened the conscious- 
 ness of immortality. 
 
 Men, whose profession leads them to operate on mind 
 by considerations drawn from another life, find their 
 difficulty, strange to say. in the effort to inspire a sense of 
 mortality. Every one believes every other person mortal 
 but himself. Except in the article of death, very few have 
 an impressive sense of their own future dissolution. The 
 mind is strong in its own consciousness. All things 
 change ; it changes not, and a sense of immortality is be- 
 gotten. The idea is too brilliant not to be true. Like the 
 sun, it demonstrates itself by its own bright light. It has 
 its roots in the power of an endless life; only an immortal 
 could conceive it. The conception is confirmed by all the 
 surroundings of the human spirit. It is impossible to look 
 out on the sky in a cloudless night without feeling that 
 birth has been — not into a world — but into a universe. 
 The stars are just near enough to give hints of better 
 worlds held before the eye of hope. 
 
 From a scientific point of view, the " accumulating" 
 instinct in man is remarkable. If the beaver makes its 
 walls unusually thick, and the squirrel lays up an extra 
 stock of provisions, a long winter is betokened. There are 
 men who have wealth enough stored up to last them for eYev. 
 Still they go on accumulating, even in old age, and with 
 
MIND. 81 
 
 apparently the more anxiety, the fewer the human links 
 that bind them to life. Men, whose philosophy makes 
 them believe in instinct, explain such facts by the " asso- 
 ciation of ideas." The association of ideas, however, does 
 not explain the fact that man alone can make such 
 immense accumulations. Both the instinct and the 
 possibility point to a state of things that has passed 
 away, like customs still in force after the circumstances 
 giving them birth have been forgotten. They indicate a 
 consciousness of bodily immortality. Men still look to 
 the future, but circumstances having altered, they are 
 found not to look far enough. A material world con- 
 stantly passing away obstructs the view. Provision is 
 still made for a future, but by change of circumstances 
 the stores are not of the right kind. Because other 
 creatures die, death is said to be the debt of nature. 
 The inference is strange: How could man be immortal 
 except by the death of other creatures? — He lives by the 
 death of other things. Human death, therefore, is 
 evidently an infraction on nature, and cannot involve 
 the extinction of the spirit. In nature there is a 
 universal tendency to a harvest. It would be strange, 
 indeed, if the machinery of a world should run for ages, to 
 be finally extinguished, and to leave no result. But — if 
 untold millions of spirits become trained for immortality, 
 things exist not in vain. Human faith in both the isola- 
 tion of mind and its immortality has been exhibited by 
 universal adhesion to the doctrine of separate spirits. 
 On no other subject have the men of all ages and 
 
 countries been so unanimous. It is not philosophy that 
 
 6 
 
82 MIND IN MATTER. 
 
 laughs at the universal convictions of men, but science, 
 falsely so called. 
 
 In Theism, the evidential value of Mind cannot be 
 over-estimated. As every one is conscious that in the 
 not far distant past he had no being, each is self-evidence 
 on the fundamental difficulty — Creation out of nothing ? 
 Ability to comprehend the works of God proves the 
 creation of man to have been in His own image, and 
 nature to have been the product of Mind. » 
 
 A CRITICISM. 
 
 The alternative of materialism has been stated in round 
 letters in the section just concluded. Mind is either the 
 brain, or it is brain-force. Materialism generally oscillates 
 between the two. It cannot be the brain, because the 
 brain fails to register itself in the consciousness. It 
 cannot be brain-force, because force becomes force by 
 the substance on which it acts. Nerve-discharges pre- 
 suppose the conscious power that transforms them into 
 thought and feeling. As Mr. Darwin has been made the 
 accepted representative of the evolution of living forms 
 — to Mr. Spencer it deservedly belongs to represent 
 the evolution of mind. Comparative oversight by 
 Mr. Spencer of the cellular character of living tissues 
 vitiates his definition of life, and makes his " Principles 
 of Biology" valueless as an exposition of the subject. 
 On this account, no notice was taken of the work in 
 the sections on the organic world. 
 
A CRITICISM. 83 
 
 In one respect, Mr. Spencer and Mr. Darwin resemble 
 eacli other very noticeably. They are both characterised 
 by an extraordinary memory for details, combined with a 
 patientful power of minute protracted reasonings. They 
 resemble each other in another respect. In nature's 
 division of labour, more than one distinguished gift is 
 seldom bestowed on the same individual. The bird that 
 sings is a weakling; the bird endowed with strength is 
 unendowed with the gift of song. A phenomenal memory 
 is seldom accompanied by the keenest perception. The 
 laborious collector of facts is not always able to penetrate 
 their full meaning. This is conceived to be the case of 
 both the distinguished authors named. In all their 
 writings, they appear weighted with a mass of facts be- 
 yond their strength, often submerged, to reappear anon 
 in bewilderment, and generally with their faces averted 
 from the truth. Conclusions are commonly the reverse 
 of what the facts warrant. This bewilderment is very 
 conspicuous in many parts of " The First Principles of a 
 New Philosophy." 
 
 In another respect, however, Mr. Spencer and Mr. Darwin 
 are the antipodes of each other. Mr. Spencer seems totally 
 devoid of the form of the imagination which is the source 
 of humour. An undercurrent of drollery, on the other 
 hand, ripples in every sentence of Mr. Darwin's writings. 
 With unconcealed amusement, he tells men, proud of their 
 pedigree, that they are of identical parentage with the ape. 
 In his work, " On Expression in Men and Animals," 
 there is raciness in the calm pleasure with which he 
 marks the play of the little muscles that lie round the 
 
84 MIND IN MATTEIl. 
 
 moutli and eyes of a beast, and points to them as inci- 
 pient developments of the same movements in men. In 
 the whinny of a horse he hears the partly-evolved laugh 
 of a human being, and in movements on the lips of a dog 
 he recognises the prototype of a human smile. Mr. 
 Darwin's ideas were realised by himself. No such im- 
 pression is created by the perusal of Mr. Spencer's 
 writings. If his reasonings on the identity of the nerves 
 and the mind had been conducted with letters of the alpha- 
 bet, their power to generate a conception in himself of 
 their true purpose could scarcely have been less. The 
 gravity with which he puts up a monstrous thing like the 
 brain as the essence of a human being, might be amusing, 
 were it not horrible. In nature, the brain and nervous 
 system are paralleled in aspect only by abnormal 
 growths. They present the appearance of things seen 
 nowhere else except bottled on shelves in medical 
 museums, or among animal embryotic substances. Fortu- 
 nately for the age, the number of readers who are able 
 to realise all the ideas that lurk at the back of words is 
 very small. If the impression materialistic writings 
 tend to create were fully received by the public, the bonds 
 of society would be destroyed. Self-respect and respect 
 for others are the inspiring source of practical ethics. 
 Destroy them, and man becomes the enemy of his kind. 
 Convince men that the " human face divine " expresses 
 not the qualities of a noble spirit, but is a mask that 
 hides from view a thing of monstrous shape and aspect 
 — that converse with a friend is fellowship with an eye- 
 less, earless monster, fit only to be kept out of sight — and 
 
A CRITICISM. 85' 
 
 everything like mutual respect vanishes from the earth. ■ 
 Through atheistic writings before the Revolution some 
 such idea must have seized the French imagination, and 
 led to the horrors of that fearful time. If man in his 
 essential nature be the abnormal thing materialists 
 represent him to be, he is an object of disgust — fitted to 
 inspire the wish to extinguish him. From the bosom 
 that fully realises the materialistic conception, everything 
 like human sympathy must have vanished. As the in- 
 strument of mind, the brain holds an honourable place ; as 
 the mind itself, it is a thing of horror. 
 
 It may be supposed by some who have read his 
 writings that Mr. Spencer affirms the existence of a 
 distinction between mind and matter. His views on 
 the subject are obscure, because it is impossible to 
 hold the materialistic principle consistently throughout. 
 The transition from matter to mind is made even by 
 the materialist, when he treats of mind. Unconsciously, 
 Mr. Spencer often forgets that he is a materialist, thus 
 demanding concessions that cannot be made to him. 
 It seems inconsistent to have written volumes to prove 
 that all things evolve from matter, and then suddenly 
 — when the copestone is about to be placed — to admit 
 mind as a separate entity. On one supposition alone 
 is the position somewhat defensible. Mr. Spencer pro- 
 bably regards the mind as an elimination from matter, 
 such as caloric was, and the " fluid" electric is sup- 
 posed by some to be. Perhaps this is what is meant 
 when mind is called the "subjective" of the brain and 
 nerves. Thus, mind is the glowworm light of the nervous 
 
86 MIND IN MATTER. 
 
 system — an aspect which may give it beauty in the 
 estimation of some.^ 
 
 Mr. Spencer's philosophy appears to be a compound 
 of the '' common-sense " philosophy and that of Spinoza. 
 He is not altogether unwilling to admit a nucleus 
 of both mind and matter, about which the qualities 
 of each cluster; but, as nothing is known about the 
 "nature of substance," "matter may be mind" or 
 "mind matter," or they may have a "common root." 
 Of the possibility of a common substratum of mind and 
 matter, we treated in the section on Pantheism. The 
 Philosophy of Spinoza results in the Psychology of 
 Hume. They who can conceive of impressions in the 
 abstract, with nothing to impress or to be impressed, of 
 ideas without subject or object, may see a deep meaning 
 in the language of Mr. Spencer.^ To all men in a state 
 of sanity, matter and mind are so distinct that neither 
 can matter be conceived of " in terms of mind," nor 
 " mind in terms of matter." 
 
 The nature of knowledge will always be a blinding 
 puzzle to persons disposed paradoxically to rest at the 
 extreme point to which mental ingenuity can carry 
 the "relativity" of knowledge. In the eye of intelli- 
 gence, because it is intelligence, both matter and mind are 
 
 1 Mr. Spencer is so full on all subjects treated by liim, that it 
 would be an injustice to quote isolated sentences, or even to refer to 
 them. In order to verify this criticism, it will be necessary to 
 examine a considerable part of " Principles of Biology," vol. i., and 
 of " Psychology," vol. i. 
 
 2 " Principles of Psychology," part ii. ; " The Substance of 
 Mind." 
 
A CRITICISM, " 87 
 
 " absolute" — mind is a conscious mirror that knows itself 
 and the objects that present themselves for reflexion. It 
 differentiates itself from matter by holding the whole 
 material world outcast. If sensation be the raw material, 
 substance thus differentiated is the completed fabric; if 
 it be the evidence, it is the conclusion ; if it be the 
 alphabetic sign, substance is the equation. The mind 
 refuses to believe in the relativity of its knowledge, even 
 where some degree of relativity is supposed to be demon- 
 strable. The conviction is justified, because, were it not 
 for the "absolute," even in such cases the relative could 
 not exist. The mechanic who has spent days in polishing 
 a piece of furniture cannot be persuaded that *^finish" is all 
 in the eye of the beholder. The absolute bulks so largely 
 in every sensation, that a substance whose very nature is 
 intelligence must admit its determining presence. In 
 this controversy, too much importance is attached to the 
 interior nature of substance, or of the unknown sub- 
 stratum of things — a matter of no consequence whatever. 
 It may be allowable to call substance " persistence," or 
 anything else, but the truth is understated, when persist- 
 ence is affirmed to be the all-important thing, or is even 
 unconsciously supposed to be so. 
 
 In the material world, especially, relation is the grand 
 fact. Who would think of withholding admiration from 
 an article of chaste design because he did not know, nor 
 could find out, the nature of the materials from which it 
 was made ? The works of the Creator are conformed to 
 this standard of judgment. The intimate nature of the 
 materials employed can be a question of importance in one 
 
88 MIND IN MATTER. 
 
 respect only — Do they perform, and how do they perform' 
 — well or otherwise — the work they were devised to do ? 
 Does matter serve the ordinary purposes to which it is 
 applied? Does it accomplish its end as a revelation of 
 God ? The collocations of matter in solar systems and 
 in individual masses indicate infinite mechanical skill. 
 Chemical compounds, such as the primitive rocks and 
 living bodies, display ingenuity of a supernatural order. 
 Atoms, by their adaptations, evidence both creative power 
 and wisdom. Reason demands no more. No one would 
 refuse to acknowledge the design evinced in a steam- 
 engine, because he did not know whether it was made of 
 iron, or of steel, or of some unknown compound lately 
 discovered. Knowledge of the intimate nature of sub- 
 stance would satisfy an idle curiosity; it would add 
 nothing to the argument of creation. No mistake was 
 made in keeping substance and the mode of its manufac- 
 ture profound secrets. A propos of this view, when the 
 relativity of knowledge is discussed by materialists, matter 
 becomes a filmy something, too attenuated to bear the 
 touch of thought. When it is advanced as an evidence of 
 Deity, it becomes a dense mass, whose creation is ^' incon- 
 ceivable." Let it be observed her^, that conception is not 
 always the measure of truth. Mr. Spencer cannot con- 
 ceive of a Creator collecting materials to form compounds 
 — a thing done by chemists every day.^ 
 
 As Mr. Spencer connects the evolution of mind with 
 that of life, it is necessary to revert briefly to subjects 
 already discussed. There is no additional light in the 
 
 1 " Creationism ;" (Biology, vol i). 
 
A CRITICISM. 8 Si 
 
 supposition made by Mr. Spencer that matter is of one 
 species. The idea is unworkable. A variety of combina- 
 tions can be formed out of a few elements; but it is in- 
 conceivable that they should be formed out of one. A 
 Being of infinite power can compel combinations im- 
 possible to men. Still there must be a limit. Possibly, 
 the compounds of oxygen and nitrogen represent the 
 utmost extent to which even two elements can go in the 
 formation of new substances. The unity of matter is a sup- 
 position sustained by no evidence. Even were it proved, 
 mind alone would account for the wonderful design in atoms. 
 In the "Principles of Biology," life is defined again 
 and again as " the correspondence between internal and 
 external relations."^ The definition involves the radical 
 defect of putting the facts of life for life itself. The 
 description is as applicable to a windmill or a ship with 
 its hull, masts, stays, yards, sails, and ropes, as it is to 
 life. The potency that sustains, as well as creates, the 
 correspondence is left out of view. Quite accidentally, 
 when discussing a kindred subject in another volume, Mr. 
 Spencer approximates much nearer to a true definition." 
 He refers to a creature so simple in structure as to con- 
 sist of a single living cell that forms its substance. This 
 touches the very marrow of life. Nature's working idea is 
 a cell endowed with power to multiply and preserve itself. 
 Physical life is the potency of living cells. Conceived as 
 a correspondence between internal and external relations, 
 the ground-factor is overlooked — the operating cause. 
 
 1 " Biology," vol. i., part i. 
 
 2 «« Principles of Psychology :" (General Synthesis). 
 
90 MIND IN MATTER. 
 
 Incorrect here, Mr. Spencer is correct on the most 
 important point connected with this initial subject. 
 When discussing the question of ^'function" and its relation 
 to structure, he identifies life with function, and homolo- 
 gates the principle that function is the cause of structure, 
 and not the reverse. No compound of the chemist or of 
 nature, therefore, can assume life as the result of compli- 
 cation. All living structures have been produced by life. 
 The corollary of Mr. Spencer's position is " creationism." 
 In accounting for the origin of life, Mr. Spencer further 
 presupposes the existence of materials — nitrogen-com- 
 pounds only produced by life. Mr. Spencer never met 
 "with any creature without reproductive powers. Did he 
 ever meet with any creature that was not itself a repro- 
 duction ? If inorganic matter produces life, the existence 
 of such a fact cannot surely depend on conjecture.^ 
 
 A Being of infinite power and manifold wisdom would 
 scarcely have satisfied Himself with creating "a granulated 
 creature, undistinguishable from the surrounding inorganic 
 matter." The love of variety, as well as the necessity of 
 self-revelation is characteristic of all mind. The Deity 
 must be glorious in everything He does. To have created 
 a world to be occupied exclusively, even for a time, by 
 such a tenant would have been not only absurd, but a 
 mistake. No better plan could have been devised, had 
 the object been to entomb Himself in His works. The 
 fact that evolution tends to agnosticism, settles the point. 
 
 The principles that underlie the science of physiog- 
 nomy would suggest that, in all orders of creatures, 
 
 ^ " Principles of Biology," part i. 
 
A CRITICISM. 91 
 
 the body is a comparatively perfect expression of the 
 mind within. According to disposition, animals may 
 be ranged in three classes : — the selfish, the domestic, 
 and the gregarious. The selfish are small and ugly 
 generally, the domestic have elements of beauty, the gre- 
 garious are generally beautiful. Judging by experience, 
 the selfish can never become domestic, nor the domestic 
 gregarious — because man alone is able to adopt a new 
 moral character. Against " creationism," Mr. Spencer 
 points to the facts that all creatures suffer and perish ; 
 that some of them have destructive dispositions, while 
 there are others whose function is actually to torment. A 
 Creator, he argues, would be freed from the responsi- 
 bility of such things. Mr. Spencer forgets that, even a 
 Creator might regard such minor virtues as order and 
 cleanliness, of sufficient importance to ordain stringent 
 measures for their enforcement. On death, it may be 
 remarked, that animals are purely sensuous, and therefore 
 have no valuable moral element worthy of preservation. 
 The lesson is verified in history. Sensuous nations are 
 fit only to be the prey of other nations. As man can 
 adopt a new moral character, the Bible rationally attri- 
 butes his death to the lapse into sensuousness. 
 
 In establishing the evolution of life, Mr. Spencer 
 depends chiefly on the gradation of forms, as if a minute 
 description of the ascending hierarchies were all that was 
 necessary to demonstrate the upward movement from lower 
 to higher types. This cannot be admitted. Life is a vital 
 unconscious instinct. If vital conscious instincts are un- 
 changeable — if the bee forms a cell of identical pattern, 
 
92 MIND IN MATTER. 
 
 and the bird a nest, from generation to generation — far; 
 less will the unconscious instinct change. It is impossible 
 to believe that creatures whose nature assimilates food in 
 one particular way, will ever assimilate it in a totally dif- 
 ferent way by building it up in other forms. This presents 
 the insuperable difficulty of evolution. Change of circum- 
 stances alone could even temporarily inaugurate change. 
 In the case of the most primitive creatures change of cir- 
 cumstances is death. Thus, the first step of progress is 
 impossible. It is not surprising, then, that the foramini- 
 fera to-day are what they were at the beginning of 
 time.^ 
 
 Very much dependence is also placed on comparisons 
 drawn from evolution in other departments: (1.) The 
 division of labour in society. — In undeveloped life, every 
 part of the body performs all its functions ; ^ by-and-by an 
 organ is generated for each function. In addition to the 
 impossibility of accountingfor the novel crystallisation, how- 
 ever, it is overlooked that evolution in society is the work 
 of mind. (2.) The evolution of language. — If possible, this 
 illustration is still more unfortunate. That the primitive 
 languages were ideally perfect in structure at so early a 
 date, may well be held to demonstrate their Divine origin. 
 Evolution has destroyed their perfect symmetry, and 
 created vast agglomerates of words. Even those who 
 are not prepared to admit that language was given to man 
 in its perfect form, tell us that roots, the groundwork of 
 
 1 Huxley: "Lay Sei-mons ; Geological Contemporaneity and 
 Persistent Types." 
 
 - This dictum of evolution is simply false, as absorption alone is 
 performed. 
 
A CRITICISM. 93 
 
 language, are simply '' ultimate facts." These facts 
 cannot be explained away. " We might say with Plato 
 that they exist by nature ; though with Plato we should 
 have to add, that when we say by nature, we mean by the 
 hand of God." ^ The essential elements of language are 
 like the essential elements of nature — they cannot be 
 added to. No man has ever invented a perfectly new 
 word. Human speech is not evolved from the cry of the 
 beast, or the song of the bird. These last are the same now 
 as when they echoed through the primeval forest: Human 
 language alone in its growth, maturity, and decay, shows the 
 action of Mind — whether Mind human, or Mind Divine.'- 
 
 Growth approximates more nearly to a parallel case. 
 Evolution is, in fact, growth generalised. Individual 
 structures develop from a primary cell, and pass through 
 various phases of existence in the transition to maturity. 
 The comparison unfortunately fails in the main point. 
 Organisms have their increment by fixed laws; a germ 
 goes to work in a definite manner, and approximates more 
 and more to a settled pattern. Any number of germs of 
 the same kind evolve substantially the same forms. In 
 
 1 Professor F. Max Miiller : " Science of Language," i. p. 439. 
 
 - The Origin of Language and the Evolution Theory.— " Where, then, 
 
 is the difference between brute and man ? What is it which man can do, and of 
 which we find no signs, no rudiments in the whole brute world ? I answer 
 >vithout hesitation : the one great barrier between the brute and the man is 
 Language. Language is our rubicon, and no brute will dare to cross it. This is 
 our matter-of-fact answer to those who speak of development, who think they 
 discover the rudiments at least of all human faculties in apes, and who would 
 fain keep open the possibility that man is only a more favoured beast, the 
 triumphant conqueror in the permanent struggle for life. Language is some- 
 thing more palpable than a fold of the brain, or an angle of the skull. It 
 admits of no cavilling, and no process of natural selection will ever distil 
 significant words out of the notes of birds or the cries of beasts." — (Professor 
 F. Max Miiller, op. cit., vol. i., Lect. ix.; On the Origin of Language.) 
 
94 MIND IN MATTER. 
 
 evolution it is otherwise. All along the line, from the 
 " protogenes " to the mammoth, there have been marked 
 deviations to the right and left. In the effort to 
 realise the human type, what a rush past the mark was 
 made by the whale ! The miscarriage becomes also very 
 apparent, when the picture of a man is placed in juxta- 
 position with one of an elephant. In growth, no such 
 mistakes are made. When they are attempted, nature 
 refuses to perpetuate them. Evolution supposes the pro- 
 pagation of every possible anomaly. 
 
 The evolution of life and of mind is said to '' run in 
 parallel lines," if it is not an "identical process." Mind is 
 so intimately connected with the nervous system that the 
 evolution of the latter is said to be substantially the 
 evolution of the former. Mind has no existence "separate 
 from nerve action."^ As defined by Mr. Spencer, mind is 
 " a higher correspondence between internal and external 
 relations." More closely described, it is "feelings and the 
 relations among feelings." It was Hume who taught men 
 to believe that qualities could exist in the abstract. If 
 they can, whence the constant seeking after substance by 
 philosophy ? Even Mr. Spencer cannot rid himself of the 
 idea, as appears in his " common " substratum of mind and 
 matter. As a question of fact, does the abstraction, 
 " feelings and the relations among feelings," fill up the 
 idea of mind ? The definition is taken from the conscious- 
 ness. What the mind is conscious of, it is said to feel. 
 6b?isciousness^ as the word implies, is not simple, but 
 compound knowledge. As a feeling, it embraces two 
 
 ^ " Principles of Psychology," part i. 
 
A CRITICISM, 95 
 
 feelings — a subject and an object. The object constantly 
 changes, like the views in a kaleidoscope, the subject or 
 the kaleidoscope remains constantly the same. One 
 element of consciousness is present in all states of con- 
 sciousness — the conscious self. But not only does the 
 mind differentiate itself from the object of thought — which 
 may be immaterial — it also differentiates itself from the 
 whole material world by placing it external to itself The 
 finding is verified by the closest examination of the sub- 
 ject. Mind and matter are characteristically different. 
 Matter undergoes and produces change by motion. Even 
 nerve-action is by motion. The result of nerve-action on 
 the mind is — not motion — but feeling, which is a totally 
 different thing. If the mind were material, the lamp 
 pendants of the saloon in a storm at sea would represent 
 a state of consciousness. Surrounded in its perceptions 
 by a universe in motion, the mind itself is unmoved as a 
 *^ sea of glass." In producing effects, it acts not by motion 
 but by fiat. The distance, therefore, between the con- 
 scious and the unconscious is infinite. 
 
 The abstract definition fails to explain the characteristics 
 of mind. It passes the mystery of consciousness by, as if it 
 were, undiflerentiated from a muscular contraction/ The 
 substance that feels, unmistakably reveals its supernatural 
 character. It penetrates through the nerves to the cause 
 of feeling, and locates it outside of the body. 
 
 If mind be " feeling," it is the mere " subjective of 
 nerve-motion" — a conclusion Mr. Spencer fearlessly affirms. 
 Thus explained, the definition fails to account for the 
 
 "Principles of Psychology," part i., "The Data of Pyschology." , 
 
96 MIND IN MATTER. 
 
 manifestations of mind — memory. When a nerve-shock 
 has passed oflP, the ^'^ isomeric equilibrium" of the nerve- 
 matter is at once restored, and there is left as much 
 trace of the state just passed as there is of a ship 
 on the sea. It is impossible also on scientific principles 
 to comprehend how future motions can recall the past. 
 No identical motion can ever take place. Any future 
 motion will generate its own feeling, and not that of 
 another motion. Especially is it impossible on Mr. 
 Spencer's principles to explain the function of language. 
 An object vibrates in the eye, say a horse ; the word 
 *' horse " is pronounced, and strikes the ear. By what 
 law does the word /wrse, when pronounced, produce the 
 vibration of the optic nerve that represents the visible 
 object ? Language evidently implies a power behind the 
 nerves that associates sensations and recalls them. Materi- 
 alism mistakes the belting for the wheel. 
 
 The definition fails equally to explain comparison and 
 judgment. Two objects present themselves to the eye, 
 say a tree and a shrub. Each produces the change in the 
 optic nerve that is followed by perception. But there is 
 nothing extant to produce the third motion in which a 
 perception of relation consists. A judgment, therefore, is 
 clearly the act of a higher nature. 
 
 The materialistic theory, as expounded by Mr. Spencer, 
 fails especially to explain the Will. Will, we are told, is 
 " the suspension of nerve-motion, caused by two or more 
 currents coming into conflict, till one of them gain the 
 ascendency."^ This is consistent. Mind is the passive 
 "■ Principles of Psycliology," part iv., " The Will." 
 
A CRITICISM. 97 
 
 conscious spectator of nerve-motion, or rather of its 
 results. It follows conclusively that the business of the 
 world in all departments would be carried on as at present 
 and equally well if men could neither see, hear, feel, 
 taste, nor smell. *^Mind is a higher correspondence 
 between internal and external relations." " The internal 
 relations" are the nerves. Sensation in its various phases 
 is the " subjective of nerve-motion " — a mere incident or 
 accompaniment of nerve-movements, and, therefore, 
 cannot possibly control them. If in any case " feeling " 
 run ahead of nerve-motion, arrest it, and initiate it anew, 
 it is independent of nerve-motion. As described by Mr. 
 Spencer, mind is borne on the nerves — a John Gilpin, and 
 the nervous system is John Gilpin's horse. 
 
 Mr. Spencer, however, makes a distinction between 
 " automatic " and " voluntary motion." He does, but in 
 entire inconsistency with his own system. Evidently 
 confused by the complicated character of his own reason- 
 ings about "compound" and "double compound nerve- 
 movements," giving rise to "compound" and "double 
 compound feelings," Mr. Spencer imagines that an 
 accumulation and involvement of feeling has been 
 created of sufficient amount to change the relation 
 between nerve-motion and feeling. In this he is mis- 
 taken. The principle of the " unit," so well expounded 
 by Mr. Spencer, must be the principle of the sum.^ A 
 stream cannot rise above its fountain. If feeling can put 
 an arrest on nerve-motion, or initiate it, its subject is 
 independent of the nerves. Mr. Spencer cannot hold both 
 horns of the dilemma. 
 
 1 " Principles of Psychology," i)art r. 7 
 
98 MIND IN MATTER. 
 
 In opposition to the materialistic view, it is evident 
 that the nervous system is an instrument as truly as 
 the muscular one. The muscles move the bones, the 
 nerves the muscles, and the mind moves all. It employs 
 the brain and nerves as the hand employs a staff to feel 
 and act. x\part from intelligent control, the body could 
 not exist. The very fact that the nerves feel at one time, 
 and not at another — that some of them, when in use, 
 produce feeling, and others do not, proves their instru- 
 mental character. Feeling is intelligence ; it is the light 
 by which the organism is guided. The internal nerves 
 that perform their ordinary functions without feeling, 
 produce intense feeling in case of threatened injury. 
 The body, as the instrument of mind, must be kept in 
 '^repair." Ability to perform its ofRce depends on health. 
 Tools must be kept in order. The nerves notify internal 
 and external danger. Both health and sickness register 
 themselves in the mind. When materials are needed to 
 supply waste, there are hunger and thirst. When any- 
 thing, either advantageous or disadvantageous, appears 
 in the environs, it is notified. The nerves are sentinels 
 of the mind. Concurrent with this view, .the largest 
 ganglion forms the apex of the nervous system. The 
 object of a ganglion is "to multiply and forward nerve- 
 motion." The large bi-lobed ganglion — the brain, has no 
 further] visible connections, although covered with ^' gray 
 vibrating matter." Evidently its object is to send on 
 intelligence, and receive commands from the mind, one 
 lobe probably being related to the understanding, the 
 other to the will. 
 
MOEALS. 99 
 
 The evolution of the senses, or the development of 
 eyes and ears from the skin, is a conception so unique 
 as to be met only by doubts thrown on the position on 
 which it is made to rest. The '^ unit " of sensation is a 
 nerve-shock. Every sensation like a tone in music is 
 produced by "a number of shocks very rapidly repeated." 
 This is true of all the senses. Mr. Spencer forgets that 
 the " isomeric equilibrium " can be restored not oftener 
 than '^sixteen times per second.'' All tones and sensations, 
 therefore, are felt when the nerve-matter is out of 
 equilibrium, proving that sensation is not the result of 
 molecular motion. 
 
 MORALS. 
 
 Mind receives impressions from mind, and not from 
 matter only; from its own consciousness, from finite 
 minds, by intelligence, and from the Divine Mind by 
 spiritual impact. The intercourse of finite minds is 
 carried on through vibrations, which are converted into 
 ideas. They are the result of spoken words, addressed 
 to the ear, and of written words and other signs addressed 
 to the eye. In each case the operation connected with 
 perception is repeated, and hints are transubstantiated 
 into conceptions. "Words are not expressive of sensations 
 only ; in every civilized language a majority of them are 
 associated with states and operations of the mind. In 
 the conception of Will, there is an illustration. A stone 
 falls and wounds a passer by, another is thrown and does 
 the same. The former creates pain only; the latter 
 
100 MIND IN MATTER. 
 
 creates pain accompanied by indignation, because it 
 awakens the conception of Will. The object is purely 
 mental. In the conception of Will resides the germ of 
 moral ideas. 
 
 Thought, feeling, purpose, action, may synchronize 
 with molecular motions in the brain. In some mysterious 
 way, thought may in every case be produced by motion 
 in the nerve-matter, as sensations are. But molecular 
 movements are not identical with thought and feeling. 
 (1.) The changes in the brain are outside of the conscious- 
 ness. If molecules in motion were mind, molecules in 
 motion would know it. At least, molecular motion is 
 not known to be mind. (2.) If molecular movements 
 take place while mental processes go on, the flict can 
 be explained without supposing the brain to be the 
 mind. Mind is incarnate in every conscious creature. 
 By the intimate connection, knowledge of matter is 
 obtained through the bodily organs. In consequence of 
 the compact union, there is mutual action and reaction 
 between the body and the spirit. Joy, grief, shame, 
 register themselves in the face. Mental strain gorges 
 the capillaries of the brain. But eifects must not be 
 mistaken for causes. Because the face blushes in shame, 
 it is not, therefore, the mind. 
 
 The connection between volition and action is direct, 
 as that between cause and effect. If consciousness 
 of the free exercise of power could be obliterated, it 
 would countenance the molecular theory. Consciousness 
 verifies the existence of a detached lever acting between 
 the brain and the arm. Volition is only part of the 
 
MORALS. 101 
 
 complicated machinery of the will. Co-related to action 
 are three faculties often confounded together — desire 
 deliberation, volition. Deliberation and volition are 
 the legislative and executive faculties of the mind. 
 Desire and volition in an ill-regulated mind are in 
 contact^ like the cogs in a piece of machinery. Motion in 
 the one determines motion in the other. This is mind with 
 its faculties in abeyance, not mind in its normal condition. 
 When there is desire in a mind with all its powers im 
 play, there will be deliberation about the legitimacy of 
 the object, the wisdom of seeking it, the means to be 
 employed, the prospect of success, and the proper time of 
 action. Even when the subject has been legislated on,actioii 
 often does not immediately follow. Weeks, months, years, 
 may pass before the opportunity come ; or the work of a 
 life-time may be in question, involving a long series of 
 voluntary acts, as in the choice and prosecution of a trade. 
 A conscious, wise, permanent conductor occupies a place 
 between the molecular movements antecedent to desire 
 and the acts of volition. This conductor is Mind, and not 
 a things created by associated intermittent flashes of brain- 
 force. So necessary are freedom and deliberation to 
 moral action, that Mr. Spencer in " Data of Ethics " simply 
 postulates them, as Spinoza did before him, although 
 out of all consistency with their system. To affirm of 
 matter in any of its forms, the complicated operations 
 connected with deliberation is simply impossible. 
 
 Every account of the nature and origin of moral ideas 
 will embrace some element of truth. It cannot be other- 
 wise, from the essential thoughtfulness of mind. No one 
 
102 MIND m MATTER. 
 
 able to invent and expound a theory will fail to seize on 
 some aspects of the subject which have facts to sustain 
 them. Mr. Spencer, like thousands before him, saw 
 clearly that morals and utility were in very close correla- 
 tion; but failing, as others also did before him, to discover 
 the originating cause of moral distinctions, he makes the 
 very great mistake of confounding conscience with habit. 
 Men do not feel obliged to do what they are in the habit 
 of doing. Often it is the opposite. The true theory, if 
 ever discovered, will embrace the truth contained in all 
 others. In the earnest desire of contributing something 
 to the advancement of moral science, the following posi- 
 tions are submitted: — 
 
 (1.) If beings were unsusceptible of the feelings of 
 pleasure and pain, or were incapable of injury or benefit, 
 there would be no such thing as right or wrong. Our 
 moral relations are to sensitive existences, and not to 
 stocks and stones. 
 
 (2.) Our own susceptibility is a standard by which we 
 learn to determine the value of actions. By every act 
 terminating on ourselves, an impression is product, and 
 by this impression its quality is decided. One kind of 
 action inspires satisfaction, another rouses indignation, 
 and conduct is rated accordingly as good, bad, or in- 
 different. In good actions there is the conception of 
 intentional benefit; in bad, of intentional injury. The 
 various classes of good and bad actions originate in the 
 many-sidedness of human life, or from the various ways 
 in which intentional injury and benefit may be produced. 
 When the intended action does not take place, there is 
 
MORALS. 103 
 
 the conceptioa of goodness or badness in the intention. 
 Every mind is a register of moral quality, feeling every 
 blow, and determining its moral quantity. The mind is 
 sensitive as a thermometer, and, therefore, fitted to be 
 a standard of moral values. If sons of God, as they are 
 said to be, men could have no greater sense of personal 
 dignity, nor appreciation of what they deserve from others. 
 Each person expects every other to treat him in con- 
 formity with the law of love, which demonstrates this to 
 be the rule of moral action. The slightest intentional 
 oversight or inattention produces acute pain ; intentional 
 injury fills the mind with indignation. In the very 
 earliest period of life —individual and social, physical 
 penalty is associated with wrong. The idea of returning 
 pain for injury is as perfect in the mind of a child as in 
 that of a patriarch. Wrong and physical punishment are 
 natural moral correlates. It is the ability to judge of the 
 moral character of actions in very early life that suggested 
 the idea of a moral faculty, or innate monitor of right and 
 wrong. Of all attempted explanations of the origin of 
 moral ideas, this is the most excusable. In early infancy, 
 children have learned to distinguish right from wrong, and 
 the supposition of an innate moral instructor was almost 
 unavoidable. The glass-house in which every mind lives, 
 creates susceptibilities that qualify it as a moral standard. 
 A child does not live long before it gets impressions of 
 wrong by suffering it. It soon learns the evil of lying by 
 being belied, and of theft by the larceny of some article. 
 Men who have suffered a specific wrong have always a keen 
 sense of the moral turpitude of the wrong in question. 
 
104 MIND IN MATTER. 
 
 The feeling of wrong always associated witli a 
 sense of injury arises from tlie essential dignity of 
 both the injuring and injured parties. When one 
 animal kills another, no one feels that a murder has been 
 committed ; when a man kills a man, it is a capital 
 offence. To plot injury to the person of a monarch is 
 treason. It is the essential majesty of God that makes 
 disobedience sin. In all cases, personality determines the 
 degree and quality of the act. It is on account of the 
 essential sacredness of the human nature that an injury, 
 inflicted by one who himself feels the sacredness, becomes 
 a wrong. A feeling of solidarity among minds lies also 
 at the root of moral obligation. Society is consciously a 
 body, each member being so united with every other by 
 the instinctive love of kind, that when one suffers injury, 
 all suffer. The conscious relationship manifests itself in 
 a sense of the rights and wrongs of others. Injury to 
 another awakens feelings like those arising from personal 
 injury. Murder fills a community with rage. The 
 solidarity of mind has its complete type in the family. 
 Insult or injury inflicted on one member is avenged by 
 the indignation of all. The corollary of this solidarity is 
 moral obligation. What others must not do, we must 
 not do. At the same time, except for the power of 
 feeling injury, we ourselves could not estimate the 
 injuries of others: moral distinctions must rest on the 
 rock of Being. 
 
 (3.) First lessons in morals are fortified by experience. 
 When an action which makes the recipient indignant 
 is inflicted on others, it will probably react in the form 
 
MORALS. 105 
 
 of a blow with an indignant will behind it. Each 
 judges by the same standard, is pleased or irritated by 
 the same class of actions, and each in turn becomes a 
 practical moral instructor. The respect of mind for 
 mind, which often amounts to dread when wrong has been 
 committed, is the all-important element of conscience. 
 No complete theory of morals will overlook the fact, that 
 original thinkers, like the Greeks and Komans, employed 
 a word compounded with the conjunctive prefix to name 
 the moral faculty — sz^weidesis, C6>?2scientia, and that their 
 example has been followed by the enlightened nations 
 of the modern world. It is knowledge together ivith. 
 Perhaps, in every case, conscience embraces the con- 
 ception of another. It has been called *^ knoAving with 
 one's Self." They who formed the word probably under- 
 stood the matter better than their commentators. They 
 were not bewildered by a false metaphysical system. In 
 receiving injury, there is consciousness of the wrong-doer; 
 in inflicting it, of the injured. An accusing conscience 
 in every case involves the dread of other minds. That 
 the writers of the New Testament held this view is 
 evident from such an expression as Sm awd'^riaiv Beov.^ 
 
 (4.) Public opinion is a deposit formed by the indi- 
 vidual lessons of ages. The friction of mind creates a 
 common standard. Public opinion is a crystal formed 
 by contributions from all the individual elements of 
 society, past and present, and is in all countries a power- 
 ful moral instructor. Living alone, man becomes a 
 savage. Out of society, conscience loses tone, because 
 1 1 Peter ii. 19. 
 
106 MIND IN MATTER. 
 
 one of its powerful factors is wanting — the sense of 
 outside mind. Eespect for public opinion is a predomi- 
 natino- element in the conscience of most men. Conscience 
 cannot altogether die out even in the savage, because he 
 comes into being member of a family. The very irrita- 
 bility of savage parents creates a moral code. At the 
 most petulant age, the child of a North American Indian 
 is bound fast to a board. The treatment determines the 
 complexion of the American Indian character — the poor 
 passive child is the father of the future stolid man. 
 The power with which a Eoman father was endowed 
 prepared the Eomans for their place in the w^orld as 
 teachers of law and discipline. The family is the first 
 and smallest circle of public opinion, and has the root 
 of civilization in it. 
 
 The State is the public in a corporate form. It 
 enforces the moral conceptions of society by pains and 
 penalties. Not having penetrated to the bottom of the 
 subject, Hobbes erred in supposing the State to have 
 originated moral ideas. Although not the source of 
 moral distinctions, it is a powerful enforcer of moral 
 lessons. To the criminally disposed, it supplies the 
 second element of conscience exclusively. The civil 
 magistrate is a " terror to evil doers." 
 
 (.5.) The Divine Mind is in the sacred circle of the 
 solidarity of minds. God can never be permanently 
 eliminated from a single consciousness. In a greater or 
 less degree, He is the external element of conscience in 
 all. He cannot sufi'er Himself to be forgotten. Of 
 direct Divine moral teaching there is abundant evidence 
 
EifJOYMENT. 107 
 
 in history. Altliough educated in atheistic principles, 
 John Stuart Mill, at twenty years of age, underwent the 
 conscience experiences of one of Whitfield's or Wesley's 
 converts, Charles IX. of France died of mal de conscience, 
 although the whole world in which he lived persuaded him 
 that he had performed acts of extraordinary merit. The 
 Theban (Edipus, living in an age when might was the un- 
 doubted measure of right, put out his eyes and gave his 
 kingdom to his sons in atonement for his sins. Not many 
 months after the celebrated atheistic statement was made 
 at Belfast, in presence of one of the most distinguished 
 assemblies of the world — the British Scientific Association, 
 an unknown preacher of divine truth, from the United 
 States, drew audiences nightly in London, of eighteen 
 and twenty thousand. So it has been ; so it will ever 
 be. Faith in God can never be obliterated. 
 
 Conscience is one of the points of divine contact with 
 the world. Through it, society is governed from heaven.* 
 The absolute standard of right and wrong is in the holy 
 of holies. The impression registered in the Divine Mind 
 by an action is the just one. As a member of the 
 solidarity of minds. He feels the conduct inflicted on 
 men by each other. As the head of society and possessor 
 of authority and power, He avenges and rewards. Con- 
 science, as the religious organ, inspires the fear of God. 
 
 ENJOYMENT. 
 
 Conscious existence evidently had its origin in the in- 
 tention to produce happiness. All conscious creatures 
 
108 MIND IN MATTER. 
 
 desire happiness, and are capable of it. Generally, the 
 conscious lives on the unconscious. Were the rule 
 universal, a chief objection to the benevolence of nature 
 would be groundless. The sources of enjoyment exist in 
 great abundance : everything in the world has its corre- 
 spondent — object answering to object. All the natural 
 acts of living creatures are pleasant : it is a happiness 
 to eat, drink, sleep, feel, think, act, breathe, even to 
 exist. The sense of beauty is met by objects of beauty. 
 The poetic faculty greatly enhances enjoyment, and 
 power over nature enables men to surround themselves 
 with beautiful objects. 
 
 One class of arrangements evinces consideration of a 
 very delicate character. Uniformity is ennui, and change 
 delightful. Nature provides an unending series of shift- 
 ing scenes. The atmosphere often travels twenty or 
 thirty miles an hour to supply a change of air to the 
 {)oor, w^ho cannot afford the expense of change of 
 '■'location." Bi-annually, a shift of scene, embracing 
 the whole face of nature, is accomplished by a total 
 change of colour from green to white, and from white to 
 green ; and daily and hourly by the never-ending phases 
 of the clouds. In cities, variety can be obtained from 
 artistic sources; it is supplied without expense to the 
 children of nature. The seasons yield a delightful change 
 to the lonely dwellers in country parts. The sky, too, 
 with its cloudy curtain, forms an ever-moving panorama, 
 exhibiting change of appearance every moment. The 
 shift from day to night, and from night to day, with 
 the little seasons evolved by the year of twenty-four 
 
ENJOyMENT. 109 
 
 hours, affords unfailing novelty. The scene is further 
 varied by glowing sunsets, and the midnight brilliance of 
 the aurora borealis. Then, after days or weeks of drought, 
 how refreshing the change to clouds and rain ! The 
 storm and tempest often arouse excitement and exhilara- 
 tion, not surpassed by the exhibitions of the theatre. In 
 summer there is a rapid succession of pleasant fruits, a 
 table prepared in the wilderness, and in successive courses, 
 as if the intention of the Creator were to make His 
 benevolent purposes unmistakable. This ever-revolving 
 kaleidoscope, by giving birth to endless combinations, 
 more or less novel in aspect, keeps the mind awake, and 
 prevents the inhabitants of the country from degenerating 
 into clods. Nature has mental tonic powers of wonderful 
 vigour. Poets may be born in cities, but they are not 
 educated there. The beauty and variety of the country 
 alone can rouse the hidden spark. 
 
 The sources of enjoyment abound, but there are draw- 
 backs. The very susceptibility of pleasure is convertible 
 into an instrument of pain. It is the power to feel that 
 creates the possibility of misery. And neither the 
 elements of happiness nor the power to enjoy are always 
 at command. Disease, as well as poverty, may dry up 
 the fountains of pleasure. Were the means and the power 
 of enjoyment in perpetual contact, the evidence of good- 
 ness would be complete. There is an unmistakable 
 -effort to produce happiness, which often ends in failure. 
 Nature does not operate with the regularity of a piece of 
 clockwork. If divine interference never takes place for 
 the purpose of regulation, it is not because it is not 
 
110 MTKD IN MATTER. 
 
 needed. Neither mau nor his surroundings work har- 
 moniously. It is impossible almost to conceive of a 
 world in which the help of the Creator would be more 
 needed. The whole machine seems often in danger of 
 upsetting, as if running on one wheel. This is not a 
 state of things fitted for self-operation. 
 
 Unhappiness connects itself to some extent with 
 mental condition. The power to think is power to be 
 miserable. In innumerable cases suffering is the result 
 of conduct. In fact, the correlation manifests itself with 
 such iteration as to suggest that conduct may lie at the 
 root of human misery. Often (perhaps in the great 
 majority of cases) it is the conduct of others. If the 
 parents of a family can entail untold misery, what may 
 not the leverage possessed by the parents of a race have 
 enabled them to do in the shape of mischief? The 
 efiect of projecting a whole race into being with a false 
 bias can be conceived. 
 
 Susceptibility to pain, the correlate of the capacity for 
 enjoyment, serves the same purpose in morals from an 
 opposite direction. It is one of the instruments by 
 which the world is controlled. When bad dispositions 
 evolve, were the capacity of pain wanting, it would be 
 impossible either to check or punish them. Pain thus 
 holds an important place among the purposive evidences 
 of creation. By giving men power over each other, it 
 affords also a test of dispositions. It is the possibility of 
 injury that tempts to injury. When power is prostituted 
 to mischief, it is possible also to return the compliment. 
 
 In one of his ** Posthumous Essays," John Stuart Millj 
 
ENJOYMENT. Ill 
 
 in forming an estimate of the Divine character, leaves out 
 the element most important in the calculation. The moral 
 element must be taken into consideration in estimating 
 the conduct of a moral being. Overlooking this, Mr. Mill 
 reaches a startling conclusion : — " If there be a God, He 
 is of limited power. Were He not, He would put a 
 summary arrest on suffering. He evidently needs help."' 
 There are other ways of looking at the subject, which will 
 appear if the sources of suffering are examined. Man's 
 inhumanity to man is one. Inhumanity may be per- 
 mitted. There must be scope for freedom of action. If 
 all actions were checked peremptorily, character would 
 have no chance either to form or exhibit itself If bad 
 conduct is not checked, it does not therefore follow that 
 God cannot check it. Suffering may be allowed, also, to 
 afford opportunity for the exercise of goodness — God 
 demanding help, not because He needs it, but for the 
 moral benefit of the operator. 
 
 The ever-recurring disproportion between population 
 and means of support, is another common source of human 
 misery. This can scarcely be ascribed to Divine ^' in- 
 capacity." He could easily remedy it, if He chose. 
 
 A chief source of human suffering is disease, as the 
 precursor of death, and associated with an exaggerated 
 capacity of pain. Strange to say, the capacity of pain is 
 evidently intentional. The body is endowed with nerves 
 expressly for feeling, and intended to preserve life, being 
 located as sentinels to notify danger. In sickness, they 
 symptomise the character and amount of disease. But 
 they fail in their purpose to preserv^e life, and aggravate 
 
112 MIND IN MATTER. 
 
 the miseries of the dying ! Is there not " incapacity " 
 here, says the materiahst? If death had always an 
 identical cause — weakness of the luno-s for instance — it 
 might, possibly, be ascribed to Divine impotence. In 
 making a steady time-keeper, a chief difficulty is found 
 in constructing a good balance-wheel. Some part of 
 an organism from its special difficulty, might, in the 
 same way, have mastered the Creator. This is clearly 
 not the case. There is not a tissue in the human frame 
 that has not successfully resisted death millions of times, 
 and passed into it with its structure unscathed. Death 
 originates in a more occult cause. 
 
 As a matter of fact, suffering does not suggest im- 
 potence so much as ideas of stern justice and a stringent 
 temperament. Human law limits the death penalty to 
 one or two serious crimes. Divine law governs the world 
 by holding it over the heads of millions considered innocent 
 of capital offence, and by eventually inflicting it in every 
 case. Matters are so arranged that the guilty involve 
 the innocent, as if to overwhelm all connected with the 
 criminal. Even the dumb brutes suffer for the crimes of 
 men. As if angry by anticipation, He inflicted death on 
 them ages before man was created. 
 
 There is something ominous, too, in the capacity of 
 mental suffering, a susceptibility exaggerated beyond 
 obvious natural necessity. It was created, no doubt, 
 to yield leverage, and it is impossible to avoid the 
 inference, that it may yet be strained to the utmost. In 
 nature nothing exists in vain. The capacity of mental 
 suffering is, therefore, of fearful omen. It is a historic 
 
ENJOYMENT. 113 
 
 fact also that such suffering has reached its maximum as 
 a sense of guilt. This would indicate that the Almighty 
 reserves the susceptibility for the day of judgment. If 
 the necessity ever arise of using the power to the utmost, 
 the scene will be better designated by the old emphatic 
 name than by Hades. The establishment of a new 
 county is inaugurated by the erection of a court-house 
 and prison, of a province, by a penitentiary. Is it possible 
 to govern a universe without a universal prison 1 The 
 softest name, given to such a place, w411, in course of 
 time, gather blackness. Some men of kindly dispositions 
 conjecture that in every case the Almighty must conciliate 
 the traitor. Such weakness on the throne of a Universe 
 would beget a poor prospect of peace or loyalty. 
 
 He Who gave being to untold millions of creatures, 
 full of the appreciation of life, yet appointed them as a 
 prey to others, which have both the taste and capacity for 
 destruction, is not a Being of unmodified benevolence, but 
 rather of strictly philosophical temper. If the God of 
 nature has a gentle side, the other can present an 
 aspect of great severity. A world fitted to be the tem- 
 porary home and training-place of spirits, needed such 
 admonitory hints, especially for the benefit of the very 
 dangerous class, who preach a gospel of unlimited and 
 imperturbable goodness. A close look into large depart- 
 ments of life has led many to exclaim — " 0, the severity!" 
 rather than " the goodness " of God. It is obviously 
 suggested that he who perseveres in impinging on the 
 retributive side of the Author of nature, must be fortified 
 for the facc-to-face meeting. The Being Who made the 
 
114 MIND IN MATTER. 
 
 shark is not a desirable enemy. •' Our God is a con- 
 suming fire." 
 
 Viewed from the standpoint of nature, gentleness is 
 not the prominent feature in the Divine character. We 
 see mingled with it sternness and strict impartiality. 
 The gospel, however, throws a ray of beautiful light 
 over all. 
 
 (1.) God commands nothing which He is not willing 
 to do Himself. This is one lesson of the Incarnation. 
 
 (2.) His severity is inspired by justice. The disposi- 
 tion to cause suffering is a principle, not a passion. That 
 He may forgive, He Himself assumes the penalty. 
 
 (3.) The principle by which others besides the guilty 
 become involved in suffering, is the merciful provision by 
 which the Atonement is made possible. 
 
 IPJ^JIT IV. 
 
 THE RATIONAL ORGANIC WORLD— UNIVERSAL 
 RELATIONS. 
 
 MIND AND MATTER. 
 
 On account of wonderful originality, it is impossible to 
 form an a priori conception of nature in any department. 
 This is illustrated by persons born with one of the senses 
 wanting. The blind never conceive colours, nor the deaf 
 sounds. It is equally impossible to form a "pre-experience" 
 idea of the processes of nature. The difficulty may arise 
 
MIND AND MATTER. 115 
 
 from inefficiency. From the human standpoint the 
 power in nature is more incomprehensible than the 
 wisdom, simply because the thought exhibited is like 
 our own, while the power is infinitely higher. Only by 
 using pre-existing materials can the created mind detach 
 its force, and give it permanent externality. The Divine 
 power, on the contrary, gives extant material being to 
 thought, by originating the materials. In the absence 
 of this power, it is impossible to pre-conceive the works 
 of God. A being endowed with creative power would 
 instinctively do many things peculiar to nature. He 
 would produce materials, rather than laboriously appro- 
 priate them. From incapacity, inventions are realised 
 in maturity. The power to make germs with expansive 
 force would soon result in budding machinery. By the 
 processes of nature creative labour is minimised, and a 
 margin prepared in which men can multiply the materials 
 of life. The characteristic idea of nature is so simple 
 that defect of power alone prevents its a priori suggestion. 
 In all essential points the works of God bear a striking 
 resemblance to those of men. Similarity of mind is proved 
 by the frequent possibility of predicting by inference. The 
 world is constructed out of little blocks of matter, definite 
 in shape and weight. Organisms are built by definite 
 blocks (cells), formed by combinations of atoms. Every 
 animal and vegetable structure thus involves the funda- 
 mental principle of all architecture. Had the foundation- 
 stone of a building the power of enlargement, by appro- 
 priating extraneous matter, and by division, of forming 
 other stones shaped as the various parts of a building 
 
116 ,MIND IN MATTER. 
 
 require, there would be germination and growth in the 
 sphere of the builder. Every germ is endowed with 
 architectural power. The idea is too simple not to have 
 suggested itself, had the ability to realise existed. The 
 works of God in their totality also exhibit the leading 
 characteristics of all machinery. By the machinist three 
 things are carefully estimated, viz., distance, weight, 
 velocity. Exact calculation on these very points makes 
 the universe a grand exhibition of mechanical skill. 
 
 Neither the wanton pleasure of action, nor the mere 
 satisfaction of seeing results, could be the motive of 
 creation. The creation of a material universe involves 
 a further purpose — the creation of immaterial beings 
 able to comprehend it- Mind alone can comprehend 
 mind. Mind alone can make itself comprehensible by 
 mind. Comprehension of the divine works proves simi- 
 larity of nature in the Creator and man. This is not 
 anthropomorphism. If a Deity be constructed out of the 
 consciousness, it is because God made His own nature 
 the model in creating man. Thus, man is both the 
 interpreter and the interpreting fact. In his own nature 
 he holds the key of the enigma. 
 
 The distance from God is most felt in the sphere of 
 power, but in the sphere of knowledge it is necessarily 
 great also. Different mind-power exhibited in universal 
 v-arieties may be a hint to this effect. In the animal 
 kingdom, intelligence cQntracts till it becomes the merest 
 speck of consciousness. The distance between man and 
 the Rhizopod may represent that between God and man. 
 Comparison with the inferior world of life suggests a lesson 
 
MIND AND MATTER. Il7 
 
 of superiority too. All the high-class animals have the 
 five senses in wonderful development. These animals 
 see better, hear better, smell better, and probably both 
 touch and taste better, than men. This demonstrates 
 that mind is not an out-growth of the senses. Conformity 
 of structure to the vertebrates establishes an inference 
 the very opposite of that drawn by the positivist. Animal 
 in body, man is a being of superior mould. If the human 
 body were of exceptional form, intellectual endowment 
 would be ascribed to organisation. An almost identical 
 organisation existing in union with exceptional powers, 
 demonstrates a higher spiritual nature. The brain being 
 an instrument, its size is gauged by mind-capacity. A 
 large brain in man is associated with the ability to receive 
 more complex impressions. Non-comprehension of this 
 relation has led to the supposition that the brain creates 
 the mind, just as a child might suppose the horses to^ 
 be impelled forward by a hidden spring in the carriage. 
 
 The positivist idea of mind is fully realised in every 
 animal. The animal lives in a world of phenomena. Its 
 ideas are recalled sensations. It is never perplexed by 
 the conceptions which Hume and Comte laboured to 
 exorcise from the human mind. It forms very shadowy 
 notions of either substance or cause. It shows itself 
 destitute of reason by supposing that anything may be 
 the cause of anything. An animal will feed for years 
 round a granite boulder posited on a limestone rock/ 
 without indicating even by a stare that anything strange 
 presents itself. Only when motion takes place is there 
 questioning. This, however, may be the effect of former 
 
118 MIND IN MATTER. 
 
 experience— a transformed sensation. . When it seems to 
 ask : — " Can it bite ? " a sharp sensation recalled may be 
 the full explanation. 
 
 At the same time the "sensational" inference is not 
 valid, even in the case of brutes. Sensations are not states 
 of the senses. Animals — to the very lowest, place the 
 whole sphere of observation outside of them, and are 
 probably less conscious of the senses than men. Differen- 
 tiation of the material world proves a conscious contrast 
 between mind and matter, and indicates that the senses 
 are felt to be media. Feeling is not in them, but through 
 them. The ear is an ear trumpet, and the eye a 
 telescope. The hawk calculates externality and distance 
 more correctly than man. Mind, even in the lowest 
 animal, isolates the very matter in which it encases 
 itself, and carries it about as an instrument to look out 
 and act with. 
 
 The many-sided multiplicity of life has lessons that 
 are eliminated by evolution. The world is brimful of 
 various mind. Mind peers out in every direction. Every 
 drop of water, every particle of soil, may be said to 
 contain it. The whole unconscious organic world not 
 only lives but dies, that it may minister to mind. Mind 
 is the great fact — is the inference illegitimate, that it is 
 the ultimate fact ? 
 
 The varieties of life also convey important lessons. A 
 lizard placed on the chair of a guest would indicate an 
 intention to insult him. The existence of disgusting 
 creatures may serve, among other purposes, as hints tliat 
 the world was fitted up for a being for whom the 
 
MIND AND MATTER. 119 
 
 Creator for some reason would lose respect. Before the 
 invention of fire-arms, the exposed teeth of savage 
 monsters, vastly more powerful than man, had to be 
 confronted everywhere. Even yet, human life is in 
 constant danger from creatures at the other pole of 
 existence (bacteria). There is latent anger in the bosom 
 of every living creature, ever ready to flash out in 
 indignation. A Being incapable of anger could not have 
 made the world. What, if the capacity of anger equal 
 the amount of Being as everywhere within the range of 
 experience ! That it is a fearful thing to fall into the 
 hands of the living God, nature gives no uncertain 
 warning. 
 
 Life in nature forms a hierarchy, or a series of hier- 
 archies. The relation of higher and lower is met every- 
 where. Subordination is one of the grand facts. Whenever 
 there is a possibility of escaping this law, the higher is 
 put into subjection to the lower. This is, perhaps, one 
 of the lessons of parasites. The subordinations therefore 
 of human society have their root in the Divine Will, and 
 can never be abolished. One form of subjection can only 
 be exchanged for another. Which is best ? — this or that ? 
 — is the only possible question. If even the heads of 
 society cannot escape the all-comprehending law of subor- 
 dination, the matter must be looked at squarely. In the 
 extensive world of animal-life, positions are fixed. Inspired 
 writers tell us that there are hierarchies in heaven. If 
 an inference is possible, it is that a certain fixity of 
 position is the surest way to the highest development 
 of society, A middle class between the Infinite Creator 
 
120 MIND IN MATTEE. 
 
 and the vast majority of His creatures, prepares them 
 for the higher obedience, as the family relation prepares 
 for citizenship. All irritation will vanish, when the un- 
 avoidable subordinations are contemplated from the 
 point of view of religion. Divine appointment gives 
 honour to any position. Society is a body constituted by 
 many members. There must be hands and feet, as well 
 as head and eyes, the former equally valuable as the 
 latter. There are fixed amounts and kinds of work that 
 must be done. Make the labourers of the world bankers, 
 and in two years the bankers of the world shall have 
 starved to death. Each individual has his own gift. In 
 the overwhelming majority, it is the capacity to handle 
 an implement of labour. Let the labourer accept his gift 
 and office, as Divine appointments ! And let those whose 
 endowment and calling are of a higher order, regard both 
 their own position and that of the labourer as a Divine 
 arrangement. Let " society " never forget that it depends 
 for bread on its million hands, " Even the King is served 
 by the field." On the other hand, let consciousness of 
 a Divine call clothe the workman with dignity. Let him 
 listen to the call of duty, rather than to that of ambition. 
 If worthy, appointment to a higher place will not be 
 withheld, and when it comes, it will bring assured success. 
 In every case, such an appointment must be the warrant 
 for change. Mere disaffection and turbulence can never 
 achieve success. In America, where fugitives from honest 
 labour abound, the professions are overstocked and business 
 overdone ; hence a commercial crisis, with its unspeakable 
 calamities, is in order every few years. In fact, a large 
 
NATURAL INSPIEATION. 121 
 
 minority of business men live by preying on each other— 
 a method which even governments are compelled to 
 regard as legitimate. 
 
 Only the most villainous animals prey on their own 
 kind. Why should animals have been so constituted by 
 the Creator, as to prey on each other?— There is a 
 valuable kernel within the unsightly shell of this fact. In 
 the Divine dominions nothing is allowed to live or even die 
 for itself. Creatures that instinctively devote themselves 
 to pleasure, are forced by stern necessity to yield up their 
 lives for the public good. Self-sacrifice, voluntary or 
 compulsory, is the order of nature. What the Divine 
 Being is, He requires or compels all to be. He upholds 
 a Universe for the good of all; He expects each to live for 
 the good of all. Even the Divine Essence — we say it 
 reverently — is a Society, each Person devoting Himself 
 to the glory of the Others. 
 
 NATURAL INSPIRATION. 
 
 The Divine existence is not a human discovery. If the 
 mind of man rose unaided from nature to nature's 
 God, a record of the brilliant operation would have been 
 preserved. As the unity of nature alone could suggest 
 the unity of God, the discovery could not be made in the 
 very earliest ages any more than that of the Newtonian 
 system. Two ideas have been familiar to tlic human 
 mind from the inception of the race, viz. — the idea of 
 God, and that of the post-mortem existence of the soul. 
 The natives of North America belong to the most 
 
122 MIND IN MATTER. 
 
 primitive races of the world. They must have forsaken 
 the Eastern Continent as early as the earliest days of 
 Egypt. The enterprise of the Norwegians, who left their 
 trail in America ages before the birth of Columbus, is 
 a subject of admiration. How great must have been 
 the enterprise of a race who discovered it, not centuries 
 but chiliads before either! The connection of the Red 
 Man with the Old Continent was severed before the 
 gods with whose names scholars are so familiar were 
 ever heard of. He knows nothing of the del ^najorum 
 gentium nor of the dei minorum gentium. He is not an 
 atheist. He believes in a Great Spirit. It follows that 
 faith in One God was the primitive belief of man. 
 Knowledge of One God in those unscientific ages demon- 
 strates that the race began its career with the conception. 
 The poets were the primitive prophets. The object of 
 poetry is not discovery, but the presentment of known 
 truth in an impressive manner. A poet is excited to en- 
 thusiasm by the grandeur of the universe, and in his 
 ecstasy grasps the majesty of Infinite Mind, and arrays 
 the brilliant conception in a texture woven out of material 
 elements. To the inspired man the products of mind 
 everywhere reflect mind. The world is also filled with 
 analogies that afford the opportunity of presenting univer- 
 sal truth draped in universal nature—" a woman clothed 
 with the sun, with the moon under her feet, and on her 
 head a crown of stars." Every true poem^is a hymn of 
 praise to God. If science is the anatomy, poetry is the 
 physiology of things. The true poet instinctively discerns 
 the function of natui-e to be a permanent revelation of God. 
 
NATURAL INSPIRATION. 123 
 
 Do poets always fulfil their mission ? The oldest ap- 
 parent attempts at poetry on record, strange to say, 
 express complaints. The Deity is their object, but the 
 divine art is turned against Him. As early as the days 
 of Lamech.. and even of Cain, poetry had entered on 
 its downward career of prostitution. In no great time 
 the poets turned their ambition to glowing descrip- 
 tion, and ultimately taught men to worship the grander 
 objects of nature, as the sun, moon, and stars. The 
 minds of these priests of nature became gradually 
 weaker, till doubting the power of one Creator and 
 Governor, they filled the various departments of the 
 world with particular gods. The nadir of their down- 
 ward course was reached, when, like some preachers 
 since, they interested their audience by amusing stories, 
 the person surpassing others in adorning a thrilling 
 absurdity being the greatest prophet of the school. Very 
 complete editions of the strange sermons exist in the 
 mythologies of Greece and Rome. At various times 
 grave attempts have been made at philosophising over 
 these absurd fables. It has been shown that they were 
 built up by accretion, in accordance with the laws of 
 mind, and much ability has been displayed in ex- 
 plaining their parabolic meanings. Granted that the 
 germs were sincere, the developments in simple truth 
 may be classed with the Arabian Nights' Entertainments, 
 the Eomances of the Middle Ages, and modern novels. 
 The mythological poets were the novelists of the early 
 ages, and the pabulum they served the material most 
 suited to the public taste. Poetry, endowed to be the 
 
124 MIND IN MATTER. 
 
 handmaid of religion, became its enemy, and by weakening 
 the mind and rendering it false, was turned into a curse. 
 There was a demand for such food, however. The laity, 
 having itching ears, the priest who could tickle them with 
 the most neatly prepared absurdity became the hero of 
 the hour. 
 
 The fall of the primitive prophets made a new order 
 indispensable, endowed with more perfect guidance. A 
 poet must be in accord with nature, the slightest imper- 
 fection of the instrument producing jarring sounds. Natural 
 inspiration failed from defect of instrument and of instru- 
 mentation. "The spirit of the prophets was subject to 
 the prophets," and the mythologies were the inharmonious 
 product. A new school was created, blessed by a minute 
 guidance in the choice both of ideas and words. Poetry 
 is a particular st3de of thought expressed by word painting. 
 The new prophets were inspired in both conception and 
 language. That the full divine afflatus was needed can 
 scarcely be denied. 
 
 The conception of a Divine Being once obtained, nature 
 is a standing demonstration of His Existence and Char- 
 acter. The book of nature does for the Creator what 
 a book ordinarily does for its author. It is a revelation 
 of intelligence, a black board inscribed all over with the 
 signs of thought. Apart from disturbed relations, the 
 works of God would maintain both the knowledge and 
 the veneration of religion. The Universe is a University, 
 Created as the school of embodied spirits, it is stored 
 with all the appliances needed to train them physically, 
 morally, and intellectually. 
 
NATUKAL INSPIRATION. 125 
 
 The exertion necessary to make a living, awakens 
 ingenuity and strengthens the physical powers. The aim 
 of providence clearly is to rouse two kinds of energy — 
 self-reliance and reliance on God, or faith and works. 
 Like the lord in the parable, the Maker retires, as it were, 
 into a far country, and leaves His servants in full posses- 
 sion. Immediate dependence on Providence for all mature 
 substances would bring men hourly to the foot of the 
 throne. The law of germination makes them, however, 
 apparently masters of the situation. They can produce 
 everything needed in the shape of food, clothing, and 
 luxuries. On the other hand, when self-dependence 
 becomes the sole principle of action, there is soon a face- 
 to-face encounter with disagreeable consequences. In 
 oft-recurring periods, a nation's supplies are strained to 
 the utmost. Here there is wise discipline in action and 
 reaction. The aim of Providence in educating free energy, 
 can be effected only by the ambition of property and the 
 power of accumulation. On this account, the Master 
 commits everything to his servants, endowing them 
 according to ability. This clause of the arrangement is 
 against communism. Communism is the science of the 
 shortest cut to the property of others. Such a philosophy 
 in practice would annihilate free energy, and do nothing 
 to foster faith. The arrangements of Providence have 
 both objects in view. They bless — to encourage enterprise; 
 they withhold the blessing — to necessitate faith. The 
 needy are expected by Providence both to exert them- 
 selves and to look up to God. Communism will probably 
 be the practical system of a better w^orld, where enjoy- 
 
^26 Umi) IN MATTER. 
 
 ment and not education will be the object. The happiest 
 days and hours are spent in society. The most intense 
 pleasure is produced by things enjoyable in common, 
 like music. In heaven, everything will be possessed in 
 common. The attempt to convert earth into heaven, 
 however, would probably issue in realising hell. 
 
 There is a hint in the context also for men who are not 
 communists. If private possessions are not a feature of 
 the eternal world, a special discipline will be required to 
 prepare for such a mode of existence. They whose pre- 
 dominating principle is accumulation, will be miserable 
 in any world where it is not allowable to own. Hence 
 the value in many cases of poverty. A heart set on riches 
 leaves its resources behind in passing out of this life. 
 Self-denial, therefore, forced by the exactions of Pro- 
 vidence is disciplinary for this life by necessitating depen- 
 dence, and for the next by purifying the temple. 
 
 It may be asked : " If God intends thus to maintain a 
 mastery in the consciousness, would it not be wiser to 
 make His presence more demonstrative? A method of 
 retiring, which is not retiring, seems to play fast and loose 
 with faith." The method, we reply, is an educationary 
 expedient. On account of spirituality of nature, in no 
 world can God become visible except through symbol. 
 Faith is, therefore, the cardinal grace of all worlds. 
 Men must be trained to trust in conclusions, till, step 
 by step, faith grows into sight, and realises its object. 
 
 The inhabitants of all worlds are probably governed 
 by representation, to stand, fall, or rise. That the mind 
 might be familiarised with this all-important principle,. 
 
NATURAL INSPIRATION. 12 
 
 there exist well-calculated expedients. In his own sphere, 
 each individual holds a representative position. He has 
 a constituency over which he reigns with power to inflict 
 death. It is the power of individuals to do harm that 
 renders a more comprehensive representative system 
 necessary. The disinclination in men to yield up their 
 power, except voluntarily, secures in time a chosen repre- 
 sentation. Thus, progress brings the fundamental prin- 
 ciple of the divine government in its substance into relief. 
 At the same time, government by chosen representatives 
 is an incomplete idea, In the divine representative sys- 
 tem, Deity is the important factor. In every perfect 
 government absolute authority must be represented, were 
 it only by an independent judiciary. Where this is over- 
 looked, right becomes a mere human idea to be enforced 
 only as expedience may dictate. As inspiration not only 
 awakens feeling, but impresses truth and especially justice, 
 a powerful inspiration must come from Institutions. 
 
 Necessity compelling attention to the qualities of things, 
 nature becomes a powerful stimulus of thought. The possi- 
 bility of accumulation gives the best class of minds an 
 opportunity of study, and of originating ideas on all sub- 
 jects. The inquisitive, impelled by the tantalising puzzles 
 that present themselves on all sides, study for the sake of 
 knowing. The puzzles of nature always suggest the 
 possibility of solution. Invented by mind, they are 
 penetrable by mind. The capacity of indefinite improve- 
 ment has its origin in the power of an endless life. Know- 
 ledge is advancing with rapid strides to a comprehension 
 of everything worth knowing. In chemistry, a key to the 
 
128 MIND IN MATTER. 
 
 fundamental mysteries of Creation lias been found. When 
 door after door has been opened to the last, the end will 
 come. When the whole system has been investigated, and 
 understood, it will probably be taken down and another 
 structure formed, to give the opportunity of further mental 
 progress. From Alpha to Omega, all things exist and 
 change for the sake of Mind. 
 
 In unanalytical ages, the knowledge of God was moral 
 rather^ than intellectual. Design was recognised in the 
 larger structures, but faith was kept alive principally by 
 the sense of interposing goodnessv Helplessness taught 
 men to trust, and faith was met by answering attention. 
 Intellectual belief never becomes living till exercised in 
 real life. A sense of helplessness is the inspu-ation of 
 vigorous faith in all. 
 
 The sights and sounds of nature, as a source of 
 inspiration, have a peculiar effect on the mind. The 
 sighing of the winds, the low loud wail of a pine forest, 
 the triumphant war-cry of a storm, the rush of waters, 
 the roar of a cataract, the song of birds, and the mid- 
 night cry of wild animals, fill the mind with indescrib- 
 able sensations. "All the sounds of nature are in the 
 minor key," and dispose to serious reflection. They 
 arouse those feelings of mingled joy and plaintive sorrow 
 that act on the spirit like a balm. A bold and expan- 
 sive landscape carries the thoughts away into eternity. 
 Other worlds meet our view, and illuminate every natural 
 picture. A look into nature, with its vast dome, its far-off 
 but real back -ground, and its extended scenery, inspires 
 and , elevates as no painting can ever do. No picture- 
 
NATURAL INSPIRATION. 129 
 
 gallery can fill the place of the galleries prepared by 
 the Great Artist, which belong to every child of man. 
 Frequent opportunities of holding communion -with nature 
 should be afforded to all. Is it remarkable if men who 
 seldom see or hear anything but whirring machinery, 
 cease to believe in aught but the tyrant man ? Too 
 often are operatives met with from the land of our birth, 
 who have been nurtured into atheism in her large cities. 
 Extensive sections of the Christian Church have been 
 fatally injured by the want of religious holidays. The 
 attempt to make man an alternate working and wor- 
 shipping machine has signally failed. The intensified 
 worldliness of some Christian countries has never been 
 surpassed. 
 
 Another side of the Divine as well as of the human 
 nature needs careful study. Drollery exists in the bosom, 
 and is expressed in the countenance of the majority of 
 living creatures. Only a Being full of innocent humour 
 could have made the w^orld with which we are familiar. 
 The religion that overlooks this characteristic must fail. 
 The Founder of Christianity knew both the Divine and 
 human natures far better. Revealed religion was maugur- 
 ated by the establishment of a day of rest. Moses gave his 
 disciples one day; Christ gives His two. For immortal 
 creatures, a day spent in self-denial of w^orldly business 
 and pleasure is necessary as a preparation for the better 
 life. This is the object of a day which commemorates the 
 triumphant completion of our holy religion. The earlier 
 Sabbath was established to glorify the works of God, by 
 giving men an opportunity to study them. Christ taught 
 
130 MIISTD IN MATTER. 
 
 His disciples how the day should be observed in th& 
 Christian church by going into the fields with them and 
 allowing them to pluck the ears of corn. He did not 
 abolish the rest of the seventh day. Like the many Jewish 
 Sabbaths, it was intended to be a check on the worldly 
 spirit, and a promoter of faith in the providence of God.. 
 A chief obstacle to the progress of Christianity in the early 
 ages was the loss of fifty-two days in the year. To the- 
 owners of slaves, this was a serious matter. The nations, 
 however, that made the sacrifice have found not loss but 
 gain. From year to year, the loss is more than com- 
 pensated. When faith in God makes the nations wiUing: 
 to sacrifice the other day consecrated by Divine authority,, 
 the prosperity of the millennial age shall have been 
 inaugurated. Grinding labour is the curse of man. If 
 Christ can alleviate it by a perpetual miracle, His mis- 
 sion has a constant Divine evidence. Let the labouring 
 populations of the world know that He came to make 
 their yoke easy and their burden light, that Jesus of 
 Nazareth is the friend of the labouring and the heavy 
 laden. 
 
 SUPEUNATURAL INSPIRATION. 
 
 THE OLD TESTAMENT. 
 
 The Earth is not a solitary body ; it is part of a Universe, 
 by similarity of matter, gravity, and vitalising power. 
 Its source of life is in the heavens— a body ninety million 
 miles off, A universe of matter must be the arena of a 
 -universe of mind. If the physical force act from mass 
 to mass, Will-force cannot be an exception. Spiritual 
 
SUPERNATURAL INSPIRATION. 131 
 
 light, like the natural, must come from thp heavens, and 
 there are, no doubt, beings who have the freedom of the 
 imiverse. This is the gospel of nature. Distant worlds 
 are placed within eyeshot to announce a universe. The 
 sceptical position is too narrow and provincial to com- 
 mend itself to the great heart of humanity. It chills 
 and cramps by a sense of isolation. The longings felt in 
 peering out into infinitude can be satisfied only by ultimate 
 fellowship with the spirits of eternity. The Bible begins 
 its communications by announcing visitors from other 
 worlds. It thus meets the demands of scientific thought, 
 by postulating the oneness which a universal physical 
 system suggests. 
 
 On the other hand, some puzzling difficulties are 
 solved if doings on earth are known in other worlds. As 
 the Fall of angels has been announced here, the Fall of 
 men must have been announced everywhere. Because 
 the world is a universal example, sin has been allowed 
 to work out all possible samples of its consequences. In 
 a vanquished rebellion, some are always devoted to 
 destruction. The necessity of a limited application of 
 redemption is thus apparent. The fact that, even when 
 salvation is made possible, all are not saved, must be a 
 solemn warning to all worlds. 
 
 The revelations of the Bible are introduced by an 
 account of Creation. The Creator alone can speak with 
 authority out of eternit}', and announce Himself by 
 establishing authorship. The claim of miracles is thus 
 primd facie eYidence oi inspiration. Miracle sare justified 
 by the object. Because the moral law is more important 
 
132 MIND IN MATTER. 
 
 than the physical, the physical must yield for the moral. 
 If man has an infinite destiny, he is worthy of the utmost 
 benevolent attention. Doubters reason as if miracles were 
 intended to account for friction; sometimes as if they 
 would necessarily shake the whole fabric of Creation; 
 whereas a miracle is a slight change at a given point to 
 announce the presence of the Creator, wrought out of 
 respect to human freedom, that faith and conduct might 
 flow from conviction. 
 
 Like the flora and fauna in nature, miracles are un- 
 classified in the Bible, but not without plan. They occur 
 over the whole field of nature, that every part may appear 
 amenable to the control of the Author. They are w^rought 
 on the heavens, on the atmosphere and clouds, on land and 
 water, on trees, animals, and men. The miracles of Moses 
 demonstrated Creation and Providence ; those of Christ, 
 Redemption. Pharaoh's answer to Moses indicated that 
 the nations had forgotten God. By changing the Nile 
 into blood, by animating the dust of Egypt, He demon- 
 strated Himself to be the source of life. By inflicting 
 disease on men and animals, and by destroying the first- 
 born, He demonstrated Himself to be the Author of death. 
 In the first chapter of "Genesis," He is represented as 
 giving matter its germinating power. Vegetable germs 
 convert inorganic matter into organic food. Qui facit per 
 alium facit per se. — If He does it mediately. He can do 
 it directly. This is the lesson of the Manna. Some 
 exceptional miracles were wrought to assert authority 
 over particular departments. The great one recorded 
 in the Book of Jonah, proved control over the monsters 
 
SUPERNATURAL INSPIRATION. 133 
 
 of the deep— that in the lion's den, over the denizens of 
 the forest. The object being understood, viz.— that the 
 whole field must be covered, the justification follows of 
 some highly important miracles which would otherwise 
 appear trifling. The causing of iron to swim, in direct 
 counteraction of the law of gravity, is, perhaps, the most 
 unmistakable miracle on record. 
 
 The position taken by Hume on miracles has elicited 
 a very undeserved amount of attention. It is the 
 argument of despair. From its very nature, it was 
 suggested by the utter hopelessness of meeting the 
 testimonial evidence of Christianity direct. No such 
 evidence ever did or ever will mislead. Moreover, it 
 begs the question which it proposes to settle. That 
 question is : Does experience confirm or oppose the 
 existence of miraculous interference '? The experience, 
 however, of an individual, or of an age, is nof a summary 
 of the history of the world. Nor is the imma facie case 
 against miracles. In a world that rests on miracle, for 
 a being whose own existence is miraculous, it is simply 
 absurd to say that the antecedent probability is against 
 miraculous intervention. If nature originated in the 
 will of God, its laws are as positive as were the cere- 
 monial enactments of Moses, Like words they are 
 the change of wise men, and the counters of fools. 
 If the machine has been set up, it can be altered or 
 taken to pieces. Brought into existence as a revelation 
 of God, if by the perversity of the human mind it 
 tend rather to hide Ilim, the change can be effected 
 necessary for the accomplishment of the original purpose. 
 
134 MIND IN MATTER. 
 
 In reality, every will in being suspends the laws 
 and alters the course of nature. Bushnell's position 
 has never been successfully assailed. Mind is not a 
 mere link in the chain of natural causation. It bears 
 the image of the Creator, and, moreover, is one of 
 the departments through which He wields a leverage 
 over the world. By influencing mind, He shapes the 
 course of history. The movements of mind are subject 
 to constant fluctuation, and are not like those of the 
 stars, invariable. In opposition to the preconception 
 of materialism, there is often a marked discrepancy 
 between mind-power (and especially between will-power) 
 and bodily development. The majority of men have 
 either more mind, or far less, than bodily indications 
 would suggest; and mind-power is not unfrequently 
 in inverse ratio to the amount of food necessary to 
 support bodily vigour. The brain being consciously 
 used by the mind as the hand is, all parts of the body 
 are felt to be what each is, viz., an instrument. 
 
 THE BOOK OF JOB. 
 
 The Book of Job bears unmistakable marks of a 
 high antiquity, while its main object places it logically 
 among the initial books of Scripture. A universe of 
 matter, as pointed out, infers a universe of mind, 
 and this is tantamount to universal intercourse among 
 the more advanced spirits. The main object of the 
 Book of Job is to reveal the fact that many things 
 take place that they may bear on the conviction of 
 
THE BOOK OF JOB. 135 
 
 other worlds. No narrow provincial isolation can exist 
 in the Deity. To help reason in unravelling the 
 mysteries of providence, it was necessary that this 
 important fact should have been announced at the 
 dawn of history. In the circumstances, the perplexing 
 questioning of the fallen potentate was natural — "Doth 
 Job fear God for nought 1 " — Familiar for ages with 
 the manifestations of the fallen mind, he had never 
 detected a spark of unfeigned religion. He was thus 
 in the very position of the sceptic ; the known in- 
 variability of certain facts made variability incredible. 
 No fallen spirit in his own domains had been known 
 to vary by a hair's-breadth, except hypocritically^ from 
 unflinching opposition to God. During all the early 
 history of the human family, therefore, Satan would be 
 filled with doubts as to the real nature of human pre- 
 tences to piety. Only by experimental tests applied 
 personally, could he be convinced that the religion of 
 the fallen could be anything but mercenary. A willing- 
 ness to submit the matter to trial throws light on the 
 >divine character, as well as on the present state of 
 fallen angels. They are in the position of criminals, 
 whose case has not been adjudicated, and who enjoy a 
 bailed liberty till the judgment. Or their freedom may 
 be a second probation, in which all possible helps are 
 afforded, a position parallel to that of nations outside 
 of the pale of Christianity. Ultimately, the trial 
 could only accrue in good to Job. It has immortalised 
 him. 
 
 Other things indicate a very early date for the book* 
 
136 MIND IN MATTER. 
 
 As in the earliest part of Genesis there is unhesitating 
 fiiith in immortality; and, as there also, believers are 
 unexpectedly designated, as in the latest scriptures, 
 "the sons of God." It is easy to perceive why these 
 things should have been so. If man was created an 
 immortal, traditional knowledge of the fact would be 
 definite in the very earliest age ; and if brought into 
 being by the divine "Breath," it would be known 
 that he was a son of God, Creation by breathing 
 brought the divine and human into contact at th& 
 starting-place of life. In the infancy of existence the 
 most helpless of God's creatures needed instruction. 
 This instruction embraced particulars not recorded, such 
 as the appointment of sacrifice. That the prophetic 
 import was also pointed out, is made undoubted by 
 the exclamation of Eve at the birth of Cain. The 
 early designation, " sons of God," presupposes informa- 
 tion that the beautiful crystal fractured by sin would 
 be repaired by a renewal of the "Breath." Creation 
 anew by the divine " Breath " is one of the funda- 
 mental positions of the gospel. The dispensation of 
 life is characteristically a dispensation of the Breath. 
 (pneuma). Only by postulating definite instruction 
 can it be explained why the very earliest churcheS' 
 were known as congregations of the "sons of God." 
 The expression connects Job with the early Fathers 
 of the world. 
 
 Again, we may point out that the interlocutors in 
 the book of Job had what neither side in the great 
 materialistic controversy at present seems to have — a 
 
THE BOOK OF JOB. 137 
 
 face-to-face knowledge of nature. Arguments are 
 advanced on both sides by men who evidently know 
 her chiefly as exhibited in conservatories, and who 
 seem to have no conception of a limit to the possi- 
 bilities of natural law. The speakers presented by the 
 book of Job had evidently studied in the school of 
 nature, and therefore present conceptions formed with- 
 out a flaw. 
 
 Both the longevity of Job and the address of the 
 Deity point to the early ages, when intercourse between 
 heaven and earth was common. In the divine speech^ 
 verisimilitude is maintained by allusions to monstrous 
 animals. In the heathen mythological period, the 
 human imagination was filled with frightful conceptions 
 of animal life, having their origin possibly in the facts 
 of a remote past. The monsters employed to awe Job 
 into humility had disappeared from those countries before 
 the historic period. "Behold now Behemoth, . 
 he moveth his tail like a cedar, . . . his bones are 
 as strong pieces of brass. . . . Behold, he drinketh 
 up a river, ... he trusteth that he can draw up 
 Jordan into his mouth. '^ No such creature has been 
 seen since the dawn of classic history. As the most 
 pow^erful brutes are first to perish, this one must have 
 perished at a very early date. Again — " Canst thou 
 draw out Leviathan with a hook? . . . Shall not 
 one be cast down even at the sight of him? . . . His 
 teeth are terrible round about. ... By his neesings 
 a light doth shine. . . . His eyes are as the eyelids 
 of the morning. . . . Out of his mouth go burning 
 
138 MIND IN MATTER. 
 
 lamps, and sparks of fire leap out. ... He maketh 
 the deep boil like a pot. ... He maketh a path 
 to shine after him; one would think that the sea were 
 hoary." Those teeth, terrible round about, and those 
 wheel-like eyes, like the eyelids of the morning, clearly 
 point to monsters of the saurian order now extinct. 
 
 In connection with the book of Job, the question of 
 its origin is not without interest : — When Moses left 
 Egypt, a fugitive, in early life, he was versed in all 
 the learning of the Egyptians. His knowledge would, 
 therefore, embrace a competent familiarity with hiero- 
 glyphics. When he reappeared forty years afterwards, 
 he was master of an alphabet, apparently unknown in 
 Egypt. 
 
 Obviously, he had become acquainted with this 
 instrument in Arabia, the very country where such an 
 invention might have been looked for. The barrenness 
 of the desert brings the reflective mind into contact 
 with abstract nature, and the effect seems to be an 
 extraordinary genius for abstract signs. The world is 
 indebted to Arabia for its numerals and algebra, and 
 there can be little cause to doubt for its alphabet as 
 well. 
 
 The conjecture is supported by the " Written Rocks," 
 and by the Jewish tradition connected with the book of 
 Job. The desert way between Egypt and the East has 
 been present to the eye of history from the days of 
 Moses, and no people are known to have occupied the 
 country who could have made those inscriptions. There 
 need be no surprise that the characters exhibited on the 
 
THE BOOK OF GENESIS. " 139 
 
 ^' written rocks " differ entirely from the ancient Hebrew 
 ones. Each country, probably ambitious of claiming the 
 honour of an invention so distinguished, seems to have 
 devised a character of its own. The Greek, Ancient 
 Hebrew, Chaldee, Arabic, and Syriac, all differ one from 
 the other. The letters on the "' written rocks " are 
 probably specimens of the first rude attempt to form an 
 alphabet.^ 
 
 The tradition that Moses discovered the book of 
 Job in Arabia, both supports the view presented and, 
 gets support from it. The valuable applications alone 
 €ould have suggested the greatest invention of any age. 
 All great discoveries as well as inventions are made by 
 theistic races, and one of the kind under consideration 
 would be made for theistic purposes at a time when 
 the shortening of human life threatened to undermine 
 the value of tradition. 
 
 THE BOOK OF GENESIS. 
 
 ^^ Criticism " is probably right when it affirms that 
 some, at least, of the constituents of the book of Genesis 
 existed before Moses. The little books of which the early 
 part is made up, indicate a separate origin, and by their 
 brevity appear as if prepared for memorising. Strange 
 indeed, if the intelligence which suggested the importance 
 of a history of the early world, had not also taught the 
 evidential value of careful composition. The sagacity 
 
 ^ The Phoenicians had business tact enough to appropriate an alphabet and 
 claim it. 
 
140 MIND IN MATTER. 
 
 which preserved facts so well chosen would hand them 
 down in proper form. The responsible position of the 
 father of our race, made a knowledge of the substance 
 of the first, and part of the second, chapter of Genesis, 
 a sine qua non. If the sin of Adam was overwhelmingly 
 the greatest ever committed in the world, it was because 
 proceeding from a state of perfect light and moral power. 
 His knowledge involved a clear perception of the respon- 
 sibilities arising from the relation of a creature to his 
 Creator. The appointed test of obedience implied a 
 definite knowledge of creation. It is justly inferred 
 that the story of the creation, as exhibited in the be- 
 ginning of Genesis, had been committed to him as his 
 Bible. This indeed is implied in the appointment of a 
 day of rest. The Sabbath had no meaning apart from 
 the story of the operations of the six days. A periodic 
 conception of the "days" would at once suggest itself, 
 even if not inculcated, the divine rest embracing an 
 indefinite period. Time was evidently divided into 
 seven small portions, to represent seven large ones. 
 The week, being not a natural division of time, like the 
 month and the year, makes the distinction of weeks 
 1)y all the early nations a striking traditional confirma- 
 tion of the statement of Genesis. Our own nomencla- 
 ture of days comes to us, not from the Hebrews, but 
 from our Gothic Ancestors. 
 
 Some time may yet elapse ere the volume of nature 
 unfold all the information it contains on the work of 
 the successive days. The book of geology has very 
 large leaves, and they are not easily turned. The open 
 
THE BOOK OF GENESIS. 141 
 
 ones have been examined with praiseworthy care, but 
 there are unopened pages that still enclose their secrets. 
 Decades, perhaps centuries, may elapse before all the 
 facts necessary to a complete verdict have been unearthed. 
 When all have been exposed, there will be no need of 
 ''trimming" on the part of the Christian apologist. It 
 will be shown that the works affirmed as of the third 
 and fifth and sixth days are sanctioned as such by the 
 warrant of nature. In its minutest statements, the 
 record will eventually be sustained. Especially, may 
 it be affirmed that no discovery to be made will ever 
 give the smallest countenance to abiogenesis. The 
 principle that " like begets like," and that life originates 
 thus, alone, in the course of nature, has been established 
 by untold millions of examples. The contrary principle, 
 therefore, involves the overthrow of the Baconian philo- 
 sophy. When life first appeared, it was not by the course 
 of nature, and all the initial facts range themselves 
 naturally on the side of creationism. For example, sun- 
 force, in the absence of an atmosphere, fails to produce 
 life in the moon. If life be a product of nature, there- 
 fore, it must be so by the co-operation of the atmosphere. 
 Were life the result of sun-force operating through the 
 atmosphere, the lung would be the centre of development 
 in all living creatures. But as neither the leaves nor even 
 the roots in plants, nor the lungs nor stomach in animals, 
 constitute the centres of development, but belong rather 
 to the periphery, it follows that life has had an origin 
 altogether inexplicable on physical principles. Mr. 
 Spencer's extraordinary mistake in making nitrogen 
 
142 MIND IN MATTER. 
 
 the living principle, must be accounted for by absence 
 of mental contact with the primal facts. Nitrogen is 
 the azote of the atmosphere. By the electric spark 
 alone is it converted into plant-food, and then contact 
 with life is necessary to convert it into living substance. 
 
 The Author of the first chapters of Genesis knew some- 
 thing. His statement that light was created in the first 
 period of the world, and that the sun and moon were made 
 on the fourth, has inflated a long succession of doubters with 
 a sense of superior wisdom. Nevertheless, science demon- 
 strates that it must have been so. Combustion is not an 
 essential state, even of combustible matter. The Creation 
 was perfected by successive acts. This is the position of 
 the Book of Genesis. The bodies that make up the solar 
 system passed into igneous fusion in succession. Its 
 burned-out igneous nucleus, and its old stratified rocks, 
 testify that the earth was a burning sun, while both the 
 sun and moon were dense, non-luminous masses. When a 
 blazing star itself, it needed not the light of other worlds^ 
 That the moon was put into combustion before the sun, 
 is proved by its extinguished fires, just as old stratified 
 rocks, resting on a burnt-out base, prove that the earth w^as 
 in a state of combustion before the moon. The sentence, 
 "Let there be light," was probably entered in the narrative, 
 while important details were left out, knowing that it 
 w^ould ultimately suggest the orb that gives light without 
 heat. During long ages, the light and heat of the moon 
 would probably equal that of the sun at present.^ The 
 
 ^ If a cold period, in addition to the periods of the Arctic ice, can be demon- 
 strated, it would take place when the lunar heat was on the wane. The pre- 
 sumption^ however, is that there would be no break, or intermission of heat. 
 
THE BOOK OF GENESIS. 143 
 
 law of economy forbids the existence of two suns at once. 
 In the fourth period of the earth's history, however, the 
 sun became the source of hght, and the moon a mere 
 reflector. 
 
 In the second period of the world a firmament was 
 made to divide the waters from the waters. The state- 
 ment is a peculiar description of the development of an 
 atmosphere. That none of the gases which constitute the 
 "elements" exist in a free state in the moon, proves that 
 world-combustion consolidates them, and that " law " has 
 no tendency to effect their disengagement. After long 
 ages, there is not even the nucleus of an atmosphere or 
 an ocean in the moon, establishing beyond doubt that 
 Divine interposition has taken place on the Earth. The 
 face of nature here, when compared with the face of 
 nature there, gives the amount of interference. This 
 amount corresponds exactly with the statements made in 
 Genesis. Everything attributed to Divine fiat there is 
 found wanting in our satellite. The moon may be said 
 to hang in the academy of nature, a specimen of the 
 reign of law. The "Convertibility of Force" has not 
 originated a single germ, nor even the medium in which 
 it could live. 
 
 The supernatural origin of man necessitated immediate 
 contact with God. The amount of demonstrative action 
 by the Deity it is impossible to determine. The 
 naked prairie, or the native forest, is the last imagin- 
 able place where a friendly Creator would locate a 
 being newly made in His own image. Nor can there 
 be surprise if He brought him into conscious beirg 
 
144 MIND IN MATTER. 
 
 with a conception of creation in his mind, and equally 
 little, if He taught him to use his vocal organs. 
 Language is in one sense an imitative art. Children 
 learn to speak like parrots, and the deaf are always 
 dumb. Had the Creator not acted the part of parent, 
 teaching Adam to use his vocal organs, his descendants 
 would have been a race of gesticulating barbarians. Man 
 is not an inventor of words. Advanced languages are 
 " evolved " chiefly by plagiarism and phonetic corruption, 
 iind invented words are "slang," The small differentiation 
 of the Arabic and Syriac from the Hebrew during four 
 thousand years makes the lingual catastrophe of Babel a 
 necessary fact. In no other way can a number of totally 
 different languages, or families of language, be accounted 
 for. 
 
 To return : Scepticism is the product of an instinct 
 too weak to recognise the present as an abnormal state. 
 Man is evidently at war with himself. If he persists 
 in living a self-condemned life, is it strange if the 
 Judge of all the earth maintain a distant silent reserve ? 
 Where the moral instincts have not been dulled by a 
 too exclusive exercise of the logical faculty, or by passion, 
 the divine social life of Eden will appear highly natural 
 in a being with wonderful faculties, and endowed with an 
 vinquenchable thirst for God. 
 
 The idea of preserving a consecutive history of the 
 world from its origin, indicates a high degree of 
 intelligence. It is just what might have been expected 
 from the first members of a great race, educated at the 
 fountainhead of intelligence. The idea is divine, whether 
 
THE BOOK OF GENESIS. 145 
 
 it originated with the Deity or not, and the facts 
 
 singled out for preservation have stood the test of the 
 
 most careful scrutiny. A number of particulars have 
 
 been specified, as the creation of matter, the development 
 
 of an atmosphere, the change of physical geography 
 
 necessitated by a universal deluge, the shortening of 
 
 human life, &c. Even in the minutest social details 
 
 verisimilitude is never wanting. As it is of importance 
 
 to establish the veracity of these primitive records 
 
 throughout, a few instances are given. It is affirmed 
 
 that the first-born son of man became a murderer. 
 
 This is not at all improbable. The training of children 
 
 is a traditional art. The first members of the race had 
 
 no experimental knowledge of the necessity of subjecting 
 
 the will in infancy. Cain exhibited all the pettishness 
 
 of a spoilt child. Wherever the rod is spared in the 
 
 family, or in the grand modern supplementary institute — 
 
 the school, crimes of violence abound^ a fact forcibly 
 
 illustrated on this Continent at the present moment. 
 
 Again, spoilt children not only overestimate their own 
 
 importance, but that of their "belongings." Their 
 
 possessions, whether property or children, are always 
 
 superior to those of others. It is related that Cain 
 
 built a city, and called it after the name of his son, 
 
 Enoch. This is a touch of living nature, and a fact 
 
 pregnant with any amount of mischief for the future. 
 
 Once more: before the invention of implements of war, 
 
 personal strength would count for much more than it did 
 
 afterwards. Man is essentially a coward, fighting when 
 
 he has some real or supposed advantage; in other words, 
 
 10 
 
146 MIND IN MATTER. 
 
 ■when he is the best man. Before the application of art 
 to war, the riots of the world would be conducted by- 
 powerful bullies. The record is too true to life to 
 blunder on a point like this. "There were giants on 
 the earth in those days," and consequently, " The earth 
 was filled with violence." Finally, we are told that the 
 "sons of God "formed alliances with the "daughters of 
 men." As might have been expected, the first great 
 division among men was created by moral considerations. 
 Never since have goodness and badness been so separated 
 socially. Immediate intercourse vvith God on the one 
 part, and an almost total absence of discipline on the 
 other, would produce just such a state of things. But 
 we are told that ere long alliances began to be formed 
 between the families, and the fact is attested by 
 similarity of names. At last, identical ones occur iu 
 the two genealogies, indicating near kinship. 
 
 In the Heroic Age, what human historian would hav& 
 summed up four thousand years of history in the 
 lives of a dozen religious men, giving the great world 
 of action a shadowy position in the back -ground ? 
 More especially, who would have written an account 
 of a period of seventeen hundred years before the- 
 Mood,^ without naming any of its Alexanders and 
 
 ^The Flood.— It would be strange, indeed, if survivors of a universal deluge 
 should have failed in devising methods to perpetuate the remembrance of it. 
 According to the narrative of Genesis, the family who survived the deluge 
 constructed the Ark. They were qualified, therefore, by mechanical skill 
 to erect commemorative monuments. The Scripture histories have one 
 striking peculiarity. Designed to record the history of the world in pre- 
 liistoric times, embracing its secret history as related to the Creator, they 
 
THE BOOK OF GENESIS. 147 
 
 Caesars, or describing one of their great battles? — The 
 point of view is a New Testament one, and is thus 
 in advance even of our own age. At the same time, the 
 writer had a true appreciation of the permanent use of the 
 arts. He records the name of every member of a talented 
 famil}^ including their mothers. He lets us know who 
 invented poetry, who music, who the use of iron, and who 
 was the first nomad, w^iile they who filled the world with 
 noise and war were left to oblivion. 
 
 necessarily contain facts out of the range of experience. When this is the 
 case, other matters are incorporated that give the narrative verisimilitude. 
 In the record of the Flood there is an example of this. By divine pre- 
 notification, Noah saved himself and family from a calamity that overwhelmed 
 the world. Who according to the account was this Noah ? He was the 
 man who built the Ark ; chosen, therefore, not only for his goodness, but for 
 his mechanical skill as the primitive man of a new world. Through the 
 mechanical genius of this man and his family, the valuable improvements 
 in art of seventeen centuries were carried over, and placed in possession 
 of an infant race. There was divine wisdom in this. In the following 
 narrative, it is related that this family settled in the Land of Shinar, and 
 set about erectiug an immense structure whose top should reach to heaven. 
 The family who built the Ark were able to build the Tower of Babel, being 
 men of large conception and enterprise. There is extant evidence that 
 Noah's mechanical genius was propagated in his descendants. The Tower 
 of Babel has excited the ridicule of thoughtless men in every age, especially 
 in view of its traditional object.^ The reflection that the branch of the 
 family which migrated into Egypt, occupied themselves in putting up 
 structures of the same character, and not one but many, might inspire a 
 modest gravity. Some of the Pyramids were built before the invention of 
 hieroglyphics, and therefore at a very early period Such monuments raised 
 by an infant world cease to appear remarkable when it is recollected that 
 Noah was the father of the race. Work on the Pyramids must have 
 commenced immediately after an arrest was put on the progress of the 
 Tower of Babel. The Pyramids were in fact another version of the same 
 great work. 
 
 The object of the Pyramids is comprehensible when the light of revelatiou 
 
 1 The Tower of Babel could be a rallying place only by being a place of 
 refuge from dreaded calamity, such as a flood. 
 
148 MIND IN MATTER. 
 
 The Account of the Fall of Man.— The story of the 
 Fall has verisimilitude. Man can adopt a new character, 
 and sensuousness brings him to the level and the fate 
 of the brute creation. It would have been unwise 
 in the Creator to establish a race without material 
 tokens of allegiance. The amount was a matter of 
 indifference. In Europe, estates have been held for 
 centuries on very trifling conditions — the memory of 
 the reader will supply illustrations. The "tree of 
 the knowledge of good and evil" had significance, by 
 announcing danger, while it reminded that possession was 
 not ownership. The command made obedience the 
 symbol of allegiance, while the nominal character of the 
 condition aggravated the crime of disobedience. Tlie 
 temptation was addressed by a false spirit from other 
 worlds through the organs of the most graceful creature 
 
 dispels the Egyptian darkness that envelopes them. In structure they 
 are very peculiar. One of them is nearly five hundred feet high, and in 
 no part presents five feet of perpendicular wall. The Pyramids are immense 
 four-sided roofs, each side presenting the face of a tapering staircase. If 
 round instead of square, they VFOuld suggest amphitheatres with the seats 
 directed outwards. If, in imagination, a position is taken on the low range 
 of hills where they stand, at the season of the annual overflow, and the 
 Nile is watched as it extends its volume further and further in the direction 
 of the observer, till it laves the hills on which he stands, and almost 
 touches the great pyramid of Ghizeh, the object of these structures must 
 become apparent. Egyjit is a land of floods, it is the laud of the Pyramids. 
 The object of the Pyramids has been forgotten even in Egypt. The impulse 
 that gave them birth was a general as well as a local one. For ages tlie 
 human mind was agitated by a general av/e, which in Egypt arose to 
 terror annually, when the Nile' by its overflow changed the country into a 
 lake. The mound builders of America were influenced by the same fear. 
 The memory of the fear and of its cause has passed ; but its products are 
 destined to stand for ever. The stairway of tlie Pyramids was once covered 
 with a hard casing to preserve the steps. 
 
THE BOOK OF GENESIS. 149 
 
 on earth. This affords the only possible explanation of 
 a fall. Successful temptation by the mind itself, in the 
 splendid circumstances, was out of the question. Self- 
 prompted] ruin] in perfect creatures, environed by such 
 surroundings, -would have presented an inexplicable 
 mystery. 
 
 The Author of Genesis had firm grasp of one important 
 idea. Principles which, even when generalised, stand the 
 ordeal of advancing intelligence and appear more valid 
 by enlightenment, rest on the rock of truth. The more 
 advanced in culture, the more firmly do nations cling 
 to the conviction, that by representation alone can the 
 affairs of multitudes be managed. The principle is 
 inwoven in the radical relations of mankind — those of 
 parents and children. In Genesis, it is represented as 
 the fundamental principle of providential government. 
 It is appealed to again in Redemption; in fact, it is 
 the justness of the principle that makes Redemption 
 possible. In another respect the author is in advance of 
 the Jewish standpoint, presenting rather that of the New 
 Testament. Had the Jews linked the work of the Messiah 
 with sin, they would have escaped the mistake of rejecting 
 Him. 
 
 When the Fall is viewed as the determining factor of 
 universal history, it awakens thoughts fitted to inspire 
 the bravest hearts with awe. In estimating the quality 
 of sin, the standard is not the littleness of man, but the 
 greatness of God. The ruin of a whole race for ever by 
 the distributed guilt of one act, stereotyped in the 
 individual conscience by the sense of divine anger, will 
 
150 MIND IN MATTER. 
 
 illustrate to eternal ages the overwhelming character of 
 divine justice. The sum total of guilt is found when sin 
 is multiplied by the infinity of God. This is the lesson 
 also of Atonement by an Infinite Personality. The sorrows 
 of the human family have a tremendous source. 
 
 Man is the member of a large concern. The sceptical 
 position is maintained by belittling him out of proportion 
 to his conceptions, as it belittles mind in general. A 
 being who conceives the unlimited in time and space 
 is not a comet with an immense trailing atmosphere 
 without a nucleus. So large indeed, are the conceptions 
 of men, that no amount of intellectual pressure will ever 
 startle more than a small minority into the circumscribed 
 views of the sceptic. They are too small. When 
 immortality is denied, it is easy to ridicule the vast 
 stake involved in connection with another life. Men 
 like to throw for large stakes. 
 
 It is confirmatory of the miraculous character of 
 Bible facts, that the reciprocal affairs of God and men 
 are uniformly represented as arranged by compact. It 
 would have been strange, indeed, if men had been left 
 to discover their duties, and surmise their rights. The 
 very iteration of the idea of covenanting impresses a 
 sense of its divine origin. With Adam, with Noah,^ 
 with Abraham, and afterwards with his descendants, does 
 God enter into covenant. Underlying these covenants 
 is always detected a more important one, through which 
 
 ^ The importance of the covenant sign given to Noah is seen in the fact 
 that, in a rainless country like Egypt, where the rainbow would be seldom 
 or never seen, the terror of iloods rose to the highest pitch. 
 
THE EXODUS. 151 
 
 intercourse had been re-established with a lost world, 
 ^^ My covenant." At the same time the true perspective 
 is never lost. Man is never an equal contracting party, 
 but accepts both duty and promise by divine arrangement. 
 Infinite wisdom can make no mistakes, can receive no 
 suggestions^ as, on the other hand, absolute dependence 
 can never dictate. Human invention would have 
 blundered fatally on a point like this. 
 
 THE EXODUS. 
 
 There is law or method in the supernatural manifesta- 
 tions presented in the Bible. Demonstrations are placed 
 In every instance where the leverage was greatest. 
 Adam and Noah were progenitors of a world; Abraham, 
 Isaac, and Jacob, of a race. If God appeared to 
 Hagar at Lahai-roi, in behalf of Ishmael, he was the 
 founder of one of the permanent nations of the earth. 
 Who can doubt that the theistic tendencies of the 
 Arabs depended as much on Hagar as on Abraham ? 
 The miracles of the Exodus were performed in the most 
 central country of the ancient world, and no doubt 
 did much to perpetuate the knowledge of One Supreme 
 God.^ They may even have had something to do 
 with the final acceptance of Christianity by the western 
 nations. Nothing but a living tradition of the Exodus 
 In the country over which he ruled, could have sug- 
 gested to Ptolemy Philadelphus the idea of translating 
 
 * It is impossible not to detect Jehovah in the heathen Jovo. 
 
1 52 MIND IN mattee; 
 
 the Scriptures, a book prominently containing very 
 discreditable references to Egypt. The miracles of Elijah 
 and Elisha were performed not only when the faith of 
 Israel, but when Israel itself, was on the verge of ex- 
 tinction. The manifestations in Babylon and Medo- 
 Persia were made before men who had the world at 
 their feet, and who could make the lesson of the fiery 
 furnace and the lion's den tell to the ends of the 
 earth. The miracles of the New Testament were per- 
 formed in the "fulness of time," which was identical 
 with the Augustan Age. 
 
 Turning now to the Exodus, and to the later history 
 of the Israelites, we find that the facts of sacred history, 
 like those of science, have a meaning and a purpose, 
 which give them an evidential value. We select briefly 
 from many instances — 
 
 (1.) The Sojourn in Egypt. — The setting of the story 
 of Egypt gives probability to its realistic character. In 
 Egypt, the Israelites learned the lessons of civilisation by 
 gaining a knowledge of the arts. A nation of nomads 
 would have been unpardonably rude. Ability to construct 
 the tabernacle proved that the Egyptian sojourn was not 
 in vain. Their forcible emancipation gave a rude shock 
 to two false tendencies — to atheism and oppression. God 
 demonstrated His existence and His hostility to slavery. 
 The combined lesson was worthy of the expense, and 
 did something to alleviate the miseries of the world. 
 God was never again totally forgotten, and ever after 
 men knew that slaves should be well treated. The idea, 
 although not always acted on, was of immense value. 
 
THE EXODUS. ' 15^ 
 
 In Egypt the Israelites obtained protection in their 
 weakness, a familiarity with the industrial arts, an 
 increase in numbers, and they became world-renowned 
 by their emancipation. The remarkable numerical acces- 
 sions in the Egyptian sojourn have not been examined 
 with sufficient reflectiveness. Too exclusive attention 
 has been directed to the people as a 7iation. Aggressive- 
 ness enters into the very idea of a church. The 
 Israelites, while exclusive in a degree, were never 
 entirely so. Abraham administered initiation not only 
 to Isaac, but to Ishmael ; Isaac not only to Jacob, but 
 to Esau ; and one and all of them, not only to children, 
 but to servants. When all distinctions were levelled 
 by common calamities, servants would become identified 
 with the tribes; and at particular times, as in the 
 days of Joseph and Moses, many Egyptians would 
 incorporate themselves with the church. The inspired 
 writer does not state facts so obvious to common sense. 
 Of course there was a remarkable natural increase, 
 but churches are not perpetuated by natural increase 
 alone. The "mixed multitude" were people related 
 by marriage and descent, who had not submitted to 
 initiation. 
 
 (2.) The Calamities of the Jews iu Egypt, again, are 
 a striking instance of historic justice. It was in reality an 
 Israelite who prepared the way for their oppression. In 
 the interest of Pharaoh, Joseph reduced the Egyptians to 
 the position of crown serfs. His own race were very 
 properly the first to feel the blunder. The Israelites 
 were not domestic slaves, but public property. The right 
 
if) 4 MIND IN MATTER. 
 
 acquired for Pharaoh would be held tenaciously, for the 
 East is a land of unchanging customs. To-day Egypt 
 is the only "civilised" country in the world whose rulers 
 command the unrequited labour of the whole people. In 
 Egypt, Joseph is a living fact. 
 
 (3.) The long wanderings of the Israelites, if real, 
 would become engraven in the memory of the lonely 
 inhabitants of the desert. There is no disappointment 
 here. In Arabia the name of Moses is a household 
 word. There are traditions of the Exodus everywhere. 
 There are the " Wells of Moses," the " Baths of Pharaoh," 
 the " Mountain of Moses," " the Mountain of the 
 Desert of the Wanderings," "the Tomb of Aaron," 
 &c., whilst the whole desert is emphatically called by 
 the Arabs '^The Desert of the Wanderings." When 
 the country from Sinai to Kadesh Barnea has been 
 thoroughly explored, many more reminders will no 
 doubt be found. 
 
 The object of the wilderness isolation was to remove 
 the church from contact with the world, that contracted 
 habits of an evil nature might be overcome. Moreover, 
 as in the desert the ordinary course of nature is 
 wanting, the earth being without form and void, Jehovah 
 had the opportunity of proving authorship of nature by 
 establishing a new course through which the nation 
 was sustained for forty years. 
 
 (4) "The Tomb of Aaron,"— In eastern countries tombs 
 have a strange power of survival. The sepulchre of 
 Rachel was a landmark in the days of Samuel. It exists 
 in a good state of preservation still. The locality of the 
 
THE EXODUS. 155 
 
 tomb of Aaron is evidence that the Israelites did not enter 
 Canaan by the direct route. It also establishes the neces- 
 sity of mysterious supplies. The fact that there are tombs 
 of Aaron and of Joseph, and none of Moses, is, further, an 
 incidental proof that something very remarkable happened 
 at the death of the latter. 
 
 (5.) The Jewish People.— The Author of the Bible knew 
 that the evidential powerof miracleswould lapse with years. 
 A moment after the parted waters of the Red Sea or of 
 the Jordan had met again, the physical evidence had dis- 
 appeared. By the "Conservation of Force," the mighty 
 efforts of a Divine Being must perpetuate themselves, and 
 the results of miracle remain in other forms to substantiate 
 tradition, written and oral. The people of the Book, luhose 
 early history the Bible is, although expatriated for ages, 
 live, book in hand, a providential nation of priests. The 
 Book has given them vitality; they have given the Book 
 vitality. The combined facts are at least remarkable. 
 
 (6.) The Law and the People-— The Israelites accepted 
 the record with its overwhelming burdens. They who neces- 
 sarily constituted the jury, accepted their own decision at 
 vast expense. An effort in the present age, to convince 
 the British people of an Israelitish origin, has failed, 
 although acceptance of the idea would entail honour with- 
 out a single burden. Can it be believed that the Israelites 
 accepted an artificial, and, at the time, a discreditable 
 history, with the Mosaic Law as its corollary? Inten- 
 tionally, the Law was made unprecedentedly burdensome, 
 that its final adoption in substance might be a standing 
 proof of the facts on which it rests. On this account, the 
 
156 MIND IN MATTER. 
 
 historians were not afraid to record tlie great unwillingness 
 to submit. A nation was taken by force and compelled to 
 adopt a new God. They were commanded to administer 
 the rite of circumcision ; a twelfth of their number were 
 constituted priests, arousing tribal prejudices. Two tithes 
 were enjoined every year, and an extra one in the third 
 year ; the first-born of man and beast must be redeemed 
 at its full value, or sacrificed. Every seventh day, or 
 fifty-two days in the year, must be sacred from labour. 
 The nation must constitute one parish, and the whole 
 male population visit a chosen place of worship three 
 times a year, spending a week each time, and an extra 
 week at the season of the atonement. The land must lie 
 fallow every seventh year. There must be no land 
 transfer, and no interest for money. In the event of sin, 
 an animal must be conveyed to the place appointed by 
 Jehovah, and sacrificed. Added to all this, was the 
 perpetual annoyance from ceremonial uncleanness, with 
 its purification. The chronic effort to escape from these 
 burdens, noted by the Jewish historians, has the ring of 
 truth in it. They were finally submitted to in substance 
 after the Babylonian Captivity. The last symptom of 
 restiveness was manifested against the tithe. That 
 Malachi was successful in his exhortation, is proved by 
 the tithe of mint, anise, and cumin, in after days. The 
 providential object was accomplished when the burden 
 was shouldered, and immediately inspiration, both pro- 
 phetic and historical, ceased. 
 
 It will be said that the Jews of the Captivity lived eight 
 hundred years after Moses, and had very little more proof 
 
THE EXODUS. 157 
 
 of the Mosaic record than exists at present. The Jews 
 •were not fools, nor has their religion made them such. 
 Only overwhelming evidence of the facts could have 
 induced them to accept the burdens imposed. Their 
 convictions were matured by well-calculated expedi- 
 ents. 
 
 In the lirst place, they had found that the unparalleled 
 sacrifice involved in obedience strangely brought extra- 
 ordinary prosperity, and disobedience overwhelming ruin, 
 confirming both the promises and threats of the Law, 
 as well as of special prophets, who always announced 
 impending events. The prophets made the miracles of 
 Moses credible by working miracles. 
 
 Secondly, the Tabernacle, whose detailed description 
 occupied so much of the Book of Exodus, was ocular 
 proof of both the Law and the Wanderings, till the 
 Temple was destroyed by Nebuchadnezzar. It was 
 placed in the Temple by Solomon. As a place of worship, 
 it had grown old before the Temple was built. No 
 nation in fixed circumstances would have erected a small 
 movable tent at great expense as a place of worship. The 
 Tabernacle was a concrete proof of the Wanderings and 
 the delivery of the Law. 
 
 In the third place, the name of every Israelite, from 
 Abraham down, was in the registers. A system of 
 registration existed long before Moses, as is evident 
 from Numbers, chapter i., and elsewhere. The existence 
 of such a system evinced great progress in civilisation. 
 Probably, every intelligent Israelite knew his pedigree 
 by heart, together with scraps of history associated with 
 
158 MIND IN MATTER. 
 
 the distinguished names. Every Israelite knew that he 
 had a celebrated history extending far beyond Moses. 
 
 Lastly, the Temple of Solomon, a vastly expensive 
 monumental proof of faith, was erected in gratitude 
 when the boundaries of the promised land had been 
 fully occupied. By providential arrangement it was 
 built by, and bore the name of, the greatest thinker of 
 any age — the person who gave the philosophers of antiquity 
 the question that occupied them for centuries : the sum- 
 mum bomim — the chief good? That Solomon was not 
 burdened with credulity, is evident from the Book of 
 Ecclesiastes. To place the existence of the Law at that 
 time beyond doubt, on the death of Solomon the Ten 
 Tribes revolted and took it with them. As all know, it 
 has been preserved to the present age by the Samaritans. 
 
 THE LAW. 
 
 Conscience is not a fixed quantit}^. The darkness 
 that settles on the minds of men, by the withdrawal 
 of the central moral sun, in greatly limiting the sources 
 of happiness, makes each grasp at the little within 
 reach, even when the act involves an infringement of 
 the rights of others. Especially is the relic of the 
 divine factor in conscience ever liable to fluctuation. If 
 neglect of family discipline, or uncertainty in the 
 punishment of crime, emboldens the depraved to acts 
 of violence, doubts about the justice of providence, 
 and still more about the divine existence, will aggravate 
 
THE LAW. 159 
 
 the tendency. As a matter of fact, it is by ever-recurring 
 calamities — sometimes special, often general — that th-3 
 fear of God and a sense of right are maintained in the 
 world. Sometimes the conscience of more than one 
 continent is startled in its slumbers by outbursts 
 of the moral fruits of atheism. The further removed 
 from the true God by ignorance or unbelief, the 
 more selfish and cruel do nations become. Individual 
 atheists may occasionally display considerable generosity 
 from a good natiirel, or, it may be from a spirit of 
 contradictiveness, but the genuine effect of the system 
 is bad. Men are prepared for the announcement c^ 
 the atheism of the Pharaohs by their treatment of 
 the children of Israel. The ten plagues were designed 
 to awaken the slumbering conscience of the Egyptians, 
 the demonstrations at Sinai more completely to 
 arouse the torpid conscience of the Israelites. The 
 divine in conscience is kept alive by impressions, 
 administered sometimes by outward, at other times by 
 inward, instruments. The almost inaudible whispers 
 so often and so genenilly heard, come direct from 
 the Small Still Voice heard by Elijah on Horeb. 
 This "Bath Kol" often becomes a raging tempest, 
 awakening the utmost terror, as in the case of 
 John Stuart Mill. God never forsakes the spirits He 
 has made absolutely. Through conscious hostility, the 
 first impressive contact always produces dread ; the 
 object being to make the need of a Mediator felt. 
 This was the result produced by the manifestations 
 and utterances from Sinai. 
 
160 MIND m MATTER. 
 
 In the Israelites God chose a nation of witnesses, 
 :and therefore appeared not to representatives merely. 
 The contact which each prophet obtained at the 
 beginning, and in the course of his ministry, was granted 
 to the whole nation. If God appeared privately to 
 Moses in Iloreb, He demonstrated the fact by appearing 
 publicly to all who followed him out of Egypt^ just 
 as He still demonstrates His revelations by testifying 
 in the individual conscience. They Avere called to witness 
 not to what Moses had said, but to what they 
 had seen and heard themselves. Had the law been 
 revealed to Moses alone, how the changes would 
 have been rung on the fact ! Mahomet's angel spoke 
 w'ell, but too low to be heard by his followers. This 
 defect cannot be affirmed of the Mosaic religion. 
 
 The whole scene described as having taken place 
 on Sinai was in character. Appearances and utter- 
 ances were full of majesty, and the effect such as 
 could have been anticipated. The dread impression 
 has been stereotyped in the mind of the Jewish nation. 
 The great and dreadful name, "Jehovah," is never 
 seen in written or printed characters but with awe, 
 and is never pronounced. 
 
 In after ages the Israelites gave satisfactory proof, as 
 has been illustrated, of their faith and of its fundamental 
 facts. Commonly, one day is considered as sufficient to 
 commemorate annually a great national event. For 
 ages the Israelites devoted seven days, together with 
 the time, expense, and fatigue of a pilgrimage to the 
 central place of worship, in order to celebrate the 
 
THE LAW. 161 
 
 Giving of the Law. The evidential value is greatly 
 enhanced by the fact that this was only one of three 
 pilgrimages of equal length. The supposition of 
 overwhelming events alone^ such as those recorded in 
 the books of Moses, can explain these immense sacrifices 
 on the part of a nation so shrewd as the Jews are 
 known to be. 
 
 The Mosaic ceremonies effected several important 
 objects : — (1.) They impressed the idea of atonement 
 by substitution and bloodshedding, and illustrated it 
 in various directions. The adoption of sacrifice by 
 Jehovah confirms the surmise of its original divine 
 appointment. By the early institution the central idea 
 of the gospel became familiarised to all nations. The 
 adoption of an institution so objectionable by the nations 
 is of incalculable value in apologetics. 
 
 (2.) The ceremonial law was essentially prophetic, 
 expanding the first promise by adumbrating the work 
 of the Messiah. In form it was adapted to the period 
 as a picture-book is to a primary class. 
 
 (3.) The ceremonial laws trained the people to religious 
 diligence. In nature men act by fits and starts. The 
 Jews evidently were not supposed to be prepared even 
 for regular Sabbath-day services. The ceremonies were 
 an expedient to force constant circumspection. By 
 requiring extreme cleanliness, again, they also promoted 
 civilisation. 
 
 No human writer would have devoted so much space to 
 
 the description of a structure so insignificant as the 
 
 Tabernacle, and of the priestly robes and sacrifices. Extra 
 
 11 
 
162 MIND IN MATTER. 
 
 minuteness is justified by their symbolical character — a 
 symbolism which no Jew, not even Moses, ever under- 
 stood. They only knew that all things were arranged 
 " after a pattern in the mount." These descriptions are 
 evidence also of the simultaneous origin of the whole law. 
 
 The Law of Moses has been charged with several 
 defects: — 
 
 (1.) It makes no allusion to the immortality of the soul. 
 It is overlooked that the Israelites were treated ia 
 a national capacity, and nations are not immortal. In 
 Genesis, where individuals are addressed, the idea looms 
 out distinctly. Moreover, silence on the subject, even 
 where it might have been introduced, indicates the high 
 antiquity of the Law. If the primeval paradise was on 
 the earth, and longevity as great as the author of Genesis 
 affirms, it would be long ere religion came to be thought 
 of as a mere preparation for another life. There are 
 two ways of looking at the subject — i.e., preparing for the 
 future by being prepared for the present ; preparing for 
 the present by being prepared for the future. In the 
 Bible the former method recedes, and the latter comes 
 slowly into prominence. Judged by this test, the Law 
 of Moses has the mark of a high antiquity. It is forgotten 
 too that law demands immediate action, irrespective of 
 the future. It may be added also that no affirmation of 
 immortality was made, because the matter had never 
 been doubted. Two things must not be forgotten — that 
 the Israelites came out of Egypt, and that the Book of 
 Genesis formed the introduction to the Law. 
 
 (2.) A more valid charge is the sanction of slavery, 
 
THE LAW. 163 
 
 the evil whicli the Exodus is supposed to have con- 
 demned. It is answered that what God does in His 
 providence, He can do by positive permission or command. 
 If Sodom was destroyed by fire from heaven, in other 
 cases the Deity migbt employ men as the executioners of 
 judgment. Serfdom and even slavery have issued in 
 incalculable good to the world. It is doubtful if any 
 people ever became industrious except by forced labour. 
 The aborigines of America are fast disappearing from 
 sheer unwillingness to work. By forced labour the 
 Israelites were transformed from a tribe of lazy shepherds 
 into a nation of industrious citizens. This was in every 
 respect the greatest benefit they received in Egypt, In 
 the wise providence of God the early world was a vast 
 reformatory. Those whom the Israelites were authorised 
 to enslave would be benefited by the process. This was 
 the case, certainly, with those whose only visible means 
 of support were war and pillage. Christianity is supposed 
 to supply an instrument of civilisation, and a motive to 
 achieve that make it possible to dispense with the severe 
 methods of the early world. The school itself, by enforcing 
 diligence in infancy, is such an instrument. 
 
 (3.) The very objectionable privilege of divorce granted 
 by the Law was in reality a temporary compromise with 
 polygamy. In condemning a simultaneous plurality of 
 wives, in some cases a successive plurality was admitted 
 on the principle that a divorced wife could not be so 
 miserable as a polygamous one. To many well versed in 
 the Hebrew language, " a wife to her sister," the much 
 debated expression will always mean "one wife to 
 
164 MIND IN MATTER. 
 
 another/' or a condemnation of polygamy. It is a mis- 
 take to suppose that the Jews are or ever were infallible 
 interpreters of their own Scriptures. Polygamists were 
 certain to accept the expression in its non-idiomatic sense, 
 and the modern Jews attach undeserved weight to the 
 opinion of these ancient law-breakers. The fact that not 
 only our Lord but Malachi treated polygamy from the 
 point of view of divorce, shows that the Law of Moses 
 came to he better understood even by the Jews. It is 
 in favour of the idiomatic interpretation, that so con- 
 strued the expression quoted is the only condemnation 
 of polygamy the Law contains. 
 
 GOVERNMENT. 
 
 The Government of Israel was theocratic on one side, but 
 on that very account represented the extreme of demo- 
 cracy on the other. With a code of laws so complete 
 that it must neither be increased nor altered, humanly 
 speaking the Government was an automatic democracy. 
 As in all ages and countries a considerable minority have 
 regarded democracy as the only condition of national 
 happiness, divine wisdom announced itself by making 
 the experiment at once. If not, the people would 
 have sighed for democracy as they afterwards did for 
 monarchy. Ill-balanced minds always gravitate to ex- 
 tremes. That it was only an experiment, and not a very 
 successful one, is made apparent by the constant refrain 
 of the inspired historians : " There was no king in Israel, 
 and every man did that which was right in his own eyes.'' 
 
GOVERNMENT. 165 
 
 No better proof of the realistic character of the records 
 could have been given. Where the absolute is not 
 strongly represented in Government^ the laws fail of 
 execution, especially against rich and influential criminals, 
 leading in the end to general demoralisation. A people's 
 ■Government becomes eventually the Government of the 
 moneyed class. In democratic countries every person 
 and thing is judged by a money-standard. Mammon is 
 the grand thing before which all other excellence 
 must fall and worship. The race for riches is the one 
 great emulation. Where a monarch is, on the contrary, 
 there is, at least, something above money that can keep 
 pelf in its place. A true monarch will honour the deserv- 
 ing poor if the whole world should stare. In the period 
 from Joshua to Saul, the Israelitish nation seems to have 
 given itself up to ease, "art worship," and money-making. 
 True, it was the period of individual heroism, and well it 
 was for a craven people who often yielded up their 
 patriotic deliverers, that God raised up miraculously 
 endowed men to paralyse the arm of oppression. When 
 the reins of power passed into the hands of Saul, he under- 
 stood his charge well when he acted on the faith that the 
 mercenary motive alone would bring them to time. He 
 killed an ox, cut it into pieces, and sent it through the 
 country with the command, " Thus shall it be done." 
 
 The literal truth of the Bible histories further appears 
 in the preparation made for the introduction of the 
 kingdom. God gave them a king in His wrath. No 
 doubt; God is very angry when the administration of law 
 is needed in any shape. It would be infinitely more 
 
166 MIND IN MATTER. 
 
 satisfactory if each person were a law to himself. The 
 divine anger did not alter the facts of the case. An 
 ideally perfect Government had been found by experiment 
 to be the very worst conceivable for imperfect creatures. 
 The special preparation hinted at was the following: — The 
 priesthood in Israel was made hereditary, because this was 
 the surest way to perpetuate its objects. Every priest 
 had a family as well as a tribal interest in maintaining 
 the true religion. The system worked well for a time ; 
 in a perfect world it would have worked well for ever. 
 Ultimately it failed, at the very source of its strength, 
 family-training. All are familiar with the story of Eli 
 and his sons. At this juncture Samuel was brought 
 forward, and became the "father of prophetism" by 
 founding the schools of the prophets. One system of 
 instruction had failed ; another must be tried. The 
 appointment of prophets took the exclusive divine 
 mediation out of the hands of the high-priest. Profane 
 history makes the propriety of such a change apparent. 
 A high-priest in Israel with full prestige would have 
 made a kingdom all but impossible. A Church with a 
 head is a power above the State, and a secret source of 
 chronic agitation. A monarch and a chief-priest in the 
 same city or country can only have their prototype 
 in the prenatal struggles of Jacob and Esau. On account 
 of the altered position of the priesthood, .David, probably 
 with much gladness in his heart, sang of another priest, 
 a Great neutral One, after the order of Melchizedek. 
 But the divine approval of monarchy was shown in other 
 ways than by preparing for it. The first great outburst 
 
GOVERNMENT. 167 
 
 of inspired genius after Moses took place, not merely at the 
 introduction of the monarchy, but in the persons of the 
 founders of the royal dynasty. David gave voice to the 
 gratitude of Israel in songs, having been assured that the 
 future universal King would be a child of the kingdom. 
 Solomon, by copious illustrations, proved the identity 
 of virtue and wisdom. He also wrote a remarkable 
 song to illustrate the variability of mental states^ 
 or the instability of religious joy under the Old Testa- 
 ment. 
 
 Only where the full light of Christianity shines can 
 even good government succeed. The imperfections of the 
 individual which make rule necessary, cleave also to 
 the monarch. The failure of the kingdom in Israel is 
 accounted for partly by its character : power being limited 
 only by divine action. When divine authority was 
 repudiated by the king, the worst possible form of 
 despotism remained. The honour awaited modern times 
 and Christian countries of devising a government 
 that satisfies all the conditions by reconciling liberty 
 and authority — limited monarchy. A written consti- 
 tution may be very admirable, but too abstract for 
 general administration. Authority is needed, if possible, 
 even more than law. The finding of the most enlightened 
 Christian nations cannot be opposed by Scripture as some 
 interpreters imagine. In the light of the fact that kings 
 and queens loom up covered with the honour of beneficent 
 deeds, amid the full development of the coming civilisation, 
 what can " I beheld till the thrones were cast down " refer 
 to, but the very changes occurring all over the world at 
 
168 MIND IN MATTER. 
 
 the present moment — the replacement of despotism by 
 constitutional monarchy 1 
 
 PROPHETS. 
 
 Prophets in Israel. — The remarkable tendency in 
 Israel to idolatry can be explained partly by the geogra- 
 phical position of the country. It was a narrow strip of 
 territory, surrounded on all sides and penetrated into by 
 little idolatrous nations, with whom each rising generation 
 came into contact, and was tempted, probably by system, 
 according to the wily advice of Balaam. It seems im- 
 possible for the young of Christian countries even, not 
 to adopt the religion of nations with which they mix 
 on equal terms, especially if it has the charm and prestige 
 of antiquity. The establishment of theism as the per- 
 manent faith of Israel by the extirpation of idolatry, 
 stands as an eternal monument of divine power and skill. 
 The theism of Mohammedanism was formed under the 
 shadow of Moses and Christ. The fatal Jewish proclivity 
 was often checked temporarily by calamities, predicted 
 and interpreted by the prophets. At length even the 
 prophets failed. Before the captivity, by large majorities, 
 they were on the side of wrong. On this account, no 
 doubt, before and during the captivity, priests were once 
 more called to the front. Both Jeremiah and Ezekiel 
 were prominently the antagonists of false prophets. 
 
 During many centuries the prophets confined their 
 literary work to the record of national events. For three 
 
 centuries before the cessation of prophecy they wrote out 
 
PROPHETS. 169 
 
 their predictions at length. In other ages a prediction 
 preceded the event briefly, the object being immediate 
 effect. The written prophecies were not only more signal, 
 but extended further into the future ; in most cases their 
 fulfilment could be determined only by future genera- 
 tions. Hence the necessity of committing them to writing. 
 When it is affirmed by '' criticism " that the prophets 
 made no predictions, it only confirms the surmise that 
 their writings have not been studied. Probably passages 
 have been quoted from the days of Saadias Gaon 
 without a glance at the originals. The records make 
 fulfilled prophecy the proof of a prophet's mission, 
 as well as of the foreknowledge of God. ^ It is true 
 that the books contain more than prediction; and 
 the acceptance of the other element was absolutely 
 demonstrative of its inspiration. The Jews have always 
 been a shrewd race. Think of persuading such a people 
 that books occupied with the abuse of their ancestors, 
 and written after the fulfilment of spurious predictions, 
 were written ages before ! or that a false Daniel or Isaiah, 
 appearing three hundred years after the death of both, 
 was the same man ! There is simplicity in the idea 
 that would create surprise, were it not known that the 
 speculative mind is often deficient in practical conception. 
 It may be replied that the Bible was the product of an 
 attempt by a clever nation to deceive the world. As a 
 people the Jews have always maintained a dignified reserve, 
 never making much effort to extend their faith. A 
 peoi^le wise as they would never have assumed such 
 
 ^ See Isaiah. 
 
170 MIND IN MATTER. 
 
 burdens to deceive, just as such burdens were an obstacle 
 to deception on their own part. Would a sensible people, 
 whose object w^as proselytism, have made initiation depen- 
 dent on circumcision ? Indeed, divine authority alone 
 could have forced the acceptance of such a rite by 
 themselves. The daughter of Raguel was probably only 
 one of millions who abhorred it. 
 
 Again, many of the most striking predictions bore 
 upon outside countries. The captivity was only part 
 of an extended effort to subjugate the world. The 
 prophets foredescribed the extent to which the design 
 would succeed, predicting the annihilation of many 
 countries, notably of Nineveh and Babylon. It was 
 impossible for an intelligent people to mistake the date 
 and character of such announcements. The fulfilment of 
 these with other forecasts accounts for the immortality 
 of the books. Apart from prediction, most of them 
 contain nothing but denunciation of the people that has 
 preserved them. 
 
 The Messianic Prophecies — The Messianic prophecies 
 occupy a very definite place. They are rays of light, 
 inspiring hope amid the darkness of despair. Before the 
 captivity the whole Jewish nation had lapsed into a 
 degradation from which there seemed to be no redemption. 
 Following the " social statical law " of humanity, the 
 law of lost equilibrium, they had fallen, like so many- 
 other nations, apparently to rise no more. Yet the 
 prophets persisted in announcing a grand moral future 
 for them. "' The darkness shall cover the earth, and gross 
 darkness the people ; but the Loed shall arise upon thee, 
 
PROPHETS. 171 
 
 and His glory shall be seen upon thee." It was through 
 Him, AVho has . brought perennial life to the modem 
 world. As the Being whom the prophets foreshadowed 
 was coming to do what human power had failed in, they 
 were consistent in never scrupling to address Him by 
 divine names, and to represent Him as the recipient of 
 divine honours. They did these things with the full per- 
 spective of the subject before them. They acknowledge 
 the unprecedented character of the undertaking — unpre- 
 cedented not only on earth but in the history of worlds, 
 "A new thing" is to be done paralleled to the creation 
 of a " new heaven and a new earth," and indeed greater^ 
 because the first passes away. They recognise the fact 
 that the coming of the King of Humanity would give the 
 earth a unique place in the universal system. When all 
 the predictions pointing out the Great Leader of the future 
 are laid side by side, they present a complete outline of 
 the life and life-work of Jesus of Nazareth. These pre- 
 dictions are easily singled out by the experienced eye, 
 pointing as they do to a Being of superhuman dignity and 
 power. The true source of scepticism is neglect of the 
 Scriptures. The Bible has an honest face that inspires 
 confidence. By a self-evidencing power it registers its 
 facts in the spirit of the student. The Septuagint^ as an 
 expression of Jewish opinion, on the meaning of the 
 divine books before the birth of Christ, should be studied 
 by all who are able to do so, its imperfections not- 
 withstanding. By inspired wisdom the apostles were 
 taught to value its findings, uniformly quoting it. 
 As an illustration of the insight of the Seventy, 
 
172 MIND IN MATTER. 
 
 we refer to the much disputed text, Psalm xxii. 16. 
 In the Hebrew it stands: "As a lien my hands and 
 my feet." In an attack by a lion, the hands and feet of 
 the prostrate victim would be extended and pressed in 
 self-defence against the animal. In rage they would be 
 seized rapidly in succession and perforated. The hands 
 'and feet of the prostrate Redeemer were pierced by His 
 enemies. The LXX. give the substance without 
 circumlocution. 
 
 Fulfilment of Prophecy.— The Messianic forecasts 
 were intentionally enigmatical, and scattered throughout 
 the Old Testament to prevent personation by an impostor. 
 The true Messiah would grasp the scheme of prophecy, 
 and realise it. Jesus of Nazareth is the Sun of Eighteous- 
 ness that illumines all, leaving no dark spot. The rejec- 
 tion of Jesus by the Jews evidenced their enthusiastic 
 faith in Moses, and confirmed His divine legation. Moses 
 condemned a man to death for gathering a few sticks on 
 the Sabbath day — Jesus commanded a man to take up 
 his bed and walk on the same day. This was enough. 
 At any rate, although the New Testament is founded 
 -on the Old, the Gospel cannot be attributed to Jewish 
 priestly collusion. By the arrangement of Providence, 
 the Enigma and the Key are held by opposing parties. 
 
 The present weakness of idolatrous nations is extant 
 proof of the commonest phenomenon presented in the 
 Old Testament. "When the Jews trusted in the Living 
 Ood, "one could chase a thousand;" when they wor- 
 shipped idols, they became an easy prey to their enemies. 
 Wherever the Jews go, they carry the following 
 
PROPHETS. 173 
 
 prophecy with them in one of their sacred books : — • 
 *' Seventy weeks are determined upon thy people and 
 upon thy holy city, to finish the transgression, and to 
 make an end of sins, and to make reconcihation for 
 iniquity, and to bring in everlasting righteousness, and to 
 seal up the vision and prophecy, and to anoint the Most 
 Holy. Know therefore and understand, that from the- 
 soins forth of the commandment to restore and to build 
 Jerusalem unto the Messiah the Prince shall be seven 
 weeks, and threescore and two weeks : the street shall be 
 built again, and the wall, even in troublous times. And 
 after threescore and two weeks shall Messiah be cut off, 
 but not for himself : and the peoiile of the prince that 
 shall come shall destroy the city and the sanctuary; and 
 the end thereof shall he with a flood, aiid unto the end of 
 the war desolations are determinedy ^ The same book 
 contains another most remarkable prediction : — " And 
 the kingdom and dominion, and the greatness of the 
 kingdom under the whole heaven, shall be given to the 
 people of the saints of the Most High, whose kingdom is 
 an everlasting kingdom, and all dominions shall serve and 
 obey him."^ Nothing but the jealousy of Christian 
 nations prevents this latter prediction from being fulfilled 
 in our own day, as the first was 1800 years ago. Of the 
 non-Christian nations it maybe said — "They are food for 
 us, their defence is departed from them." The Jews aro 
 not referred to in the passage, but those whom St. Paul 
 called " saints," — i.e., professing Christians. 
 
 1 Daniel ix. 24, 25, 26. " Daniel vii. 27. 
 
1V4 MIND IN MATTER. 
 
 THE NEW TESTAMENT. 
 
 The Gospel Message Suited to the Needs of Man.— If 
 
 the Jews of the gospel age had worked back to first 
 principles, tlie greatest blunder in history would have been 
 avoided. The Messianic promise had its starting-place in 
 sin and death. Conscience-stricken fugitives from God, 
 the first pair were examples of guilty proclivity. Whether 
 bloody sacrifice originated in Divine authority, or in 
 human dread, it equally expressed a want, pointing out, at 
 the same time, the direction in which relief was looked 
 for. The Pharisaic conception of the Messiah, however, 
 was inspired by national oppression, forgetful of the 
 fact that no form of civilisation, no political arrange- 
 ment, can reach the source of human woe. An emancipa- 
 tion so broad that every man "did that which was right 
 in his own eyes," once given, only made the Israelites 
 more wretched. Something else was needed — a freedom 
 founded in the love of God, and whose essential quality 
 is moral power. 
 
 Incarnation and Atonement.— Anciently, the demands 
 of conscience were expressed by sacrifices, sacred and 
 profane. When the Jew refused to offer animal sacrifice 
 to God, he generally ended by offering his children to 
 Moloch. Atheists, almost without exception, become 
 Buch to escape a God Who fills them with terror, the 
 changes being rung on the divine "cruelty." When 
 the conscience-troubles of an individual, or of a com- 
 munity, lead to scepticism, unless Christian light inter- 
 
THE NEW TESTAMENT. 175 
 
 pose, the ultimate landing-place is superstition, emanci- 
 pation from the findings of conscience being in all cases 
 impossible. The voice of conscience is the voice of God, 
 Who cannot leave His erring children alone. Moreover, 
 as the companionship of God alone can solace an immortal 
 spirit, when Cherubim with flaming sword block the way, 
 necessity, perforce, turns the appeal for happiness to 
 the creature. Thus, offended justice is also the occa- 
 sion of human passion. 
 
 The gospel of Jesus Christ goes to the root of the 
 matter, and grapples with the fundamental difficulty. 
 By the Incarnation, the awe-inspiring distance between 
 God and man is annihilated. As the source of dread. 
 Deity alone can still .the alarms of guilt. By the Incar- 
 nation, He stoops to conquer, and how low ! The magi, 
 led by the prophecies that also inspired Virgil, expected 
 the birth of a Great King. Where would the King be 
 born, if not in the palace of the King ? They appealed 
 to Herod, but found Him in Bethlehem, not in a palace, 
 but in a stable, and cradled in a manger. The humble 
 acts of a monarch inspire enthusiasm, and disarm fear. 
 By an Incarnation that blossomed in a life devoted to 
 the alleviation of human woe, and fructified in self- 
 sacrifice on the Cross, the Deity stooped to solicit gratitude 
 and affection. 
 
 The objective cause of the first promise fixed the object 
 of the Divine Epiphany. Christ came to cope with death, 
 a fact which also determined the character of His miracles. 
 By raising the dead, by removing any part of death in 
 an eye, an ear, or a limb, and the sickness that produces 
 
1/6 MIND IN MATTER. 
 
 death, He proclaimed Himself as the Resurrection 
 and the Life. The final object of the Incarnation was 
 Atonement. Death is a separation of body and spirit, 
 and not the annihilation of either. When the Deity 
 actually underwent death, the purpose must have been 
 tremendous. He prepared the way for a universal resur- 
 rection, by removing the guilty cause of mortality. 
 
 John the Baptist.— Very properly the last prophecy 
 of the Old Testament announced the Forerunner of 
 Messiah. Although John presented none of the signs 
 of a prophet — "he did no miracle" — his success was 
 unprecedented. The history must be unauthentic, if such 
 extraordinary success cannot be satisfactorily accounted for. 
 A few curious individuals might have gone out to desert 
 places to gaze on a wild hermit, who accosted wayfarers 
 with the command to repent; but the affirmation that 
 " all the country of Judea and they of Jerusalem " not 
 only went out; but accepted a new religious rite at the 
 hands of an unattested prophet, has a suspicious look. 
 Here another illustration of the consistency of scriptural 
 records presents itself. The early facts of the gospel 
 make the phenomenon perfectly comprehensible. The 
 prophetic silence of centuries was broken in the following 
 manner: — Zacharias, the father of John the Baptist, acting 
 by course as officiating priest, was detained longer than 
 usual in the temple. He reappeared speechless, the 
 people naturally inferring that something remarkable 
 had happened, that " he had seen a vision." What had 
 transpired came to the public knowledge, and when the 
 child was born, and his predestined name inscribed on 
 
THE NEW TESTAMENT. 177 
 
 a tablet, the speech of Zacharias was restored. The 
 matter created a profound excitement at the time. With- 
 in a space of six months the country was further startled 
 by the report that shepherds, warned by a vision 
 of angels, had come to Bethlehem and had pointed 
 out a Child, belonging to the lineage of David, and 
 born in a stable, as the long-expected jNIessiah. The 
 excitement was carried to a still higher pitch a few 
 days afterwards, when Wise Men came to Jerusalem 
 from the East_, declaring that they had been guided 
 by a meteoric light, and inquired about the birth of 
 the King of the Jews. As if to engrave the whole 
 occurrence in the memory of the generation, and give 
 it a terrible celebrity, the country was horrified by 
 the slaughter of the Innocents of Bethlehem. Little 
 did Herod dream that, by his murderous act, he was 
 preaching the gospel and preparing the way for its 
 success. When John appeared, just thirty years after- 
 wards, at the age when a Jewish prophet began the duties 
 of his office, the country was prepared to receive him. 
 
 Jesus the Christ.— The events that took place at 
 the birth of Jesus marked the entrance into life of a 
 Being inconceivably great. They are explicable on 
 this supposition. If heaven and earth were moved at 
 His coming, it was by the advent of a Person of match- 
 less dignity. And the providential commotion at His 
 birth was of a piece with all that had gone before. 
 The history of the world had been a preparation 
 for His advent. Announcements regarding Him had 
 
 been made from -the dawn of human life. The most 
 
 12 
 
1 78 MIND IN MATTER. 
 
 finished efforts of prophetic inspiration were hymns 
 sung in His honour by sweet singers of Israel. Even 
 the greatest of gentile poets had celebrated His praises. 
 If Jesus is the Incarnate Deity all this was as it should 
 have been. The fact sustains the announcements — the 
 announcements sustain the fact. The arrangements by 
 which tlie Son of God w\as heralded into human life 
 were prepared by a divine master of ceremonies, 
 and were perfectly in keeping with the event. The 
 object for which He came presupposed His Divinity. 
 It was to accomplish what all expedients, human and 
 divine, had failed to do. If Jesus effects what a law 
 heralded by the Deity from tlie top of Sinai, what 
 prophecy on the lips of men inspired with divine 
 eloquence, what philosophy presented by spirits the 
 mightiest among the sons of men, could not do — He 
 is more than human — -He is divine. 
 
 Christ's Victory inaugurated a New Era in the 
 Spiritual World.— Both John and Jesus began their 
 ministry by preaching the *' Kingdom of God." A more 
 definite idea could not have been presented in more exact 
 words. The authority of God had been overthrown, and 
 an empire of evil established. The power of Satan had 
 never been so demonstrative as at and before the 
 coming of Christ. The changes are rung on the super- 
 stition, or facility of belief in spiritual influence, common 
 throughout that age. Extreme superstition in the most 
 intellectually enlightened age of the ancient world is 
 a curious fact. The best explanation, certainly, is that 
 of remarkable spiritual manifestation. The fiict that 
 
THE NEW TESTAMENT. 17& 
 
 spirits are represented as occupying the bodies of men, 
 by possession has an evidential value. In a universe 
 of matter it may well be supposed that all souls are 
 created in an embodied state, and become disembodied 
 by the judgment of God. On this view the veri- 
 similitude of the New Testament is perfect. In con- 
 sistency with this, good angels always appear when 
 communicating with men, bad ones never. The demons 
 Scripture presents were wretched in a disembodied condi- 
 tion. ^' They walk through dry places seeking rest, and 
 finding none." They beg to be allowed the occupancy 
 of the bodies of swine rather than to be cast out into 
 the abyss. Embodiment was evidently a state conditional 
 to their happiness. 
 
 If man fell by the help of evil spirits, there is no 
 inconsistency in supposing that he can rise only by the 
 inward help of Divine power. This was symbolised by 
 the master}^ exercised by Jesus of Nazareth over human 
 dispositions, by casting out devils. If Satan originated 
 ruin, he will do his utmost to maintain it. Consis- 
 tently, he is represented as holding a multitude of 
 intrenched positions, and meeting the Son of God openly 
 at the commencement of His ministry. An open mani- 
 festation, in accordance with the uniform Divine policy, 
 was permitted, that Christ might openly and publicly 
 triumph over him. Satan was never allowed to do 
 wonders, except in the presence of Divine miraculous 
 manifestation. "Falling as lightning from heaven " meant 
 the annihilation of the power of visible manifestation in 
 fulfilment of an old oracle — " The unclean spirit shall pass 
 
180 MIND IN MATTER. 
 
 out of the land." ^ Involving an obliteration of the visible 
 entrenchments, therefore, complete victory makes the posi- 
 tion of the Christian controversialist a peculiarly difficult 
 one, inasmuch as he has to appeal to a state of things that 
 has passed away. For behoof of those who prefer Gentile 
 to Jewish testimony, by Divine arrangement the great 
 Oracles of antiquity belonged to the Greeks. The Oracle 
 of Delphi, both by its utterances and by their cessation in 
 the early gospel age, gave remarkable confirmation to 
 Divine Truth. The Pythian deliverances became very 
 intermittent after the birth of Christ, and ceased finally 
 in the time of the Apostles. A theory that supposes 
 intelligent men in enlightened countries like Greece and 
 JudcTa — Plato the philosopher, and Luke the physician — 
 to have been "born fools," must be a mistaken one. It 
 is imagined that the Jews by inexplicable dullness, 
 mistook ordinary disease for demoniacal possession. 
 That all sickness was not attributed to demons, pre- 
 supposes a principle of diagnosis in general application. 
 Possession was symptomised by superhuman manifesta- 
 tions. No known disease, ancient or modern, could 
 endow w^ith strength to rend the strongest chains, or with 
 knowledge to make supernatural announcements. In 
 Judsea, as well as in Greece, the presence of spirits was 
 detected by superhuman manifestation. 
 
 The Kingdom of God.— A kingdom is a monarchical 
 government. Its full idea embraces a king, subjects, laws, 
 instrumentalities, privileges, rewards, punishments. Jesus 
 
 ^ Zech. , xiii. 2. 
 
THE NEW TESTAMENT. 181 
 
 •commonly employed " the Kingdom " to denote some one 
 or other of its constituent parts, often only a particular 
 phase, as the manner of its coming or growth. He Himself 
 •was the King who went into a far country to receive 
 a Kingdom. The Kingdom of God is established in 
 the hearts of men in love by recognition of the 
 union of two thrones, as well as of two natures — the 
 throne of David and the throne of God, in the Person 
 of Him Who is at once the Son of David and the Son 
 of God. An object of the Incarnation is to annihilate 
 the distance between the created and uncreated Natures 
 hy the closest possible alliance. The infinite hiatus 
 must be felt in all worlds, and therefore the Incarnation 
 may have a universal bearing, a position abundantly 
 suggested by Scripture. At the moment of His birth 
 the Babe of Bethlehem was the object of angelic worship 
 — in illustration no doubt of the fact that He had come 
 to *' gather together in one, all things in heaven and 
 on earth." The Incarnation may have an important 
 bearing on other worlds in another direction. From 
 relatedness to Him who occupies the throne, the redeemed 
 humanity will constitute the royal family of heaven 
 in the ages to come. The logic of the subject suggests 
 this, and the idea is acknowledged by the inspired 
 writers. They are predestined kings and priests unto 
 God. Their deep experiences will fit them to rule, 
 and with special wisdom over newly created worlds. 
 What else can Jesus mean by saying "Be thou over 
 five cities," or "Be thou over ten cities.'' Taking 
 suggestion from Jesus, as he always did, St. Paul told 
 
182 MIND IN MATTER. 
 
 the Corinthians that they would "judge angels." Thus 
 the comprehensive ulterior purpose justifies the machinery 
 of Redemption. 
 
 The ministry of Jesus of Nazareth fully sustains the 
 preconceptions formed of the Messiah by the intelligent 
 study of the prophets. Wisdom flowed from Him as 
 from its fountain. Perfect compositions are the result 
 of efforts which few have patience to make. A prophet 
 had to await his message, and then delivered it like 
 a school-boy. Jesus spake with authority and without 
 dictation on subjects furthest removed from the range 
 of human thought. A question was asked and, without 
 premeditation, parable after parable was uttered, perfect 
 in idea and symmetry, and undying as the Eternal. 
 These parables are not the patchwork of two minds. 
 Their perfect preservation proves what might have 
 been anticipated, viz. — that a wise and great Teacher, 
 belonging to a nation which above all others knew the 
 value of written records, and who Himself in reality 
 treated tradition with disrespect, would not leave the 
 history of His own great life to the uncertainties of 
 tradition. 
 
 The Four Biographies of Christ— The sceptical posi- 
 tion in reference to miracles generally has fostered the 
 belief that Jesus of Nazareth was unprecedentedly un- 
 fortunate in His historians. While Socrates left a 
 Plato and a Xenophon to preserve his opinions, our 
 Saviour, while desirous of immortalit}^, failed in the 
 power of discerning character which distinguishes all 
 great minds, and produced no disciple able to record His 
 
THE NEW TESTAMENT. 1S3 
 
 life faithfully for posterity! In the disciples of His dis- 
 ciples, again, we are informed that he was still more 
 unfortunate. In fact, all epochs of Jewish history pro- 
 duced the same disappointing results. Moses, Elias, 
 Christ, great teachers of Truth, only succeeded in pro- 
 pagating lies. 
 
 On the contrary, what is the real state of the case ? 
 We find that Jesus Himself prepared two able biographers 
 among His closest followers ; while two disciples outside His 
 immediate circle, impressed by the wonderful facts, in- 
 vestigated the whole subject, and wrote independent 
 accounts. This is what might have been expected from 
 the impulse communicated by a great mind. The historians 
 of Jesus were all comparatively learned. St. Matthew was 
 a publican ; St. Mark, sister's son of Barnabas, probably a 
 Levite, while St. Luke was a physician. St. John's intimacy 
 with the High Priest indicated either that he had been 
 once a student in Jerusalem, or that he was a priest. 
 If both John and Peter were on one occasion characterised 
 as " unlettered," it was because St. John would have little 
 chance to interpolate his wisdom in the company of the 
 first spokesman of the apostolic group. 
 
 The three Gospels, known as "Synoptic," are inductive; 
 St. John's Gospel is deductive. Matthew, Mark, and Luke 
 feel their, way to the conclusion, and help others to feel 
 it ; John accepts the conclusion, and presents an Incarnate 
 Deity in action. The difference of style in the Book of 
 the Revelation is accounted for, not only by difference 
 of subject, but also by the fact that all powerful minds 
 have two strongly contrasted sides — the one calm, loving, 
 
184 MIND IN MATTER. 
 
 thoughtful, the other enthusiastic in its fervour. The 
 exile in Patmos, solaced by wonderful visions, reawoke 
 the Boanerges nature of the loving disciple. 
 
 The resemblances among the Synoptists can be ex- 
 plained in two ways: (1.) Very striking facts appear to all 
 in nearly the same way. When recorded at once, before 
 divergence has been created by interpolated thought, they 
 will be presented in almost identical form. That the 
 facts of the Gospels were jotted down at once, may be 
 surmised from the perfection of the parables. Like a 
 poem, a parable is a word-painting. The gospel parables 
 must have been recorded nearly verbatim. St. John's 
 Gospel, on the other hand, betrays reflection on the Per- 
 sonality and Life of Christ, prolonged till the parables 
 and all but the most striking miracles had folded from 
 memory. In all probability, this statement only suggests 
 the true explanation. If Moses recorded the transactions 
 of the day when the day closed, it would be strange indeed 
 if Messiah's great life were allowed to pass on without a 
 written record. Probably, minute day-by-day reports 
 were prepared from the time Matthew, the Publican, was 
 called. They would be written in the language of the 
 country, and would constitute the Hebrew Gospel of tra- 
 dition. These full reports would be to the biographers of 
 Christ what the Books of the Wars of the Lord, of Jasher 
 and of Iddo, were to the old historians. Like all other 
 histories, the Scripture histories may have been based on 
 carefully prepared Chronicles. The view here presented 
 agrees with the fact that the Gospels differ from each other 
 most at the beginning, before reports could be prepared. 
 
THE NEW TESTAMENT. 185 
 
 (2.) The other explanation of the unity of the Gospels 
 is, of course, the Unity of the Inspiring Sj)irit of God. The 
 style of all the Bible histories is nearly identical — indi- 
 cating One Author. Books of Prophecy and the Epistles 
 vary much more, because the truth was poured into the 
 mind of a writer as into a mould, and then expressed by 
 divine direction. 
 
 The Divinity of Jesus was manifested specially by 
 divine works. The Christian position has been weakened 
 by regarding miracles too exclusively as attestations. 
 Miraculous interference presupposes a necessity for it. 
 It is justified on the supposition of fatal injury to the 
 works of God, which creative power alone can repair. 
 Undoubtedly, many miracles were wrought to substantiate 
 the existence of divine interference. But what was the 
 object and necessity of such interference ? Miracles 
 would be nugatory if they failed to point out obvious 
 evils and manifest power to cope with them. This was 
 in a special manner the work of Jesus Christ, as 
 distinguished from that of all who had come before 
 Him. Others bad proved that they were prophets \ He 
 proved that He was a Redeemer. 
 
 To deny that overwhelming evils exist would be 
 impossible. To say that they result from the imper- 
 fections of nature, would be to admit what sceptics 
 wish to avoid by denying miracles. To say that the 
 woes of humanity can be removed by human instru- 
 mentalities, would be to negative the whole past history 
 of the world. Only in proportion as Christianity is 
 received do the miseries of mankind disappear. The 
 
186 MIND IN MATTER. 
 
 centre and circumference of the evils of the world are 
 in and around man. Wrong, diseases, tempests, earth- 
 quakes, droughts, deluges, pests — of all of them man is 
 the chief sufferer and the chief cause. That there is 
 such tremendous friction in the works of God should of 
 itself suggest the existence of free-will. Either the 
 Creator erred in making the machine, or man bungles ■ 
 in working it. Where a bungling will is certainly 
 involved, it would be gracious in man to own his fault, 
 Humanum est errare. The very distinction between 
 right and wrong implies a capacity for varied action. 
 Conscious wrong-doing has made every man a violator 
 of the highest law of his nature. Wrong and suffering 
 are correlatives. The Being who created man with the 
 power of distinguishing right from wrong, feels the 
 distinction and enforces it. 
 
 In the conception of the Evangelist, St. Matthew, 
 Jesus came to abolish wrong. His name is called 
 Jesus, because He saves His people from their sins. 
 He is exalted to grant repentance and the remission of 
 sins. The immediate effect of sin is felt in the spirit, 
 the immediate effect of its radiation in the body. A 
 sufficient number of bodily ailments are known to be 
 hereditary, and the hereditary effect of wrong-doing, to 
 establish by the Baconian method, the fundamental philo- 
 sophy of the Bible on the subject, viz., that disease and 
 death are results of sin. By rebuking disease in every 
 form, and by raising the dead, Jesus abundantly proved 
 His ability to cope with these results of evil. The out- 
 ward judicial and providential effects of sin are malaria^ 
 
THE NEW TESTAMENT. 187 
 
 atmospheric inclemency, storms, droughts, floods, earth- 
 quakes, &c. Science is suggested by the same Spirit 
 who filled Uri with signal mechanical skill, and is 
 confined to Christian countries. By science, human 
 life is being gradually lengthened, and many of its evils 
 checked. To display His power in the sphere of 
 meteorology, Jesus stilled the storm on the sea of 
 Galilee. The atmosphere is the source of all our 
 physical blessings. In providence Jesus has demon- 
 strated His power in this department, sufficiently ta 
 prove that, when the world has become Christian, many 
 of its calamities iwill cease. Famines are very uncommon 
 now, and especially in Christian countries, compared to 
 what they were in " the time of the Eoman Empire, or 
 in the early days of Egypt. It will be recollected that 
 an earthquake occurred at the very moment of Christ's 
 Death, and another at the moment of His Resurrection, 
 indicating control in a region of apparent lawlessness. 
 
 More marked if possible than the physical have been 
 the intellectual and moral effects of the gospel. By 
 awakening a thirst for knowledge it has I'aised the 
 nations to a higher level. No other institution has 
 fostered intelligence among the general public to an 
 extent at all equal. By inspiring an immeasurably high 
 ideal of life, it is slowly and surely elevating the masses 
 of Christian countries into a new moral sphere. The 
 gospel has made men less cruel and more benevolent, 
 witnessed by the abolition of slavery and of inhuman 
 amusements, as well as by mitigation of the severities of 
 war. It has inspired feelings of tender care for the 
 
188 MIND IN MATTER. 
 
 afflicted and unfortunate. At the Christian era the 
 ^' exposure " of infants and the aged was a common 
 practice among the civilised gentile nations; while 
 even in Judea a priest and a levite could pass the 
 bleeding victim of robbery by, and leave him to perish 
 at the wayside. The necessities of justice under the old 
 dispensations gave the Deity an aspect of severity — a 
 spirit that diffused itself throughout the world. It seems 
 that the example of an incarnate God alone could re- 
 awaken the impulse of kindliness. In morals, religion 
 is the mainspring of the human mind. What men's gods 
 are, they are, creating the natural necessity of an illus- 
 trious divine example. A great Being will demonstrate 
 his greatness by doing great things. Only one side of 
 the divine nature — the least attractive one — had been 
 put in relief in the primary dispensations. The conde- 
 scension of a Divine Personality, in living with men at 
 their own level, as a kind benefactor, revealed the other 
 side ; while His submitting to insult, and giving up His 
 life for them, in the interest of mercy as well as of 
 justice, revealing both, was worthy of a Being possessed 
 Rot of a quasi, but of real greatness. • The result has 
 been that millions of people in Christian countries have 
 come to cherish such a Being as an object of supreme 
 affection. Human religions have never done more than 
 Eaake Him an object of dread — steeling the heart against 
 sentiments of charity. 
 
 Divinity in Jesus was manifested by operating in His 
 own name by His own power. It was further demon- 
 strated by miraculous results following the mention of 
 
THE NEW TESTAMENT. 189 
 
 His name. The distinction between divine and demoni- 
 acal miracles was broad and clear. In many cases, 
 no doubt demoniacal manifestations were the result 
 of art, in all cases the object was mischief. Jannes 
 and Jambres intensified the woes of Egypt, as the 
 demons who occupied the bodies of men increased their 
 wretchedness. None knew better than the Power of 
 darkness that a divided kingdom must fall. Demoniacal 
 miracles, whatever their real character, were wrought in 
 the interest of mischief and falsehood. If miracles were 
 ever wrought to turn men from the truth, it was pre- 
 supposed that the truth had been revealed by proper 
 divine signs. The Pharisees could not cast out devils. 
 It was in sarcasm that Jesus put the question. 
 
 The power of Jesus was uniformly employed to 
 advance the welfare of men, no temptation being able 
 to make Him deviate from His course. Two miracles of 
 a destructive nature are recorded, whose wise purpose 
 it is easy to penetrate. As a divine Being, the Messiah 
 is judge of all the earth. In some way He must dis- 
 play both power and intention to execute judgment. 
 The Jews, while prohibited from using swine-flesbj. 
 kept the forbidden animal for sale to the Gentiles, 
 This gave Jesus His opportunity. The destruction of 
 the swine, by arousing the conscience, filled the country 
 •with terror. About the time of His death He gave 
 a striking proof of power and also of merciful self- 
 control. Instead of vindicating Himself by calling 
 legions of angels to His defence, He blighted a barren 
 fig-tree. For years after that leafless tree would be 
 
190 MIND IN" MATTER. 
 
 pointed out with awe as the one which Jesus blasted 
 by a word. Not petty spite, but the gentleness of divine 
 ■warning, administered by parable to moral obliquity, was 
 the lesson of the barren fig-tree. 
 
 The absence of any notice of the Pool of Bethesda by 
 Jewish historians is perhaps remarkable as an illustration 
 of the purpose to obliterate every evidence of the gospel. 
 Like all wonderful scripture stories, it has a way of 
 speaking for itself. The Pool of Bethesda must have 
 been the shrine to which the inveterate enemies of Jesus 
 resorted for cure. This is obvious, if the gospel story of 
 the power of Jesus is true. In his frequent visits to 
 Jerusalem He might have been invited to Bethesda. 
 There is no record of such a thing. Now, mark how 
 the story tells: — Jesus, as if conscious of the enmity to be 
 •encountered, visited the place incognito. Taking pity on 
 a hopeless cripple. He asked him if he wished to be cured. 
 The very person on whom this wonderful miracle of heal- 
 ing was wrought informed on his Benefactor, and brought 
 Him into the trouble that resulted in His death. 
 
 The divine consciousness of Jesus has been exhaustively 
 treated in the present age. Consciousness of divinity 
 made Him accept acts of worship refused by the most 
 €xalted creatures. Consciousness of divinity being com- 
 plementary, receives its value from the presence of all the 
 correspondences. It was associated with omnipotence, 
 omniscience, and a life grand and simple beyond concep- 
 tion. His life viewed in connection with His teaching, 
 which in Him were perfectly harmonious, suggests the 
 following summary: — 
 
THE NEW TESTAMENT. 191 
 
 (1.) He cherished the most exalted ideas of God, 
 teaching the futility of imagining it possible to do any- 
 thing whereby men could lay Ilim under obligation to 
 them. *' When ye have done all, say that ye are unpro- 
 fitable servants." Eternal life is a free gift for Christ's 
 sake. The power which Christ claimed to influence the 
 Deity places Him outside of the range of created 
 existences. 
 
 (2.) A more conclusive proof of divinity is the fact that 
 eternal life as a spiritual power is represented by Him as 
 having its source in Himself, flowing from Him through the 
 medium of the knowledge of His Person. This is the 
 principal idea of St. John's gospel, and especially of the 
 sixth chapter, in passages whose valuable import has nearly 
 evaporated through trifling discussions about the force of 
 figurative language. 
 
 (3.) He taught a religion of the heart, placing it in love 
 to God and men. When questioned by day or by night, 
 His words ever betrayed in Himself a heart fixed on one 
 grand aim — the glory of God in the good of men. From 
 this purpose He never deviated, even in thought. 
 
 (4.) Jesus was divinely wise in dispensing benevolences, 
 avoiding everything which could instil the idea that His 
 Church should be an alms-house. On one or two occa- 
 sions He fed multitudes who were overtaken in deserts. 
 Necessity was His rule in giving. The grand purpose was 
 to endow His disciples with a " sound mind in a sound 
 body," and thus fit them to help themselves. Here St. 
 Paul derived his principle that if any man "did not 
 
192 MIND IN MATTER. 
 
 work, neither should he eat ;" and his injunction that 
 every Christian should " provide for his own." 
 
 (5.) Negatively, Christ never interfered in politics, 
 and what is very unprecedented in a religious reformer, 
 never found fault with the amusements of His age. The 
 Jews had as much liberty as they deserved or were pre- 
 pared for. Discontent felt and strongly expressed is not 
 the only preparation for freedom. Jesus felt that there 
 was no reason why they should be an exception to 
 the providential purpose of unifying the world. By 
 rejecting Him, they refused the only condition of liberty. 
 Nor did He ever attempt to curtail the physical enjoy- 
 ments of men. He accepted invitations to suppers 
 and weddings, but never in any instance made 
 remarks on the methods chosen for enjoyment. In this 
 He displayed relationship to Him who has filled the 
 heart of every creature with bounding joy. 
 
 (6.) Jesus was capable of anger and of burning indigna- 
 tion. If He had not been so. He would not have been 
 man — He could not have been God. Patient with the 
 fallen. His severity was reserved for the self-righteous, 
 and especially for those who zealously jeopardised the 
 salvation of others. His severest maledictions were 
 directed against the leaders of opposition to His divinely- 
 established claims. Through these men, by an influence 
 which tells after eighteen centuries, six million Jews 
 suffer outside the pale of the Christian Church. Christ, 
 by prophetic glance, saw the destruction of Jerusalem 
 multiplied ten thousand-fold by the calamities of long cen- 
 turies, and the reflections that made Him weep at times 
 
THE NEW TESTAMENT. 193 
 
 filled Hiin with indignation in the presence of the men 
 responsible for ages of woe. His indignation was divine. 
 
 Such historical developments, hy illustrating the 
 expansive consequences of wrong-doing, give support 
 to the doctrine of eternal punishment, since retributive 
 justice involves the principle of equivalents. A chief 
 object of the final judgment must be to disentangle 
 and expose all the long-lived and ramified effects of 
 human action, that the justice of an eternal doom may 
 be clearly established. Arrangements that propagate 
 the results of wrong in unending reverberations^ proceed 
 on the incalculable enormity of moral evil. In provi- 
 dence the bad effects of sin, where they can be clearly 
 traced, are nothing short of infinite. 
 
 As a teacher Jesus was often severe. No other 
 prophet pictured the state of the finally impenitent in 
 darker colours. Preachers owe their most awe-inspiring 
 texts to Him. '^ Lost;" '' Weeping, wailing, and gnashing 
 of teeth," are warnings not of some rude fanatic, but of 
 the great Teacher Himself With omniscient eye He 
 follows the impenitent soul in its departure from the body, 
 and in eternity traces it up to the Day of Judgment, and 
 finally sees it depart from the last assize into " ever- 
 lasting punishment." Will gingerly workmen, " who 
 daub with untempered mortar," inform when an '' ever- 
 lasting" that dates from the judgment-seat will end? 
 Overwhelming motives alone are capable of influencing 
 the human mind in some directions ; and the majority of 
 men are not governed by considerations of the highest 
 kind. Let all who are interested in the maintenance of 
 
 13 
 
294 MIND IN MATTER. 
 
 order reflect that the mind of a nation is the crater of a 
 volcano not extinct. 
 
 • In fine, Jesus vvas altogether unselfish and free from 
 worldly ambition. Unlimited in resources, others absorbed' 
 all His care. A few days before His death, compelled by 
 hunger. He appealed to a fig-tree for means to relieve the- 
 wants of nature. At the cross, when the soldiers divided 
 His raiment among them, they relieved Him of all His 
 worldly goods. His widowed mother He cast upon the 
 charity of a disciple. This would have betrayed indif- 
 ference in any but One Who foresaw the future prepared 
 for her by His own celebrity. 
 
 Apart from inspired explanation, impenetrable mystery 
 surrounds the death of Jesus. Brave to a degree. He 
 advancedtoward Jerusalem in opposition to the advice of His 
 friends, so certain of death that an anointing by a grateful 
 disciple was pronounced by Himself a preparation for His 
 burial. When the expected hour was approaching, almost 
 impatient of delay. Ho exclaimed to the betrayer, '' That 
 thou doest, do quickly." Nevertheless, in Gethsemano 
 His brave spirit quailed, and His sweat was as it were 
 great drops of blood. Surely the authors of these records^ 
 so carefully prepared, would say nothing intentionally to 
 compromise their Master. A bloody sweat is not unknown 
 in cases of the intense mental agony of guilt. 
 
 The final scene on the cross was unprecedented. Even 
 Pilate was surprised by the speedy extinction of life. 
 " Is He already dead '? " It has never been forgotten — 
 and never will be— that suffering wrung from His lips 
 the exclamation: "My God, My God, why hast Thou 
 
THE NEW TESTAMENT. 1 D 5 
 
 forsaken Me 1 " Consciously God-forsaken in His last 
 moments ! Surely nothing but the necessity of truth 
 could have made the disciples represent a death by the 
 judgment of God. 
 
 It seemed to have been from principle the settled 
 purpose of Christ not to appear to His enemies after the 
 resurrection, while giving them the fullest evidence of 
 the fact. His verdict on a suppositive case of the kind 
 was, " If they believe not Moses nor the Prophets, neither 
 will they believe if one should rise from the dead/' The 
 first persons made aware of His resurrection were the 
 Eoman guard, and by the guard the Jewish Council. 
 The infallibility of Christ's judgment is seen in this 
 that, while one party gave, the other took, a bribe to deny 
 the fact. 
 
 The biographies of Jesus of Nazareth are instinct with 
 real life. They describe a Great Character constantly 
 adapting itself to external relations. Anyone acquainted 
 with the Jewish life of the period must feel that the cir- 
 cumstances are realistic. The writers are circumstantial 
 to an extreme^ while the life portrayed is ever deter- 
 mined by the surroundings. Neither the fiicts nor the 
 doctrines of the Gospels savour of a later age. The 
 opponents of Christ are the Pharisees, Sadducees, 
 and IJerodians, introduced with a total absence of any 
 purpose to chastise future antagonists. Had the 
 Gospels been written even at the close of the first cen- 
 tury, their complexion would have been altogether dif- 
 ferent. The books of the New Testament stand in suc- 
 cession — a fact conspicuous in the Acts of the Apostles. 
 
196 . MIND IN MATTEil. 
 
 The men who condemned Christ were the first to be made 
 aware of His resurrection. By the providence of God, the 
 guards on the tomb were their informers. This secured 
 a long immunity for the disciples. Till another party, 
 irritated by the doctrine of the Eesurrection — the Sad- 
 ducees — came to the front, they enjoyed the full freedom 
 of the Temple. 
 
 This part of the argument may be summed up in the 
 following particulars : — 
 
 (1.) The Peculiar Method by which Jesus necessarily 
 presented the Gospel would have been overlooked in a 
 future age. To a far greater extent than His discij^les, He 
 inculcated moral duty, as appears in the Sermon on the 
 Mount When men had come to Him, the preliminary 
 faitli was presupposed, giving Him the opportunity of 
 proceeding at once to tell them what He expected them 
 to do. "When Jesus presented the Gospel, strictly so 
 called, having to refer to Himself, He did so as the Son 
 of Man, and in parables, except in the presence of tbe 
 learned, where figures would have been resented. The 
 good father of the prodigal son represents Christ Himself. 
 
 (2.) " Preaching " in the Gospel Age.— At a very early 
 date " preaching" in the strict sense became obsolete. It is 
 not at all probable that inventors of a gospel, even at the 
 close of the first century, would have represented the 
 ''' herald's cry" as the Divine way of announcing the 
 Gospel. The method ceased to be so prominent even in 
 the time covered by the Acts of the Apostles, although 
 St. Paul retained the idea, if not the practice, to a great 
 extent. The " foolishness of preaching" expressed a real 
 
THE NEW TESTAMENT. 197 
 
 conception. No one now considers it a foolish thing to 
 dehver a learned religious essay before an audience; 
 whereas, if the most learned prelate in Europe went 
 to the streets with a " cry" on his lips, he would be 
 <' written down" mad. Jonah was an Old Testament 
 illustration of the Gospel method and its results. The 
 story of Jonah has great verisimilitude. If " preaching" 
 were reconstituted part of the ministerial function, there 
 would be many fugitive Jonahs. The cumbrous method 
 of the '' Salvation Army" is an attempt to put a substi- 
 tute for the old divine way of arousing the conscience. 
 A "preacher," in the old sense, with good voice and' 
 presence, would do more to awaken thought in a country 
 like India, in a year, than all the missionaries combined 
 have done in three-quarters of a century. As little at 
 the beginning of the second century as at present, would 
 impostors have thought of such a plan. The conceptioD 
 betrays divine originality. 
 
 (3.) Growth of Discipline — When the heathen began> 
 to enter the Church in considerable numbers, a necessary 
 caution had to be exercised in receiving members. Soon, 
 a long probation and catechetical lectures were in order. 
 By the Apostles, however, professors Avere received with 
 unsuspecting f\icility. On the Day of Pentecost three 
 thousand were converted and baptised at one time. At 
 a later date no one could have conceived such a thing. 
 When churches had been established, it was found neces- 
 sary, also, constantly to inculcate obedience to the pas- 
 torate. Except in the later epistles, however, nothing of 
 the kind occurs in the New Testament. 
 
198 . MIND IN MATTEPw 
 
 (4.) Contrast between tlie Apostolic writings and 
 those of the Fathers. — The New Testament represents 
 the Faith of the Apostolic Church alone. Almost before the 
 last Apostle had disappeared, important truths had slipped 
 out of the consciousness of the Church. Which of the Apos- 
 tolic Fathers seems to have had any supernatural know- 
 ledge — any knowledge by express revelation, such as was 
 vouchsafed to St. Paul — of the nature, objects, and results 
 of faith, or of the nature, objects, and results of the Atone- 
 ment 1 In passing from the perusal of the New Testa- 
 ment to the writings of the early Fathers, the mind is 
 filled with astonishment. To make this position tangible 
 is an easy matter. The New Testament has for ages 
 supplied two hundred thousand interesting texts for 
 weekly exposition by Christian Teachers. Pray, for how 
 long would the Apostolical Fathers supply two hundred 
 thousand interesting texts '? No other age except the 
 Apostolic could have prepared a Book which men have 
 investigated ever since, with its depths still unfithomed. 
 The Bible, like the Book of Nature, has an inexhaustible 
 suggestiveness.^ 
 
 (5.) The Eclecticism of the Gnostics presupposes 
 the leading gospel positions. They were attracted to 
 Christianity in the days of the Apostles by a supposed 
 accord with their own views. The movement pre- 
 supposed the following as articles of Christian faith: — 
 (a.) The evil of sin. (h.) The pre-existent Majesty 
 
 ^ The visions of Hermas are an example of uninspired Christian parables in 
 the Apostolic ages, and also of what the ])arables of our Saviour would have 
 been in the hands of an uninspired writer. Studied in this light, the "Visions" 
 are instructive. 
 
THE NEW TESTAMENT. 199 
 
 and miraculous power of Christ (c.) The Incarnation, 
 Death, and Resurrection. A seeming death and resurrec- 
 tion presupposed thercaUty. (d.) The power of Christ to 
 cope with evil in all its forms. 
 
 The early success of the Gospel. — The Jewish rejec- 
 tion does not disprove the miracles of Jesus, as His 
 •bitterest enemies never denied them. They excused 
 themselves by attributing works of divine benevolence 
 to Satanic agency. Their opposition is easily under- 
 stood. It began among the authorities of the nation, 
 awakened by the overwhelming authority of Jesus. The 
 •common people, or those accustomed to the yoke of 
 authority, heard Him gladly. The success of Christianity 
 also would have swept away the Law by which the priests 
 had their living. Moreover, the preaching of repentance 
 to a nation filled with the pride of sacred distinction, 
 awakened unmitigated hostility. But the Messianic pre- 
 diction did not fail. The opposition of the Jews was fore- 
 told. There must be two independent witnesses of divine 
 intervention. Had the Jews accepted Jesus as the Christ, 
 His scheme would have been ascribed to priestcraft. 
 
 At the same time Jesus established His ability to 
 fulfil the Messianic programme. Three thousand of the 
 <;rowd who stood before Pilate, and vociferated for His 
 death, were converted on the day of Pentecost. If they 
 were not His murderers, St. Peter's address was without 
 point. The conversion of Saul of Tarsus, the bitter 
 leader in persecution, at a later date, was also an illus- 
 trious example of His power. According to prediction, 
 the progress of Christianity would be gradual, like the 
 
200 . MIND IN MATTER. 
 
 working of leaver. Its divine character appeared at 
 oPiCe by success where priestcraft and philosophy had 
 failed — among the fallen masses. Particular forms of 
 Christianity prove their quality by the effect produced 
 on the "unequilibrated" multitude. 
 
 Except in some of the South Sea Islands, the initial 
 progress of the gospel has always been slow. Its moral 
 demands appear extravagant in the contrast of the non- 
 -christian mind. It is commonly believed that twenty-fiv® 
 years were spent in making the first Chinese convert. 
 Strange to say, progress is generally in inverse ratio to 
 the natural intellectual activity of a country. Philosophy 
 becomes the handmaid of religion only when it is forced 
 into servitude by superior illumination. If the intellectual 
 progress of the Augustan age constituted in part " the 
 fulness of time," it was not altogether by preparing 
 the way for the triumph of the gospel, but rather, 
 negatively, by illustrating its power in the moment of 
 victory. Scepticism in none of its forms and in no 
 country can be anything but a bar to the truth. The 
 scepticism of Greece and Rome, like that of all other 
 countries^ put up the torpid conscience as the normal 
 type, and required men to accept the crude mutterings 
 of moral death as the ultimate truth in religion. To the 
 Augustan philosopher, Christianity was " exitiahilis aupev- 
 ditio!'' On the other hand, if philosophy, " so-calledy" 
 educates the natural mind to lauiih at all rclidon as 
 superstitious — attachment to traditional forms, except in 
 Christian countries, always characterises the unthinking 
 -multitude. The common people of the early Christian 
 
THE NEW TESTAMENT. 201 
 
 ao-es formed no exception. If the scepticism of philosophy 
 reached any portion of the mass, or those above it, it did 
 not fit them for the new religion, but rather deadened 
 the conscience to reject it. God-fearing men, like 
 Cornelius, had little to do with philosophy, whereas 
 sceptics, like Festus, pronounced the faith of Christians 
 '' madness." 
 
 In addition to superstitious adherence to familiar 
 customs, there existed two barriers to the progress of 
 Christianity— the prestige of the religion of Rome, and 
 the ignominious death of Christ. It was the shrewd 
 instinct of natural reason that dictated death by cruci- 
 fixion as the surest way summarily to extinguish ths 
 claims of Jesus of Nazareth. If the calculation proved 
 abortive, it was by the intervention of facts, not only 
 unforeseen, but superhuman and supernatural. Among 
 the Jews the resurrection communicated an immediate 
 forward impulse to the gospel unprecedented in character. 
 It is not to be supposed, however, that distant and hostile 
 nations would accept the testimony of disciples to the 
 resurrection of a quasi criminal, and on account of it 
 adopt Him as an object of worship. In fict, the mere 
 suggestion would rather prejudice His claims, as the 
 general ridicule on j\Iars' Hill, when the subject w-as 
 mentioned, proved. Something else was necessary to 
 account for the great accession of converts, vouched for 
 by heathen even more than by Christian testimony. In 
 the year sixty-five " a multitude " of Christians were put 
 to death in the city of Rome, by the instigation of Nero, 
 if indeed he did not set the city on fire to compass their 
 
202 MIND IN MATTER. 
 
 destruction. A powerful factor in the city they must 
 have been, when an expedient like this was adopted to 
 ■get rid of them. The hatred of a wretch like Nero, is 
 understood in the light of the blood-thirsty conduct of 
 Herodias. In the year 107, Pliny's letter to Trajan 
 affords a still more signal illustration of progress. 
 
 The rapid advance of Christianity is made more inexpli- 
 cable, humanly speaking, by the fact that ''■ Jesus Christ 
 and Him crucified " were more prominent in the teaching 
 -of the apostolic Church than they ever have been since. 
 Instead of disguising the fact and method of death, 
 the Apostles made them the chief point in their 
 sermons. The result seems very strange. But if the 
 simple facts detailed in the Acts of the Apostles are 
 attended to, the matter will appear comprehensible enough. 
 Wherever the Apostles came, the prejudice against Jesus 
 was at once removed by the tremendous evidence of His 
 Divine Presence. ^^ In the Name of Jesus of Nazareth" 
 was a talisman by which the worst forms of human disease 
 instantaneously disappeared. At once He became accepted 
 by the grateful convalescent as Divine, the revulsion of 
 ■opinion being sudden and complete, which accounts for the 
 fact that Jesus Christ was far more prominently the object 
 of worship in the apostolic age than ever since.^ " They 
 sang an hymn to Christ," Pliny says. The very fiiith 
 which the Gentiles cherished in divine-human appearances, 
 reflections perhaps of the prophetic announcement of the 
 
 ^ It is not supposed, howevei-, tlicat the life of the early church was created 
 by miracles alone. The Head of the Church always co-operates powerfully 
 with powerful instruments. 
 
THE NEW TESTAMENT. 203 
 
 Incarnation, helped them in the full acceptance of the 
 truth. It is highly probable that the vast majority of 
 early converts were men and women who had been freed 
 from incurable maladies, together with their grateful 
 relatives. A Being with so much virtue in His name, 
 must have been crucified unjustly and for some great 
 providential purpose. 
 
 It was in harmony with the fact of miraculous endow- 
 ment that no pecuniar}^ provision was ever made for the 
 first missionaries of the cross — a fact sometimes advanced 
 by the ignorant for a sinister purpose. Men who could 
 give sight to the blind, hearing to the deaf, and health to 
 the feeble, could go forth anywhere " without money in 
 their purses" (Acts xxviii. 10). 
 
 When the writings of the New Testament are compared 
 with those ranked as spurious, their unique character 
 becomes apparent, and the sound judgment of the Early 
 €hurch endorsed by those endowed with any reasonable 
 measure of the critical faculty. In spite of characteristic 
 differences the New Testament, like the Old, betrays a 
 marked unity of style and of doctrine. Petrine and 
 Pauline antagonisms are the product of a " consciousness " 
 inspired by no friendly leanings to a Book, written by 
 several authors indeed, but harmonious in its views, and 
 lofty in its purity above other books. As a matter of 
 fact, St. Peter was the apostle who began to preach the 
 gospel in a form adapted to the Gentiles. The Epistles 
 of St. Peter might have been written by St. Paul, and 
 so far from condemning, they actually endorse "all" the 
 writings of the great Apostle of the Gentiles. Jewish 
 
204 MIND IN MATTER. 
 
 dissensions would have occurred in the early Church had 
 St. Peter never been born. Nor is it remarkable if 
 multitudes were unwilling to forsake institutions estab- 
 lished by the sanction of divine authority ; and especially 
 when there were doubts in the minds of all about the 
 extent to which reformation should be carried. None of 
 the Apostles imagined that by becoming a Christian he 
 had forsaken the Church of his fathers, nor that the frame- 
 work of the Jewish Church was unworthy of preservation. 
 St. Paul was taken prisoner while performing a vow in the 
 Temple at one of the annual commemorations. They one 
 and all seemed to aim at a reformation in which the altar 
 would be replaced by the Cross, and the S3'nagogues occupied 
 by a Christian ministry. This is the legitimate interpre- 
 tation of their whole conduct. Had the Jews as a nation 
 embraced Christianity, there is not the slightest reason to 
 believe that the revenues devoted to religion would have 
 been alienated or extinguished. Church reformers, espe- 
 cially those who create new sects, are commonly more dis- 
 tinguished as Church financiers than as theologians. The 
 Apostles avoided Church finance, not because the subject 
 could be ignored in Christianity, but undoubtedly with the 
 intention that the conception of the reformed Jewish 
 Church should be the model of all Churches. This point 
 involves a relation that cannot be overlooked in a work 
 on Theism, however brief The Being who inspires a 
 sense of property must cherish His own rights as 
 the Proprietor of the world. By providential arrange- 
 ment, corporate society bnrdens itself with the duty 
 of enforcing the civil rights of individuals. Is it 
 
THE NEW TESTAMENT. 205 
 
 possible that the Creutor has less of legal rigid in His 
 own world than any individual in it? — in other words, 
 has no legal proprietary right ? When a large minority 
 in any country ignore the claims of the Creator, tlie mis- 
 chief is not repaired if the deficiency is made good by the 
 liberal few. When the State neglects its duty as the 
 Trustee of the Proprietor, religion becomes an exotic 
 plant, kept from expiring finally by the artificial pro- 
 cesses of revivalism. On the other hand, enforcement 
 of divine rights by the State fixes attention emphatically 
 on the existence and proprietary rights of the Deity, 
 and thus becomes one of the mightiest instruments of 
 religion. 
 
 Taxation for religion has never been carried out to the 
 extent sanctioned by Scripture warrant. The result has 
 been very disastrous, especially in large cities. Men 
 learn to value what is enforced by the united wisdom of 
 society, especially when respect is paid to religious 
 prepossessions and legitimate tastes, which must be 
 allowed their exercise in freedom. 
 
 The history of St. Paul throws light on the age of 
 at least two of the gospels. When called to preach, he 
 refused to be indebted for information to the authorities 
 of the Church. Pride would forbid it. As a scholar 
 lie would appeal to books. By his own statement he 
 obtained his knowledge of the gospel from the revela- 
 tion of Jesus Christ. The gospels are not histories 
 so much as revelations. A history is a book of opinions 
 sustained by evidence. The writers of the gospels 
 express no opinions, simply photographing the mani- 
 
206 ■ MIND IN MATTER. 
 
 festations of their Master. 8t. Paul obtained his 
 knowledge either from the field notes of St. Matthew^ 
 or from his Greek gospel, which had been recently 
 published. By not considering himself man-taught he 
 evinced his f^uth in the inspiration of that gospel. 
 
 By easy equations it would be possible to construct 
 a Gospel out of the writings of St. Paul; perhaps a 
 keen critical instinct might detect in them the peculiar 
 forms of St. Matthew\ The study of the Epistles to- 
 the C^orinthians with this view will yield improving 
 results. The date of St. Luke's gospel can also be 
 fixed approximately. The book of The Acts ends 
 abruptly before St. Pauls trial by Nero — probably in 
 consequence of the death of Luke. His gospel had 
 been completed before the composition of the "Acts" 
 was begun. Without equations the epistles of the New 
 Testament could be almost constructed out of tho 
 express language of the Apostolic Fathers. 
 
 In addition to the well - ascertained writings of St. 
 Peter and St. Paul, four books give the New Testament 
 a rounded completeness — the Epistle to the Hebrews, by 
 expounding the meaning of the ancient rites ; the Epistle 
 of St. James, by inculcating the practical nature of gospel 
 "faith;" the First Epistle of St. John, by expounding the 
 principle of obedience ; and The Revelation of St. John, 
 whereby the New Testament, like the Old, ends with 
 extensive forecasts of the future, indicating a divine unity 
 of plan. 
 
 Two great outbursts of miraculous influence took 
 place in different ages. By arrangement, one was in 
 
DEDUCTIONS. 207 
 
 Egypt, the fountain of learning ; the other in the Eoman 
 Empire, in the Augustan Age. The great Author of 
 miracles knew the importance of investigation, and 
 courted it. In the presence of the one fact, that neither 
 the Jewish nor Heathen opponents of Christianity ever- 
 denied the miracles of the New Testament, but en- 
 deavoured to present offsets to them ; in the presence of 
 the other fact, that before the lapse of four centuries the- 
 Eoman Empire had become Christian — the carper at the 
 evidences of Christianity is not aware how small he looks^ 
 If a w^orldly people like the Romans forsook their gods, 
 yielded their cherished national sports, and devoted one 
 day in seven to celebrate the triumphs of a crucified Jew,, 
 all generations of men to the very last may safely rely on 
 the fundamental facts. A system of religion that has 
 led the civilisation of the world for ages, and still 
 continues to lead it at the close of the nineteenth 
 century, cannot possibly have originated in falsehood 
 and superstition. 
 
 DEDUCTIONS. 
 
 In nature everything accords with the teaching of the 
 Book of Genesis. Marks of Mind on the elementary 
 materials of the world demonstrate Creation. If in- 
 organic matter never becomes organic, and organisms 
 never pass into alien forms, then living structures were 
 organised by the Creator, and succeed each other " after 
 kind." The framework of the earth by its purposeful 
 conformation evinces control in its establishment ; and 
 
208 MIND IN MATTER. 
 
 there are not wanting very convincing indication of 
 Moods. We now point out additional facts that 
 sustain positions more strictly evangelical : — 
 
 (1.) The Lawgiver stands above his own Laws.— 
 The fixed departments of nature have occupied attention 
 rather than those which betray lawlessness, instead of 
 law. Throughout large domains the movements of 
 matter arc regulated and fixed ; in others the greatest 
 irregularity prevails. The forces by their correlation 
 produce a multitude of beautifully coordinated and 
 fixed results. At the same time, nature does not every- 
 v/here move with the regularity of clockwork, the 
 variations appearing in cycles, and thus betraying 
 natural causes. It is impossible to forecast the direc- 
 tion and force of the wind, beyond twenty-four hours 
 in advance, and not even then without the risk of 
 failure. The uncertainty of the weather is so familiar 
 that its exceptional character is unmarked. The bodies 
 which constitute the solar system return in cycles 
 to the same relative positions, and corresponding 
 atmospheric cycles might reasonably be expected. All 
 attempts to detect such cycles, however, have failed 
 —a fact that properly suggests to religious minds the 
 possibility of interference by superior beings. Much 
 has been said in the present age about " Law," as of 
 something hidden from the duller intellect of former 
 generations. On the contrary, the major operations of 
 nature were as patent to our ancestors as they are to 
 ourselves. If they did not discover fixed laws in the 
 element in which they lived, moved, and had their 
 
DEDUCTIONS. 209 
 
 being, neither can we. Annual forecasts are as liable 
 to make tbe "weather prophet" an object of ridicule, 
 as they were two thousand years ago. In nature, as in 
 a building, there is an immovable framework, but there 
 are also parts made to be moved. There are '^windows 
 in heaven." The motion of the heavenly bodies is 
 fixed ; the clouds are curtains which the Proprietor moves 
 at will. When inspired writers declare that He does 
 move them, denial is assertion without a shadow of 
 evidence. The instability of atmospheric phenomena 
 gives large sanction to Christian Teaching on the answer 
 to prayer. 
 
 The physical cause of motion in atmospheric changes 
 is undoubtedly in the sun. The perpetual solar fires must 
 be maintained by bringing the unburnt materials of the 
 nucleus to the surface. Like other fires, the sur];fires 
 need to be stirred. When large amounts of the raw 
 material of heat and light are brought up, they appear 
 as '^ spots." As there is no known law by which cold 
 matter can be brought to the surface from the unfused 
 depths we probably stand in the presence of immediate 
 divine action. In the same sphere, the supernatural was 
 encountered in explaining the formation of the earth's 
 crust. As the moon is a perpetual illustration in the 
 school of na.ture of the reign of law, the sun is probably 
 an illustration of what law can 7iot do. 
 
 (2.) Divine Intervention in Human Affairs. — The 
 
 Atmosphere is one department in which the Divine Being 
 
 operates in governing the world. There are other two — 
 
 those of life and of mind. He controls life and death, 
 
 14 
 
210 MIND IN MATTER. 
 
 and the free-will of every creature, and in these spheres? 
 also there is the same exhibition of law and lawlessness. 
 Uncertainty always hangs about the destiny of germs. 
 The Hebrew writers call God the Father of Spirits, 
 In presence of the claim, wise men are silent, 
 because the cloud in which the subject is enveloped, 
 may be the mysterious darkness in which the Great 
 Operator delights to hide Himself In the jegion of 
 Mind ■ the ■' relation between the law of suggestion and 
 the- suggesting mind, and between thought and its 
 legislative and executive decisions, has not been so 
 exhaustively determined as to exclude the possibility of 
 interference by other minds. ■ Uncertainty marks every 
 reo-ion in which providential action is claimed. Did 
 interference not take place, is it not probable that the 
 fixity, characterising other departments would be found 
 in these also? '^ That vital and other statistics are com- 
 paratively uniform, does not necessarily exclude divine 
 interposition. ' A Being' who delights in fixed rules 
 will guide Himself by rule in His isolated acts. Inter- 
 ference in the atmosphere is perfectly consistent with 
 an equal annual rainfall. The uncertainty will connect 
 itself with the times of precipitation. In like manner, 
 a fixed number of births and deaths is consistent with 
 providential determination. In a time of threatened 
 pestilence, a number of years ago, considerable amuse- 
 ment was created among the thoughtless by an answer 
 given to Christians who requested the authoritative 
 appointment of a day of fasting. They who undertake 
 to lauf^h at the faith of Christians are in danger 
 
DEDUCTIONS. 211 
 
 of becoming objects of ridicule themselves. If the 
 germs of an epidemic find their way into the atmos- 
 phere, He Who controls the winds can limit, or expand, 
 or direct the evil. Only by extending sanitary regula- 
 tions to all the localities where epidemics are born, can 
 they be uprooted. . . 
 
 (3.) The Existence of the "evil one" — Interference 
 in the human mind by malignant spirits is especially 
 obnoxious to the thinking of. the present- age. Whether 
 ideas adopted from foreign countries sanction or not^ true 
 science does not sanction, this tendency. It is impossible 
 to comprehend the philosophy of the history of a single 
 day without taking such . influence into account. We 
 meet; everywhere/the ' plain j fact — not that men do ill 
 only,- but .that they do: incomprehensible things, involving 
 intense folly as " well as wrong. Where the inspired 
 writers postulate malignant influence, it is the only ex- 
 planation. The Fall and the Betrayal may serve for 
 illustrations. The explanations worked into the narra- 
 tives afford the only possible philosophy of the subject. 
 For ages men have puzzled themselves to excogitate a 
 natural > explanation of such strange actions. The best 
 explanation ever to be found is the one given, viz., that 
 " the devil entered into " them. The assassin of the late 
 president of the United States had little doubt about his 
 inspiration. Nor had many others. He only mistook 
 the person. Deeds are done every day that reveal 
 malignant spiritual influence, as really as disturbance in 
 the motion of a planet has sometimes revealed the influence 
 of an unknown body operating from the distant heavens.? 
 
212 ' MIND IN MATTER. 
 
 (4.) Personal Revelation a Necessity. —The Universe 
 is the Titanic effort of a Spirit to reveal himself. The 
 result, grand as it is, may not obviate the necessity of 
 other efforts. Beings in existence at the commencement 
 of the present order of things, who witnessed the pano- 
 rama of miraculous effects, have evidence of a Deity not 
 possessed by those who only see results, and who become 
 so familiar with them before the reasoning powers are 
 awakened, as to mistake them for the absolute. That 
 men deny God is an open proof of the need of further 
 lio,ht. The force of habit is an obstacle that frustrates 
 the object of creation, and makes a breaking in on the 
 course of nature necessary. When Moses presented him- 
 self to Pharaoh in the name of Jehovah, Pharaoh knew 
 no such person. Such ignorance in the greatest monarch 
 on earth made the miraculous plagues of Egypt a clamant 
 necessity. Miracles demonstrate a power outside of 
 nature, able to operate on it, and therefore reveal 
 God. A Being Who created a Universe to make Himself 
 known will interfere to make the purpose effective. A 
 miracle is merely supplementary., Even incarnation is 
 not an incredible thing; nor has it appeared so to the 
 normal human mind. The gods of the ancients w^ere 
 often represented in human form. Manifestation of a 
 Spirit by effects alone may fail to produce a permanent 
 conviction of His existence — have failed, in fact. Some 
 method of personal revelation is necessary. To effect this, 
 He must assume form. The compound nature of man 
 affords a model and a method. Man is a spirit, revealed 
 in another nature. Miracles w^orked by a Divine Being 
 
DEDUCTIONS. 213 
 
 in human nature, in His own name^, reveal His divine 
 Personality. The inhabitants of a heathen city felt 
 a presentiment like this when they called Barnabas 
 "Jupiter/' and Paul "Mercurius." It is remarkable that 
 the " fishermen of Galilee," when resolving to represent 
 God Incarnate, should have been able to seize the grand 
 peculiarity of divine action, and carry it so consistently 
 through the life of Jesus. In the histories, He is ever 
 presented as operating by simple fiat. "He said," and 
 it was done. It was His peculiar mode of action that 
 gave surpassing dignity to the life of Jesus of Nazareth.- 
 If His disciples believed Him to be divine, they made, 
 at least, no mistake in carrying out the idea. 
 
 (5.) Undesigned Evidence. — In the form of an 
 omission, the Gospel narratives exhibit an undesigned 
 evidence that may be worthy of notice. The silence of 
 contemporary history on the miracles of the New Testa- 
 ment has often received attention : the Gospel histories 
 are silent in a direction equally remarkable. Modern 
 physicians have peradventure received as much benevolent 
 impulse from Christianity as any other class of men. 
 The physicians of the Gospel age were utterly un- 
 scrupulous and selfish. It was no exceptional thing 
 to exact remuneration — not only when their pre- 
 scriptions did no good, but when they had resulted in 
 positive harm. The evangels tell of poor people who had 
 spent " all their living on physicians " for years, and 
 were nothing better, but rather grew worse. Such 
 unprincipled exactors would be the natural enemies of a 
 man who took their bread from them by drying up the 
 
214 MIND IN MATTER. 
 
 sources of their unjust gains. The achievements of Jesus 
 would be watched with jaundiced eyes for indications of 
 failure or imposture. Unexpectedly, the physicians are 
 silent. All other guilds are represented as, sooner or 
 later, meeting Christ in open hostility; the class that 
 included the best judges of His miracles remained 
 silent in the background. The cures effected were so 
 real and overwhelming that the whole medical world 
 of the day was struck dumb. The omission of any 
 reference to the physicians, in each of the four Gospels 
 would scarcely have suggested itself to impostors of 
 after-days . in attempts to magnify a hero. It is the 
 more noteworthy in men who seemed to take delight in 
 picturing the opposition which He met and overcame. 
 One solitary physician comes to the front, and reports 
 himself. It was he who wrote one of the Gospels and 
 the book of the Acts. Luke was a very proper judge 
 of miraculous cures. 
 
 (6.) The Principles of Atonement Universal. — There 
 is no reason why Incarnation should be considered an 
 incredible thing. The Deity might become incarnate in 
 the way of assuming an incognito. It is the objects 
 contemplated that create the strain, especially an 
 Atonement. Yet atonement is not a foreign idea 
 imported into the range of thought by the Hebrew 
 writers. Human life is full of it. In the atonement, 
 the Divine Being simply avails Himself of a law 
 of nature to work out the objects of its laws. At 
 the very dawn of existence, we associate physical penalty 
 ^ivith wrong. With evident intention, society is so con- 
 
DEDUCTIONS. 215 
 
 stituted that the innocent must suffer for the guilty. 
 Wrong, in its very essence, is that the guilty involve 
 the innocent in suffering. The murderer is guilty — 
 the murdered innocent. If the guilty could exhaust 
 the penalty of his own crimes, how very unjust 
 the constitution that extends the consequences to 
 others! The sins of a parent bring disgrace and 
 suffering on all who partake of his blood. The solidarity 
 of the family may be wrong in principle; nevertheless, 
 it is nature, and involves the fundamental principle of 
 atonement. It involves two ideas: First, that the 
 sufferings of a criminal are not adequate to meet the 
 demands of natural justice; second, that others may be 
 seized and compelled, to share the penalty. The crime 
 of the first sinners of mankind has spread itself over the 
 race. It seizes every child of man as he enters the 
 world, demanding satisfaction from him. When the Son of 
 God became man, Ke entered into the solidarity of the 
 human family, thus placing Himself in the sweep of the 
 avenging justice that has filled the w^orld with woe. The 
 Divine Being in human nature is the King of men, and 
 as such, their head and representative. His overwhelming 
 personality, surpassing infinitely in greatness the per- 
 sonality of the combined race, submitting to obedience 
 and death, satisfied the demands of justice. 
 
 The statement contained in the last sentence impinges 
 on a subject disputed among Christians, and makes 
 an explanation necessary. In the conception of the 
 inspired writers, the atonement was universal in some 
 respects. The Incarnate nature is the nature of all men. 
 
216 MIND IN MATTER. 
 
 One of its grand achievements is a general resurrection 
 from tlie dead. The sentence which consigns men 
 to the grave would keep them there. There is no 
 adequate reason for a general resurrection other than a 
 general atonement. 
 
 On the other hand, the inspired writers represent the 
 Atonement as limited. Like many precious things, the 
 Atonement has a shell and a kernel. It has two qualities, 
 giving birth to two powers — physical and spiritual. To 
 Jesus, His crucifixion w^as the symbol of rejection by 
 Jews and Gentiles. In. His last hours, His mind naturally 
 reverted for consolation to His followers — those who 
 had believed and who would believe. In them He saw- 
 joyfully that His sufferings were not in vain. Amid a 
 seething mass of mocking enemies, the present accep- 
 tance of Him by many, and the ultimate acceptance 
 by multitudes, would be the grand sustaining source of 
 consolation. His interest and purpose would be centred 
 on the faithful of the ages. His last prayer confirms 
 the surmise. Perfect in knowledge as in Piety, His 
 thoughts revert also to the origin of faith, and in 
 gratitude to God He speaks of believers as those who had 
 been "given Him." Thus, one of the Old Testament 
 types was fulfilled. The High Priest, when presenting 
 the blood of Atonement, wore the breastplate, on which 
 were engraven the names of the Tribes. On the priestly 
 heart of Christ, in His dying hours, were engraven the 
 names of the Israelites indeed of every age. In this 
 . way the statement was fulfilled, " I lay down my life for 
 the sheep." 
 
DEDUCTIONS. 21 V 
 
 (7.) Society has. its Root in the Bivine Nature. — 
 
 Society is the most iterated idoca in tlie world of life. From 
 the smallest to the largest, all creatures live in society. 
 This gregariousness has its origin in the mode by which 
 living beings come into existence. A dependent life must 
 be a social one. The universal interdependence of living 
 natures is evidently an expedient to create societies. The 
 social life of nature is ground for a legitimate inference as 
 to the nature of God. A solitary being would impress 
 his loneliness on everything he made. Isolation would 
 be the law of the universe. To be happy, an isolated being 
 must be without social affection. A Being with infinite 
 social characteristics, living alone in eternity, with no 
 coequal object to fill His affections, would be infinitely 
 miserable. Society being the order of nature, must be 
 the law of the Divine Nature. A Being Who does not 
 make a living creature anywhere except in society, must 
 be a Society Himself. 
 
 In his addresses to the primitive Irish, Saint Patrick 
 aptly employed the three-leaved clover to illustrate the 
 Unity of Nature and Plurality of Persons in the Deity. 
 The principle might have been generahsed. The majority 
 of living substances start into being in unity, and then 
 branch into plurality, A fact so common must have its 
 root in the fundamental relations of being. The sugges- 
 tion is sustained by inspired statements. One at least of 
 the Divine Persons is denominated " The Branch," un- 
 doubtedly, in some instances, to mark His relative position 
 in the Divine Essence. Sometimes this Person is de- 
 scribed as the " Arm," and at other times as the " Hand " 
 
218 MIND IN MATTER. 
 
 of Jehovah. These members are of the nature and are in 
 the solidarity of the human body. The Son of God is of 
 the Nature and is in the solidarity of the Divine Essence, 
 eternally begotten, but begotten every moment because 
 occupying an unchanging relation : " This day have I 
 begotten Thee." 
 
 Because Jesus Christ is Divine as well as human, the 
 Gospel can be put to the test by experiment. The real 
 ground of conviction, in the case of every true Christian, 
 is experience, and not an uncertain logical process. If he 
 employs logic, it is to show that reason is consentaneous 
 with faith. When Nathaniel expressed a doubt whether 
 any good thing could come out of Nazareth, Philip did 
 not argue the case with him, but simply said : " Come and 
 see." If Jesus is Divine as well as human, He is as near 
 to all as He was to the disciples on the shores of Galilee. 
 We say to all doubters, in like manner : " Come and see ! " 
 In His own conception Christ is a Vine, ramifying 
 throughout the earth, and coming into contact with the 
 " living branches " everywhere, inspiring the vigour of a 
 new and happier and nobler life, the Foundation of a 
 Temple whose corner stone was laid in Eden, whose four 
 walls embrace the ends of the earth, and into whose 
 superstructure the great and the good of the ages have 
 been placed as living stones. Other foundation of restful 
 comfort can no man lay. The conditions of Salvation He 
 has made "easy" to those conditioned to receive it. 
 He came to save "the lost," or such as are wandering in 
 conscious separation from the Spiritual Centre, depressed 
 by the associated sense of guilt and misery. He presents 
 
DEDUCTIONS. 219 
 
 Himself as at once the Eeconciliation and the Reconciler, 
 by meeting the demands of the guilty conscience, and by 
 being in Himself the Divine Attraction. Let the weak, 
 and the burdened, and the weary put Him to the test. 
 When honestly made, the experiment never fails of success. 
 The Humanity of Christ is the meeting-place of God and 
 men. Prayer to the Father is accepted only when directed 
 to Him as in Christ. St. Augustine called special atten- 
 tion to this fact,^ establishing his view by quotation from 
 St. John xiv., "I am in the Father, and the Father in 
 Me." " He that hath seen Me, hath seen the Father/' 
 " I am the Way and the Truth and the Life ; no man 
 cometh to the Father but by Me." " I and the Father are 
 One." 
 
 ^ St. Augustine Confessions. 
 
CATALOGUE 
 
 OF 
 
 STANDARD WORKS 
 
 PUBLISHED BY 
 
 CHARLES -GRIFFIN & COMPANY. 
 
 PAGE 
 
 I. — Religious Works, i 
 
 II. — Scientific „ 6 
 
 III. — Educational „ i8 
 
 IV. — Works in General Literature, . . .23 
 
 LONDON: 
 12 EXETER STREET, STRAND. 
 
NOTICE. 
 
 New Issue of this Important Work — Enlarged, in part Re-written, and 
 thoroughly Revised to date. 
 
 Nineteenth Edition, Royal 8vo. Handsome Cloth, i os. dd. 
 
 A DICTIONARY OF 
 
 DOMESTIC MEDICINE AND HOUSEHOLD SURGERY, 
 
 BY 
 
 SPENCER THOMSON, M.D., Edin., L.R.C.S., 
 
 REVISED, AND IN PART RE-WRITTEN, BY THE AUTHOR, 
 
 AND BY 
 
 JOHN CHARLES STEELE, M.D., 
 
 Of Guy's HosriTAU 
 
 With Appendix on the Management of the Sick-room, and many Hints for the 
 Diet and Comfort of Invalids. 
 
 In its New Form, Dr. Spencer Thomson's " Dictionary of Domestic Medicine" 
 fully sustains its reputation as the "Representative Book of the Medical Knowledge and 
 Practice of the Day" applied to Domestic Requirements. 
 
 The most recent Improvements in the Treatment of the Sick— in Appliances 
 for the Relief of Pain— and in all matters connected with Sanitation, Hygiene, and 
 the Maintenance of the General PIealth — will be found in the New Issue in clear 
 and full detail ; the experience of the Editors in the Spheres of Private Practice and of 
 Hospital Treatment respectively, combining to render the Dictionary perhaps the most 
 thoroughly practical work of the kind in the English Language. Many new Engravings 
 have been introduced — improved Diagrams of different parts of the Human Body, and 
 Illustrations of the newest M dical. Surgical, and Sanitary Apparatus. 
 
 *^* All Directions given in such a form' as to be readily and safely followed. 
 
 FROM THE AUTHOR'S PREFATORY ADDRESS. 
 
 " Without entering upon tliat difficult ground which correct professional knowledge and educated 
 judgment can alone permit to be safely trodden, there is a wide and extensive field for exertion, and for 
 usefulness, open to the unprofessional, in the kindly offices of a true DOMESTIC MEDICINE, the timely 
 help and solace of a simple HOUSEHOLD SURGERY, or, better still, in the watchful care more generally 
 known as ' SANITARY PRECAUTION,' which tends rather to preserve health than to cure disease. 
 ' The touch of a gentle hand ' will not be less gentle because guided by knowledge, nor will the sa/e domestic 
 remedies be less anxiously or carefully administered. Life may be saved, suffering may always be alleviated. 
 Even to the resident in the nuast of civilization, the ' KNOWLEDGE IS POWER,' to do good ; to the 
 settler and emigrant it is INVALUABLE." 
 
 "Dr. Thomson has fully succeeded in conveying to the public a vast amount of useful professional 
 knowledge. "- -Z'»^/i'» Jotirna of HI cduat Science. 
 
 " The amount of useful knowledge conveyed in this Work is surprising." — Medical Titnes and Gazette. 
 "Worth its weight in gold to families and the clergy." — Oxford Herald. 
 
 LONDON : CHARLES GRIFFIN & CO., Exeter Street, Strand. 
 
CHARLES GRIFFIN & COMPANY'S 
 
 LIST OF PUBLICATIONS. 
 
 RELIGIOUS WORKS. 
 
 ALTAR OF THE HOUSEHOLD (The) ; a 
 
 Series of Prayers and Selections from the Scriptures, for Domestic Wor- 
 ship, for every Morning and Evening in the Year. By the Rev. Dr. 
 Harris, assisted by eminent Contributors, with an Introduction by the 
 Rev. W. Lindsay Alexander, D.D. A^e-io Edition, entirely Revised. 
 Royal 4to, with Steel Frontispiece. Cloth, gilt edges, 22/. 
 Illustrated with a Series of First-class Engravings on Steel, 28/. 
 
 May also be had bound in the following styles : half-bound calf, marbled 
 edges ; and levant morocco, antique, gilt edges. 
 
 ANECDOTES (Cyclopedia of Religious and 
 
 Moral). With an Introductory Essay by the Rev. George Cheever, 
 D.D. Thirty-fourth Thousand. Crown 8vo. Cloth, 3/6. 
 
 *»* These Anecdotes relate to no trifling subjects ; and they have been selected, not 
 for amusement, but for instruction. By those engaged in the tuition of the young, they 
 will be found highly useful. 
 
 BIBLE HISTORY (A Manual of). By the Rev. 
 
 J. Wyclii'FE Gedge, Diocesan Inspector of Schools for Winchester. 
 Small 8vo. Cloth, neat, 7d. 
 
 " This small but very comprehensive Manual is much more than a mere summary of 
 Bible History." —Chiirc/i Sunday School Magazine. 
 
 BUNYAN'S PILGRIM'S PROGRESS. With 
 
 Expositoiy Lectures by the Rev. Robert Maguire, Incumbent of St, 
 Olave's, Southwark. With Steel Engravings. Second Edition. Im- 
 perial 8vo. Cloth, gilt, 10/6. 
 
 The Large-Type Bunvan. 
 
 BUNYAN'S PILGRIM'S PROGRESS. With 
 
 Life and Notes, E.xperimental and Practical, by William Mason. 
 Printed in large type, and Illustrated with full-page Woodcuts, lioclfth 
 Thousand. Crown 8vo. Bevelled boards, gilt, and gilt edges, 3/6. 
 
 BUNYAN'S SELECT WORKS. With an 
 
 Original Sketch of the Author's Life and Times. Numerous Engravings. 
 Nciv Edition. Two vols., super-royal 8vo. Cloth, 36/. 
 
CHARLES GRIFFIN d: COMPANY'S 
 
 CHRISTIAN YEAR (The): Thoughts in Verse 
 
 for the Sundays and Holy Days throughout the Year. "With an original 
 Memoir of the Rev. John Keble, by W. Temple, Portrait, and sixteen 
 beautiful Engravings on Steel, after eminent Masters. In 4to. Handsome 
 cloth, 12/6. 
 
 Unique walnut boards, . . .21/. 
 
 Morocco antique, .... 25/. 
 
 Morning .. .. after H. Howard, R. A. 
 
 Sunset .. .. „ G. Barrett. 
 
 A Mountain Stream „ C. Bentley, 
 
 A River Scene „ C. W. Raoci.vffe. 
 
 A Mountain Lake „ J. M. W. Turker. 
 
 A Greek Temple ,, D. Roberts, R. A. 
 
 A Village Church ,, C. W. Radclyffe 
 
 illustrations. 
 
 The Old Mansion .. after C. W. Radclyffe. 
 
 The Cathedral Choir „ Levaint. 
 
 Sunset (after Claude),, G.Barrett' 
 
 Moonlight „ Hofland. 
 
 Pastoral Landscape ,, C. W. Radclyffe. 
 
 Halt in the Desert ,, D. Roberts, R.A. 
 
 Guardian Angels ,, H. Howard, R.A. 
 
 The Wayside Cross „ Tony Johannot. | The Church Gate ,, C. W. Radclyffe. 
 "An Edition flV //^xf, beautifully .got' up . . . admirably adapted for a gift-book. "— 
 John Bull. 
 
 CHRISTIAN YEAR (The): With Memoir of the 
 
 Author by W. Temple, Portrait, and Eight Engravings on Steel, after 
 
 emin,ent Masters. New Edition. Small 8vo, toned paper. Cloth gilt, 5/. 
 
 Morocco elegant, .... 10/6. 
 
 Malachite, 12/6. 
 
 ».* The above are the only issues of the " Christian Year " with Memoir and Portrait 
 of the Author. In ordering. Griffin's Editions should be specified. 
 
 COMMENTARIES ON THE HOLY SCRIPTURES. 
 
 HENRY (Matthew): The HOLY BIBLE. 
 
 With a Commentary and Explanatory Notes. Neis) Edition. In 3 
 vols., super- royal 8vo. Strongly bound in cloth, 50/. 
 
 SCOTT (Rev. Thomas) : A COMMEN- 
 TARY ON THE BIBLE ; containing the Old and New 
 Testaments according to the Authorised Version, with Practical 
 Observations, copious Marginal References, Indices, t^ic. New 
 Edition. In 3 vols., royal 4to. Cloth, 63/. 
 
 CRUDEN'S COMPLETE CONCORDANCE 
 
 TO THE OLD AND NEW TESTAMENTS AND THE BOOKS 
 CALLED APOCRYPHAL. Edited and Corrected by William 
 YoDNGM.^N. With fine Portrait of Cruden. Nav Edition. Imperial 
 8vo. Cloth, handsome gilt top, 7/6. 
 
 DICK (Thos., LL.D.): CELESTIAL 
 
 SCENERY ; or. The Wonders of the Planetary System Displayed. This 
 Work is intended for general readers, presenting to their view, in an 
 attractive manner, sublime objects of contemplation. Illustrated. New 
 Edition. Crown 8vo, toned paper. Handsomely bound, gilt edges, 5/. 
 
 DICK (Dr.): CHRISTIAN PHILOSOPHER 
 
 (The) ; or, The Connection of Science and Philosophy with Religion. 
 Revised and enlarged. Illustrated with 150 Engravings on Wood. Twenty- 
 eighth Edition. Crown 8vo, toned paper. Handsomely bound, with gilt 
 edges, 5/. 
 
RELIGIO US P UBLIGA TIONS. 
 
 STANDARD BIBLICAL WORKS 
 
 BY 
 
 THE REV. JOHN EADIE, D. D., LL.D., 
 
 Late a Member of tlu New Testament Revision Company. 
 
 This Series has been prepared to afford sound and necessary aid to the Reader of Holy 
 Scripture. The Volumes comprised in it form in themselves a Complete Library 
 OF Reference. The number of Copies already issued greatly exceeds A quarter of a 
 
 MILLION. 
 
 I. EADIE (Rev. Prof.): BIBLICAL CYCLO- 
 
 PyEDIA (A) ; or, Dictionary of Eastern Antiquities, Geography, and 
 Natural History, illustrative of the Old and New Testaments. With Maps, 
 many Engravings, and Lithographed Facsimile of the Moabite Stone. 
 Large post 8vo, 700 pages. Twenty-third Edition. Handsome cloth, 7/6. 
 
 Half-bound, calf, .... 10/6. 
 
 Morocco antique, gilt edges, . . 16/. 
 " By far the best Bible Dictionary for general use." — Clerical Journal. 
 
 II. EADIE (Rev. Prof.): CRUDEN'S CON- 
 CORDANCE TO THE HOLY SCRIPTURES. With Portrait on 
 Steel, and Introduction by the Rev. Dr. King. Post 8vo. Forty-seventh 
 
 Edition. Handsome cloth, ..... 3/6. 
 
 Half-bound, calf, .... 6/6. 
 
 Full calf, gilt edges, .... 8/6. 
 
 Full morocco, gilt edges, . . . 10/6. 
 
 *»* Dr. Eadie's has long and deservedly borne the reputation of being the COM- 
 PLETEST and BEST CONCORDANCE e.xtant. 
 
 III. EADIE (Rev. Prof.): CLASSIFIED BIBLE 
 
 (The). An Analytical Concordance. Illustrated by Maps. Large Post 
 8vo. Sixth Edition. Handsome cloth, . . . 8/6. 
 Full morocco, antique, . . . I'j/. 
 "We have only to add our unqualified commendation of a work of real excellence to 
 every Biblical student." — Christian Times. 
 
 IV. EADIE (Rev. Prof.): ECCLESIASTICAL 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA (The). A Dictionary of Christian Antiquities, and of 
 the History of the Christian Church. By the Rev. Professor Eadie, 
 assisted by numerous Contributors. Large Post 8vo. Sixth Edition. 
 Handsome cloth, ....... 8/6. 
 
 Full morocco, antique, . . ,17/. 
 
 "The Ecclesiastical Cyclopaedia will prove acceptable both to the clergy and laity 
 of Great Britain. A great body of useful information will be found in it." — Athenceum. 
 
 V. EADIE (Rev. Prof): A DICTIONARY OF 
 
 THE HOLY BIBLE; for the use of Young People. With Map and 
 
 Illustrations. Small 8vo. Thirty-sixth Thousand. Cloth, elegant, 2/6. 
 
 Full morocco, gilt edges, . . . 7/6. 
 
CHARLES GRIFFIN <!k COMPANTS 
 
 FOSTER (Charles) : THE STORY OF THE 
 
 BIBLE, from Genesis to Revelation— including the Historical Connection 
 between the Old and New Testaments. Told in Simple Language. 
 Large Post 8vo, with Maps and over 250 Engravings (many of them Full- 
 page, after the Drawings of Professor Carl SchoNHERR and others), 
 illustrative of the Bible Narrative, and of Eastern Manners and Customs. 
 Now Ready. Third Thousand. 
 
 Home and School Edition, cloth elegant, . . 6/. 
 Piize and Presentation Edition, beautifully gilt, . 7/6. 
 
 Opinions of the Press. 
 
 "A book which, once taken up, is not easily laid down. When the volume is opened, 
 we are fairly caught. Not to speak of the well-executed wood engravings, which will 
 each tell its story, we find a simple version of the main portions of the Bible, all that may 
 most profitably be included in a work intended at once to instruct and charm the young 
 —a version couched in the simplest, purest, most idiomatic English, and executed 
 throughout with good taste, and in the most reverential spirit. The work needs only to 
 be known to make its 7vay itito families, and it will (at any rate, it ou^lU to) become a 
 favourite Manual in Sunday Schools."— .Jcc/iw/aw. 
 
 "A Household T^-eksvr.^.:' ~ Western Morning News. 
 
 " This attractive and handsome volume . . . written in a simple .and transparent 
 style. . . . Mr. Foster's explanations and comments are MODELS OF TEACHING." — 
 Freeman . 
 "This large and handsome volume, abounding in Illustrations, is just what is wanted. 
 The Story is very beautifully and reverently to\A."—Glitsgo7Li Ne7vs. 
 "There could be few better Presentation Books than this handsome vo\nm<i.'"— Daily 
 RevieTV. 
 
 "This elegant volume will prove a valuable adjunct in the Home Circle and Sunday 
 C\2&s."—lVestern Daily Mercury. 
 
 " Will acco.mpush a good work." — Sunday ScJwol Chronicle. 
 
 " In this beautiful volume no more of comment is indulged in than is necessary to the 
 elucidation of the text. Everything approaching Sectarian narrowness is carefully 
 eschevjed."--Met/u>dist I\Iagazine. 
 
 " This simple and impressive Narrative . . . succeeds thoroughly in rivetting the 
 attention of children ; . . . admirably adapted for reading in the Home Circle. '— 
 Daily Chronicle. 
 
 "The Historical Sketch connecting the Old and New Testaments is a very good 
 idea ; it is a common fault to look on these as distinct histories, instead of as parts of 
 one grand whole." — Christian. 
 
 " Sunday School Teachers and Heads of Families will best know how to value this 
 handsome volume." — Northern Whig. 
 
 KITTO (John, D.D., F.S.A.) : THE HOLY 
 
 LAND : The Mountains, Valleys, and Rivers of the Holy Land ; being 
 the Physical Geography of Palestine. "With eight full-page Illustrations. 
 Eleventh Thottsand. A^e-w Edition. Fcap 8vo. Cloth, 2/6. 
 ■*i* Contains within a small compass a body of most interesting and valuable information, 
 
 THE PICTORIAL SUNDAY BOOK: 
 
 Containing nearly two thousand Illustrations on Steel and Wood, and a 
 Series of Maps. Sezriity-third Thousand. Folio. Cloth, gilt, 30/. 
 
RELIGIOUS PUBLICATIONS. 
 
 PALEY(Archdeacon):NATURALTHEOLOGY. 
 
 The Evidences of the Existence and the Attributes of the 
 
 Deity. With Ilkistrative Notes and Dissertations, by Henry, Lord 
 
 Brougham, and Sir Charles Bell. Many Engravings. One vol. 
 i6mo. Cloth, 4/. 
 
 • With Lord Brougham's NOTES and 
 
 DIALOGUES ON INSTINCT. Many Illustrations. Three vols., 
 i6mo. Cloth, 7/6. 
 
 "When Lord Brougham's eloquence in the Senate shall have passed away, and his 
 services as a statesman shall exist only in the free institutions which they have helped 
 to secure, his discourse on Natural Theology will continue to inculcate imperishable 
 truths, and fit the mind for the higher revelations which these truths are destined to 
 foreshadow and confirm." — Edinburgh Review. 
 
 RAGG (Rev. Thomas) : CREATION'S TESTI- 
 MONY TO ITS GOD : the Accordance of Science, Philosophy, and 
 Revelation. T/iirtcaith Edition. Large crown 8vo. Handsome cloth, 
 bevelled boards, 5/. 
 
 ''We are not a little pleased again to meet with the .author of this volume in the new 
 edition of his far-famed work. Mr. Ragg is one of the few original writers of our time 
 to whom justice is being done."— British Standard. 
 
 »*» This work has been pronounced "The Book of the Age," "The best popular 
 Text-Book of the Sciences," and " The only complete Manual of Religious Evidence, 
 Natural and Revealed." 
 
 RELIGIONS OF THE WORLD (The): Being 
 
 Confessions of Eaith contributed by Eminent Members of every Denomi- 
 nation of Christians, also of Mahometanism, Parseeism, Brahminism, 
 Mormonism, &.Z., &c., with a Harmony of the Christian Confessions of 
 Eaith by a Member of the Evangelical yVlliance. Crown 8vo. Cloth 
 bevelled, 3/6. 
 
 »*» In this volume, each denomination, through some leading member, has expressed 
 Its own opinions. There is no book in the language on the same plan. All other works 
 on the subject, being written by one individual, are necessarily one-sided, incomplete, 
 and unauthentic. 
 
 SOUTHGATE (Henry): SUGGESTIVE 
 
 THOUGHTS ON RELIGIOUS SUBJECTS. (See page 31.) 
 
 SOUTHGATE (Mrs. Henry): THE CHRIS- 
 
 TIAN LIFE : Thoughts in Prose and Verse from Five hundred of 
 the Best Writers of all Ages. Selected and Arranged for Every Day in 
 the Year. Small 8vo. With Red Lines and unique Initial Letters on 
 each page. Cloth Elegant, 5/. Morocco, 10/6. 
 
 " A volume as handsome as it is intrinsically valuable." -Scotstnan. 
 "The readings are excellent." — Record. 
 " A library in \l'iAV'— Northern Whig. 
 
 WORDS AND WORKS OF OUR BLESSED 
 
 LORD : and their Lessons for Daily Life. Two Vols, in One. 
 Foolscap, Svo. Cloth, gilt edges, 6/. 
 
CHARLES GRIFFIN <£• COMPANY'S 
 
 SCIENTIFIC WORKS. 
 
 MEDICAL WORKS 
 
 By WILLIAM AITKEN, M.D., Edin., F.R.S., 
 
 PROFESSOR OF PATHOLOGY IN THE AKMY MEDICAL SCHOOL ; EXAMINER IN MEDICINE FOR 
 
 THE MILITARY MEDICAL SERVICES OF THE QUEEN; FELLOW OF THE SANITARY 
 
 INSTITUTE OF GREAT BRITAIN ; CORRESPONDING MEMBER OF THE ROYAL 
 
 IMPERIAL SOCIETY OF PHYSICIANS OF VIENNA ; AND OF THE 
 
 SOCIETY OF MEDICINE AND NATURAL HISTORY OF DRESDEN. 
 
 Nocu Read]'. Seventh Edition. 
 
 The SCIENCE and PRACTICE of MEDICINE. 
 
 In Two Volumes, Royal 8vo., cloth. Illustrated by numerous Engrav- 
 ings on Wood, and a Map of the Geographical Distribution of Diseases. 
 To a great extent Rewritten ; Enlarged, Remodelled, and Carefully 
 Revised throughout, 42/. 
 
 In reference to the Seventh Ed'tion of this iviportant Work, the Publishers 
 would only remark, that no labour or expense has been spared to sustain its 
 well-knciun reputation as ' ' The Representative Book of the Medical Science and 
 Practice of the Day. ' ' A mong the More Important Featu res of the New Edition, 
 the subject </ DISEASES OF THE Brain and Nervous System may be specially 
 mentioned, 
 
 Opinions of the Press. 
 
 "The work is an admirable one, and adapted to the requirements of the Student, 
 Professor, and Practitioner of Medicine. . . . The reader will find a large amount of 
 information not to be met with in other books, epitornised for hini in this. We know of 
 no work that contains so much, or such full and varied information on all subjects con- 
 nected with the Science and Practice of Medicine."— i^i-'««'/. 
 
 " E.xcellent from the beginn.ng, and improved in each successive issue. Dr. Aitken's 
 GREAT and STAND.'VRD WORK has now, with vast and judicious labour, been brought 
 abreastof every recent advance in scientific medicine and the healing art, and affords to the 
 Student and Practitioner a store of knowledge and guidance of altogether inestimable value. 
 The first 5-50 Pages of the Second Volume would, if printed separately, form perhaps 
 the best text-book in our language for the student of Neurology and Insanity._ A masterly 
 and philosophical review, characterised by the precision of the specialist, and the 
 breadth of the catholic physician, is presented in these pages of the varied phenomena 
 connected with morbid conditions of the ner\'Ous system in their relation to 
 anatomical structure, chemical composition, physiological uses, and pathological changes. 
 A classical work which does honour to British Medicine, and is a compendium of 
 sound' knowledge. "—£'^/wr//?v';« Rc^'ieif in "Brain," bjj. Crictiion-Browne, M.D., 
 F.R.S., Lord Cliancellors Visitor in Lunacy. 
 
 "The Seventh Edition of this important Text-Book fully maintains its reputation. 
 
 . Dr. Ailken is indefatigable in his efforts. . . . The section on Diseases of 
 
 the Brain and Nervous System is completely remodelled, so as to include all the 
 
 most recent researches, which in this department have been not less important than they 
 
 arenumerous."— British Medical Joiirnat. 
 
 "The Standard Text-Book in the English Language. . . . There is, perhaps, 
 no work more indispensable for the Practitioner and Student."— £■(//«. Medical Journal. 
 
 " In its system, in its scope, and in its method of dealing with the subjects treated of, 
 this work differs from all other Text-Books on the Science of Medicine in the English 
 language." — Medical Times and Gazette. 
 
 " The extraordinary merit of Dr. Aitken's work. . . . The author has unquestion- 
 ably performed a service to the profession of the most valuable kind."— Practiiiotier. 
 
 "Altogether this voluminous treatise is a credit to its Author, its Publisher, and to 
 English ''physic. . . . Affords an admirable and honest digest of the opinions and 
 practice of the day. . . . Commends itself to us for sterling value, width of retrospect, 
 and fairness of representation."— j1/<'i//Vo-C/«r7<re'(-«/A'<T'/t-r('. _ -c ,- i, 
 
 "Diseases are here described which have hitherto found no place m any English 
 ^y&lema.Ucv;ork."—]Vestminster Review. ■ -, ,. , ,, , -. . 
 
 " We can say with perfect confidence, that no medical man in India should be wittiout 
 Dr. Aitken's 'Science and Practice of Medicine.' The article on Cholera is by far the 
 most complete, judicious, and learned summary of our knowledge respecting this disease 
 which has yet appeared."— /«^/a« Medical Gazette. 
 
SCIENTIFIC PUBLICATIONS. 
 
 Prof. Aitken's Works — (Conthiucd). 
 
 OUTLINES OF THE SCIENCE AND 
 
 PRACTICE OF MEDICINE. A Text-Book for Students. Second 
 Edition. Crown 8vo, 12/6. 
 
 " Students preparing for examinations will hail it as a perfect godsend for its concise- 
 ness."- — Athcnauni. 
 
 "Well-digested, clear, and well-written, the work of a man conversant with every 
 detail of his subject, and a thorough master of the art of teaching." — BrJish Medical 
 Journal. 
 
 "In respect of both the matter contained, and the manner in which it is conveyed, 
 our examination has convinced us that nothing could be better. . . . We know of 
 no summary of the use of Electricity as a means of diagnosis, equal to that contained in 
 the Section on Diseases of the Nervous System." — Medico-Chirurgical Review. 
 
 THE GROWTH OF THE RECRUIT, 
 
 and the Young Soldier, with a view to the Selection of "Growing Lads" 
 and their Training, 2/6. 
 
 ANSTED (Prof., M.A., F.R.S.) : NATURAL 
 
 HISTORY OF THE INANIMATE CREATION, recorded in the 
 Structure of the Earth, the Plants of the Field, and the Atmospheric 
 Phenomena. With numerous Illustrations. Large post 8vo. Cloth, 8/6. 
 
 BAIRD (W., M.D., F.L.S., late of the Brit. Mus.) : 
 
 THE STUDENT'S NATURAL HISTORY ; a Dictionary of the 
 Natural Sciences : Botany, Conchology, Entomology, Geology, Miner- 
 alogy, Palaeontology, and Zoology. With a Zoological Chart, and over 
 250 Illustrations. Demy 8vo. Cloth gilt, 10/6. 
 
 "The work is a very useful one, and will contribute, by its cheapness and comprehen- 
 siveness, to foster the extending taste for Natural Science." — l-Vestminster Review. 
 
 BROWNE (Walter R., M.A., M. Inst. CE., 
 
 F.G.S., late Fellow of Trinity College, Cambridge) : 
 
 THE STUDENT'S MECHANICS : An Introduction to the Study 
 of Force and motion. With Diagrams. Crown 8vo. Cloth, 4/6. 
 
 Contents. 
 
 I. First Principles. 
 II. Statics. 
 III. Kinematics. 
 
 IV. Dynamics. 
 
 V. Axioms, Definitions, and L.\ws. 
 VI. Examples WoKKED & Unworked. 
 
 " Clear in style and practical in method, "The Student's Mechanics," is cordially 
 to be recommended from all points of view. . . . Will be of great value to Students 
 desirous to gain full knowledge."- -Athenaruvi. 
 
 "The merits of the work are especially conspicuous in its clearness and brevity . . . 
 deserves the attention of all who have to teach or learn the elements of Mechanics 
 . . An excellent conception." — Westmitister Review. 
 
 FOUNDATIONS OF MECHANICS. 
 
 Papers reprinted from the Engineer. In crown Svo, i/. 
 
 FUEL AND 
 
 Users of Steam and Water. 
 Browne, M.A. (See p. 16.) 
 
 WATER: A Manual for 
 
 By Prof. SCHWACKHOFER and W. R. 
 
CHARLES GRIFFIN <k COMPANTS 
 
 WORKS by A. WYNTER BLYTH, M.R.C.S., F.C.S., 
 
 Public Analyst for the County of Devon, and Medical Officer of Health for 
 St. Marylebone. 
 
 HYGIENE AND PUBLIC HEALTH (a Die- 
 
 tionary of) : embracing the following subjects : — 
 
 I. — Sanitary Chemistry : the Composition and Dietetic Value of 
 Foods, with the Detection of Adulterations, 
 jl, —Sanitary Engineering : Sewage, Drainage, Storage of Water, 
 Ventilation, Warming, (S:c. 
 in.— Sanitary Legislation: the whole of the PUBLIC HEALTH 
 ACT, together with portions of other Sanitary Statutes (without 
 alteration or abridgment, save in a few unimportant instances), in 
 a form admitting of easy and rapid Reference. 
 IV. — Epidemic and Epizootic Diseases : their History and Pro- 
 pagation, with the Measures for Disinfection. 
 V — Hygiene— Military, Naval, Private, Public, School. 
 Royal 8vo, 672 pp., cloth, with Map and 140 Illustrations, 28/. 
 Opinions of the Press. 
 
 " Excellently done . . . the articles are brief, but comprehensive. We hare tested 
 the book, and can therefore recommend Mr. Blyth's Dictionary with confidence." — 
 Westminster Revieiu. 
 
 " A very important Treatise . . . an e.xamination of its contents satisfies us that 
 it is a work which should be highly appreciated." — Medico-Chiritrgical Revieiv. 
 
 " A work that must have entailed a vast amount of labour ana research. . . . Will 
 become a Standard Work in Hygiene and Public Health." — Medical Times and 
 Gazette. 
 
 " Contains a great mass of information of easy reference."— .S'awzV^rj' Record. 
 
 RE-ISSUE OF BLYTH'S "PRACTICAL CHEMISTRY." 
 
 In 2 Vols. Crown Svo. 
 Vol. I.— FOODS: THEIR COMPOSITION AND ANALYSIS. 
 Price 16/. 
 
 General Contents. 
 
 History of Adulteration -Legislation, Past and Present — Apparatus useful to the 
 Food Analyst — "Ash" — Sugar — Confectionery— Honey — Treacle — Jams and Preserved 
 Fruits— Starches— Wheaten-FIour— Bread— Oats— Barley— Rye— Rice— Maize— Millet 
 — Potato— Peas — Chinese Peas— Lentils — Beans — Milk — Cream— Butter— Cheese — Tea 
 — Coffee — Cocoa and Chocolate — Alcohol — Brandy— Rum — Whisky— Gin— Arrack — 
 Liqueurs — Beer — Wine — Vinegar — Lemon and Lime Juice — Mustard — Pepper — Sweet 
 and Bitter Almond— Annatto— Olive Oil— Water. Appendix: Text of English and 
 American Adulteration Acts. 
 
 In Crown ?,vo, cloth, with Elaborate Tables, Folding Litlw-Plate, and Photographic 
 
 Frontispiece. 
 
 Vol, IL— POISONS: THEIR EFFECTS AND DETECTION. 
 Price 16/. 
 
 General Contents. 
 
 Historical Introduction — Statistics— General Methods of Procedure— Life Tests — 
 Special Apparatus— Classification : 1. — Organic Poi.son.s : («.) Sulphuric, Hydrochloric, 
 and Nitric Acids, Potash, Soda, Ammonia, &c. ; (i^.) Petroleum, Benzene, Camphor, 
 Alcohols, Chloroform, Carbolic Acid, Prussic Acid, Pho.sphorus, &c. ; (f.) Hemlock, 
 Nicotine, Opium, Strychnine, Aconite, Atropine, Digitalis, &c. ; {d.) Poisons 
 derived from Animal Substances; (c.) The Oxalic Acid Group. IL — Inorganic 
 Poi.soNS : Arsenic, Antimony, Lead, Copper, Bismuth, Silver, Mercury, Zinc, Nickel 
 Iron, Chromium, Alkaline Earths, &c. Appendix: A. Examination of Blood and 
 Blood-Spots. B. Hints for Emergencies: Treatment— Antidotes. 
 
 " Will be used by every Analyst."— Z.rt«cr/. 
 
 " Full of great interest . . . The method of treatment excellent . . . Gives 
 just that amount of information which those able to appreciate it will desire." — West- 
 minster Review. 
 
 " Stands Unrivalled for completeness of information . . . A really ' practical * 
 work for the guidance of practical men." — Sanitary Record. 
 
 "The whole work is full of useful practical mio'cmaXwn."— Chemical News. 
 
SCIENTIFIC P UBL ICA TIONS. 
 
 THE CIRCLE OF THE SCIENCES: A 
 
 SERIES OF POPULAR TREATISES ON THE NATURAL AND 
 PHYSICAL SCIENCES, AND THEIR APPLICATIONS, by 
 Professors Owen, Ansted, Young, and Tennant ; Drs. Latham, 
 Edward Smith, Scoffern, Bushnan, and Bronner ; Messrs, 
 Mitchell, Twisden, Dallas, Gore, Imray, Martin, Sparling, 
 and others. Complete in nine volumes, illustrated with many thousand 
 Engravings on Wood. Crown 8vo. Cloth lettered. Each vol., 5/. 
 
 Vol. I.— organic NATURE.— Part I. Animal and Vegetable Physiology : the Skeleton 
 
 and the Teeth; Varieties of the Human Race. 
 Vol. 2.— organic NATURE.— Part II. Structural and Systematic Botany— Invcrtebrated 
 
 Animals. 
 Vol. 3.— organic NATURE.— Part III. Vertebrated Animals. 
 Vol. 4.— INORGANIC NATURE.- Geology and Physical Geography; Crystallography; 
 
 Mineralogy ; Meteorology, and Atmospheric Phenomena. 
 Vol. s.— NAVIGATION : PRACTICAL AND NAUTICAL ASTRONOMY. 
 Vol. 6.— ELEMENTARY CHEMISTRY. 
 Vol. 7.— practical CHEMISTRY.— Electro-MeUllurgy; Photography; Chemistry of 
 
 Food ; and Artificial Light. 
 Vol. 8.— MATHEMATICAL science.— Arithmetic; Algebra; Plane Geometry; Logar- 
 ithms; Plane and Spherical Trigonometry; Mensuration and Practical Geometry, 
 
 with use of Instruments. 
 Vol. 9. — MECHANICAL PHILOSOPHY.— Statics; Dynamics; Hydrostatics; Pneumatics; 
 
 Practical Mechanics ; and the Steam Engine. 
 
 2/6, 
 2/6. 
 
 1/6. 
 1/6. 
 1/6. 
 
 1/6, 
 
 1/6. 
 
 IN SEPARATE TREATISES. Cloth. 
 
 1. Ansted's Geology and Physical Geography, 
 
 2. Breem's Practical Astronomy, . , . . , 
 
 3. Bronner and Scoffern's Chemistry of Food and Diet, 
 
 4. Bushnan's Physiology of Animal and Vegetable Life, 
 
 5. Gore's Theory and Practice of Electro-Deposition, . 
 
 6. Imray's Practical Mechanics, 
 
 7. Jardine's Practical Geometry, .... 
 
 8. Latham's Varieties of the Human Species, 
 
 9. Mitchell and Tennant's Crystallography and Mineralogy, 3/. 
 
 10. Mitchell's Properties of Matter and Elementary Statics, 1/6. 
 
 11. Owen's Principal Forms of the Skeleton and the Teeth, . 1/6. 
 
 12. Scoffern's Chemistry of Heat, Light, and Electricity, . 3/. 
 
 13. Scoffern's Chemistry of the Inorganic Bodies, . . 3/. 
 
 14. Scoffern's Chemistry of Artificial Light, _ . . . 1/6. 
 
 15. Scoffern and Lowe's Practical Meteorology, . . . 1/6. 
 
 16. Smith's Introduction to Botany: Structural and Systematic, 2/. 
 
 17. Twisden's Plane and Spherical Trigorometry, . . 1/6. 
 
 18. Twisden on Logarithms, 
 
 19. Young's Elements of Algebra, 
 
 20. Young's Solutions of Questions in Algebra, 
 
 21. Young's Navigation and Nautical Astronomy, 
 
 22. Young's Plane Geometiy, 
 
 23. Young's Simple Arithmetic, . 
 
 24. Young's Elementary Dynamics, 
 
 I/. 
 I/. 
 
 !/• 
 2/6. 
 
 1/6. 
 
 I/. 
 1/6. 
 
lO CHARLES GRIFFIN <L- CO MP ANTS 
 
 DALLAS (W. S., F.L.S.) : 
 
 A POPULAR HISTORY OF THE ANIMAL CREATION: 
 The Habits, Structure, and Classification of Animals. With coloured 
 Frontispiece and many hundred Illustrations. New Edition. Crown 8vo. 
 Cloth, 8/6. 
 
 DOUGLAS (John Christie, Mem. Soc. Tel. Eng., 
 
 East India Govt. Telegi'aph Department, &c.) : 
 
 A MANUAL OF TELEGRAPH CONSTRUCTION. For the use 
 of Telegraph Engineers and others. With numerous Diagrams. Crown 
 8vo. Cloth, bevelled, 15/. 
 
 *^* Second Edition. Published with the appjwal of the Director- General 
 of Telegraphs in India. 
 
 GENERAL CONTENTS. 
 
 Part I.— General Principles of Strength and Stability: 
 with the Strength of Materials. 
 
 .' , Part II. — Properties and Applications of Materials, with 
 
 Specifications. 
 
 Part HI. — Telegraph Construction, Maintenance, and 
 Organisation, treating of the Application of the Information 
 conveyed in Parts I. and II. to the case of Combined Structures; 
 including the Construction of Overground, Subterranean, and 
 Subaqueous Lines ; Office Fittings ; Estimating ; Organisation, 
 &c. 
 
 "Mr. Douglas deserves the thanks of Telegraphic Engineers for the excellent 'Manual* 
 now before us . . . he has ably supplied an existing want . . . the subject is 
 treated with great clearness and judgment . . . good practical information, given in 
 a clear, terse style." — Engineering. 
 
 " The amount of information given is such as to render this volume a most useful 
 guide to any one who may be engaged in any branch of Electric Telegraph Engineer- 
 ing." — A thence7i}it. 
 
 "Calculated to be of great service to Telegraphic Engineers."— /r<7«. 
 
 DUPRE (Auguste, Ph. D., F.R.S., Prof, of 
 
 Chemistry at the Westminster Hospital) and HAKE (H. W., Ph. D., 
 F.C.S., of Queenwood College) : 
 
 A MANUAL OF CHEMISTRY, Organic and Inorganic, for the use 
 of Students. (In preparation). 
 
 GRIFFIN (John Joseph, F.C.S.) : 
 
 CHEMICAL RECREATIONS: A Popular Manual of Experimental 
 Chemistry. With 540 Engravings of Apparatus. Tenth Edition. Crown 
 4to. Cloth. 
 
 Part I. — Elementary Chemistry, 2/. 
 
 Part II. — The Chemistry of the Non-Metallic Elements, including a 
 Comprehensive Course of Class Experiments, 10/6. 
 Or, complete in one volume, cloth, gilt top, . . 12/6. 
 
SCIENTIFIC PUBLICATIONS. n 
 
 GURDEN (Richard Lloyd, Authorised Surveyor 
 
 for the Governments of New South Wales and Victoria) : 
 
 TRAVERSE TABLES : computed to Four Places Decimals for every 
 Minute of Angle up to lOO of Distance. For the use of Surveyors and 
 Engineers. In folio, strongly half-bound, 30/. 
 
 ^*, Published with Concurrence of the Surveyors- General for Nrw South 
 Wales and Victoria. 
 
 "Mr. GuRDEN is to be thanked for the extr.iordinary labour which he has bestowed 
 on faciHtating the work of the .Surveyor. ... An almost unexampled instance of 
 professional and literary industry." — Atheniemn. 
 
 "Those who have experience in exact Survey-work will best know how to appreciate 
 the enormous amount of labour represented by this valuable book. The computations 
 enable the user to ascertain the sines and cosines for a distance of twelve miles to within 
 half an inch, and this by reference to but One Table, in place of the usual Fifteen 
 minute computations required. This alone is evidence of the assistance which the Tables 
 ensure to every user, and as every Surveyor in active practice has felt the want of such 
 assistance, few knowing of their publication will remain without them." — Engineer. 
 
 "We cannot sufficiently admire the heroic patience of the author, who, in order to 
 prevent error, calculated each result by two different modes, and, before the work was 
 finally placed in the Printers' hands, repeated the operation for a third time, on revising 
 the proofs." — Engineering: 
 
 " Up to the present time, no Tables for the use of Surveyors have been prepared, 
 which, in minuteness of detail, can be compared with those compiled by Mr Gurden. 
 . . . With the aid of this book, i/ie toil of calculation is reduced to a miniinum ; 
 and not only is time saved, but the risk of error is avoided. Mr. Gurden's book has but 
 to be known, and no Engineer's or Architect's office will be without a copy." — Architect. 
 
 "A valuable acquisition to those employed in extensive surveys." — Building News. 
 
 "These Tables are Characterised by absolute simplicity; the saving of time 
 effected by their use is most material. . . . Every one connected with Engineering 
 or Survey .should be made aware of the existence of this elaborate and useful set of 
 Tables . " — Builder. 
 
 JAMIESON (Andrew, CE., F.R.S.E.) : 
 
 STEAM AND THE STEAM ENGINE (A Manual of) for the use 
 of Students preparing for Government and other Competitive Examina- 
 tions. With Numerous Diagrams, Crown 8vo. {In preparation.) 
 
 JAMIESON (Andrew, CE.), and MUNRO (John, 
 
 C.E.): 
 
 A POCKET-BOOK OF ELECTRICAL RULES AND TABLES. 
 — {See Munro, John.) 
 
 LEARED (Arthur, M.D., F.R.C.P., late Senior 
 
 Physician to the Great Northern Hospital : 
 
 IMPERFECT DIGESTION: Its Causes and Treatment. Post 8vo. 
 Seventh Edition. Cloth, 4/6. 
 
 " It now constitutes about the best work on the subject." — Lancet. 
 
 " Dr. Leared has treated a most important subject in a practical spirit and popular 
 tazaner."- Medical Times and Gazette. 
 
xi' CHARLES GRIFFIN Jk COMPANY'S 
 
 LINN (S.H., M.D., D.D.S., Dentist to the Imperial 
 
 Medico- Chiruigical Academy of St. Petersburg) : 
 
 THE TEETH : How to preserve them and prevent their Decay. A 
 Popular Treatise on the Diseases and the Care of the Teeth. With 
 Plates and Diagrams. Crown 8vo. Cloth, 2/6. 
 
 "Everyone who values his teeth— (and who does not?)— should study this practical 
 little book." 
 
 " Many important truths on the preservation of the teeth and the irregularity of 
 children's teeth are here set forth ; and on the subject of artificial teeth there is sound 
 advice, which most of us may sooner or later be glad of." — Medical Tunes and Gazette. 
 
 " Contains much useful information and excellent advice." — Leeds Mercury. 
 
 " Deserves to be widely read." — Northern Whig: 
 
 "We heartily recommend the treatise." — jfokn Bull. 
 
 LONGMORE (Surgeon-General, C.B., Q.H.S., 
 
 F.R.C.S., &c., Professor of Military Surgery in the Army Medical 
 School): 
 
 THE SANITARY CONTRASTS OF THE CRIMEAN WAR. 
 Demy 8vo. Cloth limp, 1/6. 
 
 "A most valuable contribution to Military Medicine." — British Medical J oumaL 
 " A most concise and interesting Review." — Lancet. 
 
 M'NAB (W. Ramsay, M. D., F.L. S., Professor of 
 
 Botany at the Royal College of Science, Dublin): 
 
 A MANUAL OF BOTANY, Structural and Systematic, for the use of 
 Students. [In preparation.) 
 
 MOFFITT (Staff-Assistant-Surgeon A., late of the 
 
 Royal Victoria Hospital, Netley) : 
 
 A MANUAL OF INSTRUCTION FOR ATTENDANTS ON 
 TH5 SICK AND WOUNDED IN WAR. With numerous lUustra- 
 tions. Post 8vo. Cloth, 5/. 
 
 *^* Published under the sanction of the National Society for Aid to the 
 Sick and JFounded in War. 
 
 " A work by a practical and experienced author. After an explicit chapter on the 
 Anatomy of the Human Body, directions are given concerning bandaging, dressing of 
 sores, wounds, &c., a.ssistance to wounded on field of action, stretchers, mule litters, 
 ambulance, transport, &c. All Dr. Moffitt's instructions are assisted by well-executed 
 illustrations." — Public Opinion. 
 
 MUNRO (John, C. E.) and JAMIESON 
 
 (Andrew, C.E., F.R.S.E.): 
 
 A POCKET-BOOK OF ELECTRICAL RULES AND TABLES, 
 for the use of Electricians and Engineers. Royal 32mo. [At press.) 
 
SCIENTIFIC PUBLICATIONS. 13 
 
 NAPIER (James, F.R.S.E., F.C.S.) : 
 
 A MANUAL OF THE ART OF DYEING AND DYEING 
 RECEIPTS. Illustrated by Diagrams and Numerous Specimens of 
 5^_ Dyed Cotton, Silk, and Woollen Fabrics. Demy 8vo. T/iird Edition, 
 ^'?:^'. thoroughly revised and greatly enlarged. Cloth, 21/. 
 
 General Contents.* 
 
 I. Heat and Light. 
 II. A Concise System of Chemistry, 
 with special reference to Dyeing. 
 III. Mokdants and Alterants. 
 
 IV. Vegetable Matters in use in the 
 
 Dye-house. 
 V. Animal Dyes. 
 VI. Coal-tar Colours. 
 
 Appendix— Receipts for Manipulation. 
 
 "The numerous Dyeing Receipts and the Chemical Information furnished will be 
 exceedingly valuable to the Practical Dyer. ... A Manual of necessary reference 
 to all those who wish to master their trade, and keep pace with the scientific discoveries 
 of the time." — Journai of Applied Science. 
 
 " In this work Mr. Napier has done good service . . . being a Practical Dyer 
 himself, he knows the wants of his Confreres . . . the Article on Water is a very 
 valuable one to the Practical Dyer, enabling him readily to detect impurities, and 
 correct their action. The Article on Indigo is very exhaustive . . . the Dyeing 
 Receipts are very numerous, and well illustrated."— Textile Manufacturer. 
 
 A MANUAL OF ELECTRO-METAL- 
 
 LURGY. With numerous Illustrations. Crown 8vo. Cloth. Fifth 
 Edition.^ revised and enlarged, "jjG. 
 
 General Contents. 
 
 I. History of the Art. 
 II. Description of Galvanic Batteries 
 and their Respective Peculiarities. 
 
 III. Electrotype Processes. 
 
 IV. Bronzing. 
 
 V. MlSCELLANEOl'S AMPLICATIONS of the 
 
 Process of Coating with Copper. 
 
 VI. Deposition of Metals upon one 
 another. 
 VII. Electro-Plating. 
 VIII. P'lectro-Gilding. 
 IX. Results of E.xperiments on the 
 Depositions of other Metals as 
 Coatings. 
 X. Theoretical Observations. 
 
 "A work that has become an established authority on Electro-Metallurgy, an art 
 which has been of immense use to the Manufacturer in econoinisiitg the quantity of ttie 
 precious metals absorbed, and in extending tlie sate of Art M .mfnctures. . . . 
 We can heartily commend the work as a valuable handbook on the subject on which it 
 treats." — Journal of Applied Science. 
 
 "The fact of Mr. Napier's Treatise having reached a fifth edition is good evidence 
 of an appreciation of the Author's mode of treating his subject. . . . A very useful 
 and practical little Manual." — Iroti. 
 
 "The Fifth Edition has all the advantages of a new work, and of a proved and tried 
 friend. Mr. Napier is well known for the carefulness and accuracy with which he writes. 
 . . . There is a thoroughness in the handling of the subject which is far from general 
 in these days. . . . The work is one of those which, besides supplying first-class 
 information, are calculated to inspire invention." — Jewetter and Watchmalier. 
 
 PHILLIPS (John, M.A., F.R,S., late Professor 
 of Geology in the University of Oxford) : 
 
 A MANUAL OF GEOLOGY : Theoretical and Practical. Edited 
 by Robert Etiieridge, F. R.S., Palaeontologist to the Geological 
 Survey of Great Britain, Past-President of the Geological Society ; and 
 Harry Govier Seeley, F. R. S., Professor of Geography in King's 
 College, London. With numerous Tables, Sections, and Figures of 
 Characteristic Fossils. Jn Preparation. Demy 8vo, Third Edition: 
 Thoroughly Revised and Augmented. 
 
14 CHARLES GRIFFIN db COMPANY'S 
 
 PHILLIPS (J. Arthur, M. Inst. C.E.,F.C.S.,F.G.S., 
 
 Ancien Eleve de I'Ecole des Mines, Paris) : 
 
 ELEMENTS OF METALLURGY : a Practical Treatise on the Art 
 of E.xtracting Metals from their Ores. With over 200 Illustrations, many 
 of which have been reduced from Working Drawings. Royal Svo., 764 
 pages, cloth, 34/. 
 
 General Contents. 
 I._A Treatise on Fuels and Refractory Materials. 
 II.— A Description of the principal Metalliferous Minerals, with their Distri- 
 bution. 
 III.— Statistics of the amount of each Metal annually produced throughout the 
 World, obtained from official sources, or, where this has not been practicable, 
 from authentic private information. 
 IV.— The Methods of Assaying the different Ores, together .with the Processes 
 of Metallurgical Treatment, comprising: 
 
 Iron. 
 
 Cobalt. 
 
 Nickel. 
 
 Silver. 
 
 Gold. 
 
 Platinum. 
 
 " ' Elements of Metallurgy' possesses intrinsic merits of the highest degree. Such a 
 work is precisely wanted by the great majority of students and practical workers, and its 
 very compactness is in itself a first-rate recommendation. . . . In our opinion, the 
 best work ever written on the subject with a view to its practical treatment."— 
 IVestmtJister Revieiv. 
 
 "In this most useful and handsome volume, Mr. Phillips has condensed a large 
 amount of valuable practical knowledge. ... We have not only the results of scientific 
 inquiry most cautiously set forth, but the experiences of a thoroughly practical man very 
 clearly given." — Aihenaitm. 
 
 " For twenty years the learned author, who might well have retired with honour on 
 account of his acknowledged success and high character as an authority in Metallurgy, 
 has been making notes, both as a Mining Engineer and a practical Metallurgist, and 
 devoting the most valuable portion of his time to the accumulation of materials for this 
 his Masterpiece.' — Colliery Guardian. 
 
 " The value of this work is almost inestimable. There can be no question that 
 the amount of time and labour bestowed upon it is enormous. . . . There is certainly 
 no Metallurgical Treatise in the language calculated to prove of siich general utility to 
 the Student really seeking sound practical information upon the subject, and none which 
 gives greater evidence of the e.xtensive metallurgical knowledge of its Author."— /I /;«««^ 
 journal. 
 
 Refractory M; 
 Fire-Clays. 
 Fuels, <S-'c. 
 
 iterials. 
 
 Antimony. 
 
 Arsenic. 
 
 Zinc. 
 
 Alluminium. 
 
 Copper. 
 
 Tin. 
 
 
 Mercury. 
 Bismuth. 
 Lead. 
 
 PORTER (Surgeon-Major J. H., Late Assistant 
 
 Professor of Military Surgery in the Army Medical School, and Hon. 
 Assoc, of the Order of St. John of Jerusalem) : 
 
 THE SURGEON'S POCKET-BOOK: an Essay on the Best Treat- 
 ment of the Wounded in War ; for which a Prize was awarded by Her 
 Majesty the Empress of Germany. Specially adapted to the Public 
 Medical Services, With 152 Illustrations, i6mo, roan. Setond 
 Edilion, Revised and Enlarged, 'j/G. 
 
 "Every Medical Officer is recommended to have the 'Surgeon's Pocket Book' by 
 Surgeon- Maior Porter, accessible to refresh his memory and fortify his judgment.' 
 —Precis of Field-Service Medical A rrafi^emetits/or Afgluxtt War. 
 
 "A complete vaiie tnecum to guide the military surgeon in the fi£\A."—Briiisk 
 Medical Journal. 
 
 "A capital little book . . . of the greatest practical value. . . . A surgeon 
 with this Manual in his pocket becomes a man of resource at once."— Weslmtnsler 
 Revieiv. 
 
 " So fully illustrated that for Lav-Readers and Ambulance Work it will prove 
 eminently useful." — Medical Times and Gazette. 
 
SCIENTIFIC PUBLICATION'S. 15 
 
 SCIENTIFIC MANUALS 
 
 BY 
 
 W. J. MACQUORN RANKINE, C.E., LLD., F.R.S., 
 
 Late Regius Professor of Civil Engineering in the University of Glasgow. 
 
 In Crown 8vo. Cloth. 
 
 I. RANKINE (Prof.): APPLIED MECHANICS: 
 
 comprising the Principles of Statics and Cinematics, and Theory of Struc- 
 tures, Mechanism, and Machines. With numerous Diagrams. Tenth 
 Editiojt, 12/6. 
 
 " Cannot fail to be adopted as a text-book. . . . 1 he whole of the information is so 
 admirably arranged that there is every facility for reference." — Mining J ourttal. 
 
 II. RANKINE (Prof.): CIVIL ENGINEERING: 
 
 comprising Engineering Surveys, Earthwork, Foundations, Masonry, 
 Carpentry, Metal-work, Roads, Railways, Canals, Rivers, Water-works, 
 Harbours, &c. With numerous Tables and Illustrations. Foufiecnth 
 Edition, 1 6/. 
 
 " Far surpasses in merit every existing work of the kind. As a manual for the hands 
 of the professional Civil Engineer it is sufficient and unrivalled, and even when we say 
 this, we fall short of that high appreciation of Dr. Rankine's labours which we should 
 like to express." — The Engineer. 
 
 III. RANKINE (Prof): MACHINERY AND 
 
 MILLWORK : comprising the Geometry, Motions, Work, Strength, 
 Construction, and Objects of Machines, &c. Illustrated with nearly 300 
 Woodcuts. Fifth Edition, 12/6. 
 
 "Professor Rankine's 'Manual of Machinery and Millwork ' fully maintains the high 
 reputation which he enjoys as a scientific author ; higher praise it is difficult to award to 
 any book. It cannot fail to be a lantern to the feet of every engineer. " — The Engineer. 
 
 IV. RANKINE (Prof.) : THE STEAM EN- 
 
 GINE and OTHER PRIME MOVERS. With Diagram of the 
 Mechanical Properties of Steam, Folding Plate, numerous Tables and 
 Illustrations. Tenth Edition, 12/6. 
 
 V. RANKINE (Prof.): USEFUL RULES and 
 
 TABLES for Engineers and others. With Appendix : Tables, Tests, 
 and Formula for the use of Electrical Engineers ; comprising 
 Submarine Electrical Engineering, Electric Lighting, and Transmission 
 of Power. By Andrew Jamieson, C.E., F.R.S.E. Sixth Edition, 10/6. 
 
 "Undoubtedly the most useful collection of engineering data hitherto produced." — 
 Mining youmal. 
 
 " Every Electrician will consult it with profit." — Engineering. 
 
 VI. RANKINE (Prof.): A MECHANICAL 
 
 TEXT-BOOK, by Prof. Macquorn Rankine and E. F. Bamber, 
 C.E. With numerous Illustrations. Second Edition, g/. 
 
 " The work, as a whole, is very complete, and likely to prove invaluable for furnishing 
 a useful and reliable outline of the subjects treated of." — Mining Journal. 
 
 *»* The Mechanical Text-Book forms a simple introduction to Professor Rankine's 
 Series of Manuals on Engineering and Mechanics. 
 
l6 CHARLES &BIFFIN Jc COMPANY'S 
 
 Prof. Rankine's Works— (Coniif?ued). 
 
 VII. RANKINE (Prof.): MISCELLANEOUS 
 
 SCIENTIFIC PAPERS, from the Transactions and Proceedings of the 
 Royal and other Scientific and Philosophical Societies, and the Scientific 
 Journals. Royal 8vo. Cloth, 31/6. 
 
 Part I. — Papers relating to Temperature, Elasticity, and Expansion 
 of Vapours, Liquids, and Solids. 
 
 Part II. — Papers on Energy and its Transformations. 
 
 Part III. — Papers on Wave-Forms, Propulsion of Vessels, &:c. 
 
 With Memoir by P. G. Tait, M.A., Prof, of Natural Philosophy in the 
 University of Edinburgh. Edited by W. J. MiLLAR, C.E., Secretary to 
 the Institute of Engineers and Shipbuilders in Scotland. With fine 
 Portrait on Steel, Plates, and Diagrams. 
 
 " No more enduring jMemorial of Professor Rankine could be devised than the publica- 
 tion of these papers in an accessible form. . . . The Collection is most valuable on 
 account of the nature of his discoveries, and the beauty and completeness of his analysis. 
 . . . The Volume exceeds in importance any work in the same department published 
 in our time." — Archite<;t. 
 
 SCHWACKHOFER (Professor Franz) and 
 
 BROWNE (Walter R., M.A., C.E., late Fellow of Trin. Coll., Camb.): 
 
 FUEL AND WATER: A Manual for Users of Steam and Water. 
 Demy 8vo, with Numerous Illustrations, 9/. Now Ready. 
 
 GENERAL CONTENTS. 
 
 Heat and Combustion. Feed-Water Heaters. 
 
 Fuel, Varieties of. Steam Pipes. 
 
 Firing Arrangements, Furnace. Explosions, 
 
 Flues, Chimney. Water, Composition, Purification, 
 The Boiler, Choice of. Prevention of Scale. 
 
 ,, Varieties. &c., &c. 
 
 SEATON (A. E., Lecturer on Marine Engineering 
 
 to the Royal Naval College, Greenwich, and Member of the Institute of 
 Naval Architects) : 
 
 A MANUAL OF MARINE ENGINEERING; Comprising the 
 Designing, Construction, and Working of Marine Machinery. With 
 numerous Illustrations. Tkh-d Edition. Demy 8vo. Cloth, 18/. 
 
 This Work has been prepared to supply the existing want of a Te.xt-Book showing the 
 application of Theoretical Principles to the Design and Construction of Marine 
 Machinery — as determined by the experience of leading Engineers, and carried out in 
 the most recent successful practice. It is intended for use by Draughtsmen and practical 
 Engineers, as well as by Instructors and Students in Marine Engineering, and is fully 
 illustrated. 
 
 GENERAL CONTENTS. 
 
 I. Principles of Marine Propul- III. Details of Marine Engines. 
 
 sioN. IV. Propellers. 
 
 II. Principles of Steam Engineer- V. Boilers. 
 
 iNG. VI. Miscellaneous. 
 
 Opinions of the Press. 
 
 "The important subject of Marine Engineering is here treated with the thoroughness 
 that it requires. No department has escaped attention. . . . Gives the results of 
 much close study and practical work." — Engitii:eri7ig. 
 
 " By far the best Manual in existence. . . . Gives a complete account of the 
 methods of solving, with the utmost possible economy, the problems before the Marine 
 Engineer." — A th-nccinn. 
 
 " In the three-fold capacity of enabling a Student to learn how to design, construct, 
 and work a modern Marine Steam-Engine, Mr. Seaton's Manual has no rival as regards 
 comprehensiveness of purpose aud lucidity of treatment." — Tunes. 
 
 " The Student, Draughtsman, and Engineer will find this work the most valuable 
 Handbook of Reference en the Marine Engine now in existence." — Marine Engineer. 
 
SCIENTIFIC PUBLICATIONS. 17 
 
 SHELTON (W. Vincent, Foreman to the Imperial 
 
 Ottoman Gun Factories, Constantinople) : 
 
 THE MECHANIC'S GUIDE: A Hand-Book for Engineers and 
 Artizans. With Copious Tables and Valuable Recipes for Practical Use. 
 Illustrated. Second Edition. Crown 8vo. Clotli, 7/6. 
 
 GENERAL CONTENTS. 
 
 Part V. — Wheel and Screw Cut- 
 ting. 
 Part VI. — Miscellaneous Subjects. 
 Part VII. — The Steam Engine. 
 Part VIII. — The Locomotive. 
 
 Part I. — Arithmetic. 
 Part II. — Geometry. 
 Part III. — Mensuration. 
 Part IV. — Velocities in Boring and 
 Wheel-Gearing. 
 
 " The Mechanic's Guibe will answer its purpose as completely as a whole series of 
 elaborate text-books." — Mining Journal. 
 
 " Ought to have a place on the bookshelf of every Mechanic." — Iron. 
 
 " Much instruction is here given without pedantry or pretension." — Builder. 
 
 "A sitie qua non to every practical Mechanic." — Raihuay Service Gazette. 
 
 %* This Work is specially intended for Self-Teachers, and places before the Reader a 
 concise and simple explanation of General Principles, together with Illustrations of their 
 adaptation to Practical Purposes. 
 
 THOMSON (Spencer, M.D., L.R.C.S., Edinburgh, 
 
 and J. C. STEELE, M.D., of Guy's Hospital) : 
 
 A DICTIONARY OF DOMESTIC MEDfCINE AND HOUSE- 
 HOLD SURGERY. Thoroughly Revised and in part Re- Written by 
 the Editors. With a Chapter on the Management of the Sick-room, and 
 many Hints for the Diet and Comfort of Invalids. With many new En- 
 gravings. Nineteenth Edition. Royal 8vo. Cloth, 10/6. 
 
 WYLDE (James, formerly Lecturer on Natural 
 
 Philosophy at the Polytechnic) : 
 
 THE MAGIC OF SCIENCE : A Manual of Easy and Amusing 
 Scientific Experiments. With Steel Portrait of Faraday and many hun- 
 dred Engravings. Third Edition. Crown 8vo. Cloth gilt and gilt 
 edges, 5/. 
 
 " Of priceless value to furnish work for idle hands during the holidays. A thousand 
 mysteries of Modern Science are here unfolded. We learn how to make Oxygen Gas, 
 how to construct a Galvanic Battery, how to gild a Medal by Electro-Plating, or to 
 reproduce one by Electrotyping, how to make a Microscope or take a Photograph ; 
 while the elements of Mechanics are explained so simply and clearly that the most un- 
 mechanical of minds must understand them. Such a work is deserving of the highest 
 praise." — The Graphic. 
 
 " To those who need to be allured into the paths of Natural Science by witnessing the 
 wonderful results that can be produced by well-contrived experiments, we do not know 
 that we could recommend a more useful \ol\ime."— A t/iensum. 
 
l8 CHARLES GRIFFIN cfc COMPARTS 
 
 EDUCATIONAL WORKS. 
 
 *«* Specimett Copies of all the Educational Works published by Messrs. 
 Charles Griffin and Company mav be seen at the Libraries of the College of 
 Preceptors, South Kensington Museum, and Ctystal Palace; also at the depots 
 of the Chief Educational Societies. 
 
 BRYCE (Archibald Hamilton, D.C.L., LL.D., 
 
 Senior Classical Moderator in the University of Dublin) : 
 
 THE WORKS OF VIRGIL. Text from Heyne and Wagner. 
 English Notes, original, and selected from the leading German, American, 
 and English Commentators. Illustrations from the antique. Complete in 
 One Volume. Fourteenth Edition. Fcap 8vo. Cloth, 6/, 
 
 Or, in Three Parts : 
 
 Part I. Bucolics and Georgics, . . 2/6. 
 
 Part II. The yENEiD, Books I.-VL, . 2/6. 
 
 Part III. The .'Eneid, Books VII.-XII.,. 2/6. 
 
 " Contains the pith of what has been written by the best scholars on the subject. 
 . . . The notes comprise everything that the student can want." — Atlienteiun. 
 
 " The most complete, as well as elegant and correct edition of Virgil ever published in 
 this country." — Editcatiojial Tunes. 
 
 "The best commentary on Virgil which a student can obtain." — Scotsman. 
 
 COBBETT (William): ENGLISH GRAMMAR, 
 
 in a Series of Letters, intended for the use of Schools and Young Persons 
 in general. With an additional chapter on Pronunciation, by the Author's 
 Son, James Paul Cobbett. The only correct and authorised Edition. 
 Fcap 8vo. Cloth, 1/6. 
 
 "A new and cheapened edition of that most excellent of all English Grammars, 
 William Cobbett's. It contains new copyright matter, as well as includes the equally 
 amusing and instructive 'Six Lessons intended to prevent Statesmen from writing in an 
 awkward manner.'" — Atlas. 
 
 COBBETT(William): A FRENCH GRAMMAR. 
 
 Fifteenth Edition. Fcap 8vo. Cloth, 3/6. 
 
 "Cobbett's 'French Grammar ' comes out with perennial freshness. There are few 
 grammars equal to it for those who are learning, or desirous of learning, French without 
 a teacher. The work is excellently arranged, and in the present edition we note certain 
 careful and wise revisions of the te.xt." — Scliool Board Chronkte. 
 
 " Business men commencing the study of French will find this treatise one of the best 
 aids. . . . It is largely used on the Continent." — Midland Counties Herald. 
 
 COBBIN'S MANGNALL: MANGNALLS 
 
 HISTORICAL AND MISCELLANEOUS QUESTIONS, for the use 
 of Young People. By Richmal Mangnall. Greatly enlarged and 
 corrected, and continued to the present time, by Ingram Cobbin, M.A. 
 Fifty fourth Thousand. Nnv Illustrated Edition. i2mo. Cloth, 4/. 
 
EDUCATIONAL PUBLICATIONS. 19 
 
 COLERIDGE (Samuel Taylor): A DISSER- 
 TATION ON THE SCIENCE OF METHOD. {Encydopcedia 
 Mdropolitana.) With a Synopsis. Ninth Edition. Cr. 8vo. Cloth, 2/. 
 
 CRAIK'S ENGLISH LITERATURE. 
 A COMPENDIOUS HISTORY OF 
 
 ENGLISH LITERATURE AND OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE 
 FROM THE NORMAN CONQUEST. With numerous Specimens. 
 By George Lillie Craik, LL.D., late Professor of History and 
 English Literature, Queen's College, Belfast. New Edition. In two 
 vols. Royal 8vo. Handsomely bound in cloth, 25/. 
 
 GENERAL CONTENTS. 
 Introductory. 
 
 L— The Norman Period — The Conquest. 
 II. — Second English — Commonly called Semi-Saxon. 
 III. — Third English — Mixed, or Compound English. 
 IV. — Middle and Latter Part of the Seventeenth Century. 
 V. — The Century between the English Revolution and 
 the French Revolution. 
 VI. — The Latter Part of the Eighteenth Century. 
 VII.— The Nineteenth Century {a) The Last Age of the 
 
 Georges. 
 ^ {b) The Victorian Age. 
 
 With mitncroiis Excerpts and Specimens of Style. 
 
 " Anyone who will take the trouble to ascertain the fact, will find how completely 
 even our great poets and other writers of the last generation have already faded from the 
 view of the present, with the most numerous class of the educated and reading public. 
 Scarcely anything is generally read e.xcept the publications of the day. Yet nothing 
 
 IS MOKE CERTAIN THAN THAT NO TRUE CULTIVATION CAN BE SO ACQUIRED. This is 
 
 the extreme case of that entire ignorance of history which has been affirmed, not with 
 more point than truth, to leave a person always a child. . . . The present work 
 combines the History of the Literature with the History of the L.^^nguage. 
 The scheme of the course and revolutions of the language which is followed here is 
 extremely simple, and resting not upon arbitrary, but upon natural or real distinctions, 
 gives us the only view of the subject that can claim to be regarded as of a scientific 
 character." — Extract frotii the Author's Preface. 
 
 " Professor Craik 's book going, as it does, through the whole history of the language, 
 probably takes a place quite by itself. The great value of the book is its thorough, 
 comprehensiveness. It is always clear and straightforward, and deals not in theories 
 but in facts." — Saturday Review. 
 
 " Professor Craik has succeeded in making a book more than usually agreeable."— 
 T/ie Times. 
 
 CRAIK (Prof.): A MANUAL OF ENGLISH 
 
 LITERATURE, for the use of Colleges, Schools, and Civil Service 
 Examinations. Selected from the larger vvork, by Dr. Craik. Ninth 
 Edition. With an Additional Section on Recent Literature, by Henry 
 Craik, M. A., Author of " A Life of Swift." Crown 8vo. Cloth, 7/6. 
 
 "A M.-inual of English Literature from so experienced and well-read a scholar as 
 Professor Craik needs no other recommendation than the mention of its existence." — 
 Spectator. 
 
 "This augmented effort will, we doubt not, be received with decided approbation 
 by those who are entitled to judge, and studied with much profit by those who want 
 to learn. ... If our young readers will give healthy perusal to Dr. Craik's work, 
 they will greatly benefit by the wide and sound views he has placed before them." — 
 A thenceum. 
 
 " The preparation of the New Issue has been entrusted to Mr. Henry Craik, 
 Senior Examiner in the Scotch Education Department, and well known in literary circles 
 as the author of the latest and best Life of Swift. . . . A Series of Test Questions 
 is added, which must prove of great service to Students studying a.\oi\e."—Gtas«^ow 
 Herald. 
 
ao CHARLES GRIFFIN <& COMPANTS 
 
 WORKS BY CHARLES T. CRUTTWELL, M.A., 
 
 Fellow of Merton College, Oxford, and Head Master of Malvern College. 
 
 I.— A HISTORY OF ROMAN LITERA- 
 
 TURE : From the Earliest Period to the Times of the Antonines. Third 
 Edition. Crown 8vo. Cloth, 8/6. 
 
 " Mr. Cruttwell has done a real service to all Students of the Latin Language and 
 Literature. . . . Full of good scholarship and good criticism." — Athenceum. 
 
 "A most serviceable— indeed, indispensable — guide for the Student. . . . The 
 'general reader' will be both charmed and instructed." — Saturday Review. 
 
 " The Author undertakes to make Latin Literature interesting, and he has succeeded. 
 There is not a dull page in the volume." — Academy. 
 
 " The great merit of the work is its fulness and accuracy." — Guardian. 
 
 '■ This elaborate and careful work, in every respect of high merit. Nothing at all 
 equal to it has hitherto been published in England." — British Quarterly Review. 
 
 Companion Volume. Second Edition. 
 
 II.— SPECIMENS OF ROMAN LITERA- 
 
 TURE : From the Earliest Period to the Times of the Antonines. Passages 
 from the Works of Latin Authors, Prose Writers, and Poets : 
 
 Part I. — Roman Thought: Religion, Philosophy and Science, 
 
 Art and Letters, 6/. 
 Part II. — Roman Style : Descriptive, Rhetorical, and Humorous 
 Passages, 5/. 
 
 Or in One Volume complete, 10/6. 
 Edited by C. T. Cruttwell, M.A., Merton College, Oxford ; and 
 Peake Banton, M.A., some time Scholar of Jesus College, O.xford. 
 
 '"Specimens of Roman Literature' marks a new era in the study of Latin." — 
 Engtish Churchman. 
 
 " Schoolmasters and tutors will be grateful for a volume which supplies them at once 
 with passages of every shade of difficulty for testing the most different capacity, or which 
 may be read with advantage in the higher forms of schools. There is no other book of 
 the kind in this country which can be more safely recommended, either for its breadth, 
 cheapness, or interest." — Prof. Ellis in the " Acadetny." 
 
 " A work which is not only useful but necessary. . . . The plan gives it a standing- 
 ground of its own. . . . The sound judgment exercised in plan and selection calls 
 for hearty commendation." — Saturday Review. 
 
 "It is hard to conceive a completer or handier repertory of specimens of Latin 
 thought and style." — Contemporary Review. 
 
 *^* KEY to Part II., Period II. (being a complete Translation 
 of the 85 Passages composing the Section),' by Thos. Johnston, M.A., 
 may now be had (by Tutors and Schoolmasters only) on application 
 to the Publishers. Price 2/6. 
 
 C U R R I E (Joseph, formerly Head Classical 
 
 Master of Glasgow Academy) : 
 
 THE WORKS OF HORACE: Text from Orellius. English 
 Notes, original and selected, from the best Commentators. Illustrations 
 from the antique. Complete in One Volume. Fcap 8vo. Cloth, 5/- 
 Or in Two Parts : 
 
 Part I. — Carmina, 3/. 
 
 Part II. — Satires and Epistles, . . 3/. 
 
 "The notes are excellent and exhaustive." — Quarterly J oitmal of Education. 
 
 EXTRACTS FROM CESAR'S COM- 
 
 MENTARIES ; containing his description of Gaul, Britain, and Germany. 
 With Notes, Vocabulary, &c. Adapted for Young Scholars. Fou7'th 
 Edition. l8mo. Cloth, 1/6. 
 
 D'ORSEY (Rev. Alex. J. D., B.D., Corpus 
 
 Christi Coll., Cambridge, Lecturer at King's College, London) : 
 
 SPELLING BY DICTATION : Progressive Exercises in English 
 Orthography, for Schools and Civil Service Examinations. Sixteenth 
 Thousand. l8mo. Cloth, i '. 
 
ED UCA TIONA L P UBLICA TIONS. 21 
 
 FLEMING (William, D.D., late Professor of 
 
 Moral Philosophy in the University of Glasgow) : 
 
 THE VOCABULARY OF PHILOSOPHY: Mental, Moral, 
 AND Metaphysical. With Quotations and References for the Use of 
 Students. Revised and Edited by Henry Calderwood, LL.D., Pro- 
 fessor of Moral Philosophy in the University of Edinburgh, 1 hird 
 Edition, enlaroed. Crown 8vo. Cloth bevelled, 10/6. 
 
 "An admirable book. ... In its present shape will be welcome, not only to 
 Students, but to many who have long since passed out of the class of Students, 
 popularly so called." — Scotsinn7i. 
 
 "The additions by the Editor bear in their clear, concise, vigorous expression, the 
 stamp of his powerful intellect, and thorough command of our language. More than 
 ever, the work is now likely to have a prolonged and useful existence, and to facilitate 
 the researches of those entering upon philosophic studies." — Weekly Review. 
 
 "A valuable addition to a Student's Library." — Tablet. 
 
 McBURNEY (Isaiah, LL.D.,): EXTRACTS 
 
 FROM OVID'S METAMORPHOSES. With Notes, Vocabulary, &c. 
 Adapted for Young Scholars. Thi7-d Edition. i8mo. Cloth, 1/6. 
 
 MENTAL SCIENCE: S. T. COLERIDGE'S 
 
 celebrated Essay on METHOD ; Archbishop Whately'.s Treatises on 
 Logic and Rhetoric. Tenth Edition. Crown 8vo. Cloth, 5/. 
 
 MILLER (W. Galbraith, M.A., LL.B., Lecturer 
 
 on Public Law, including Jurisprudence and International Law, in the 
 University of Glasgow) : 
 
 THE PHILOSOPHY OF LAW, LECTURES ON. Designed 
 mainly as an Introduction to the Study of International Law. In 8vo. 
 Handsome Cloth, 12/. Now Ready. 
 
 WORKS BY WILLIAM RAMSAY, M.A„ 
 
 Trinity College, Cambridge, late Professor of Humanity in the University of Glasgow. 
 
 A MANUAL OF ROMAN ANTIQUITIES. 
 
 For the use of Advanced Students. With Map, 130 Engravings, and very 
 copious Index. Twelfth Edition. Crown 8vo. Cloth, 8/6. 
 
 " Comprises all the results of modem improved scholarship within a moderate com- 
 pass. " — A thefueuw. 
 
 RAMSAY (Professor) : AN ELEMENTARY 
 
 MANUAL OF ROMAN ANTIQUITIES. Adapted for Junior Classes. 
 With numerous Illustrations. Seventh Edition. Crown 8vo. Cloth, 4/. 
 
 A MANUAL OF LATIN PROSODY, 
 
 Illustrated by Copious Examples and Critical Remarks. For the use 
 of Advanced Students. Sixth Edition. Crown 8vo. Cloth, 5/. 
 " There is no other work on the subject worthy to compete with it." — Atheneeum. 
 
 AN ELEMENTARY MANUAL OF 
 
 LATIN PROSODY. Adapted for Junior Classes, Crown Svo. Cloth, 2/. 
 
22 
 
 CHARLES GRIFFIN <t COMPANY'S 
 
 THE SCHOOL BOARD READERS : 
 
 A New Series of Standard Reading-Books. 
 EDITED BY A FORMER H.M. INSPECTOR OF SCHOOLS. 
 
 Adopted by maiiy School Boards throughout the Coiintry. 
 Elementaiy Reader, Part I., id. 
 
 „ II., 2d. 
 
 Standard I., . . . 4d. 
 „ II.,. . . 6d. 
 
 *,* Each Book of this Series contains within itself all that is necessary to 
 fulfil the requirements of the Revised Code — viz., Reading, Spelling, and 
 Dictation Lessons, together with Exercises in Arithmetic for the whole year. 
 The paper, type, and binding are all that can be desired. 
 
 "The Books generally are very much what we should desire." — Times. 
 
 "The Series is decidedly one of the best that have yet appeared." — Athenceum. 
 
 Standard III., 
 
 , , 
 
 9d 
 
 IV., 
 
 
 IS. od 
 
 v., 
 
 
 IS. 6d 
 
 „ VL, 
 
 
 2s. od 
 
 metic in 2 Parts, 
 
 each 6d. 
 
 
 THE SCHOOL BOARD MANUALS 
 
 On the Specific Subjects of the Revised Code, 
 
 BY A FORMER H.M. INSPECTOR OF SCHOOLS, 
 
 Editor of the " School Board Readers." 
 
 64 pages, stiff wrapper, dd. ; neat cloth, yd. each. 
 
 I.— ALCEBRA. 
 II.— ENGLISH HISTORY. 
 III. -GEOGRAPHY. 
 IV.— PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY 
 
 v.— ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY. (Well 
 Illustrated with good Engravings.) 
 VL— BIBLE HISTORY. (Entirely free 
 from any Denominational bias.) 
 " These simple and well-graduated Manuals, adapted to the requirements of the 
 New Code, are the most elementary of elementary works, and extremely cheap. 
 They are more useful as practical guide-books than most of the more expensive 
 works."— Sianiiarii. 
 
 SENIOR (Nassau William, M.A., late Professor 
 
 of Political Economy in the University of Oxford). 
 
 A TREATISE ON POLITICAL ECONOMY : the Science which 
 treats of the Nature, the Production, and the Distribution of Wealth. 
 Sixth Editioti. Crown 8vo. Cloth. {Encyclopcedia Meti'opolitana), 4/. 
 
 THOMSON (James): THE SEASONS. With 
 
 an Introduction and Notes by Robert Bell, Editor of the "Annotated 
 Series of British Poets." Third Edition. Fcap 8vo. Cloth, 1/6. 
 "An admirable introduction to the study of our English classics." 
 
 WHATELY (Archbishop): LOGIC— A Treatise 
 
 on. With Synopsis and Index. {Encyclopcedia Mctropolitana), 3/. 
 
 RHETORIC— A Treatise on. With 
 
 Synopsis and Index. {Encyclopcedia Meiropolitana), 3/6. 
 
 WYLDE (James): A MANUAL OF MATHE- 
 MATICS, Pure and Applied, 10/6. 
 
GENERAL PUBLICATIONS. 23 
 
 WORKS IN GENERAL LITERATURE. 
 
 BELL (Robert, Editor of the "Annotated Series of 
 
 British Poets ") : 
 
 GOLDEN LEAVES FROM THE WORKS OF THE POETS 
 AND PAINTERS. Illustrated by Sixty-four superb Engravings on 
 Steel, after Paintings by David Roberts, Stanfield, Leslie, Sto- 
 THARD, Haydon, Cattermole, Nasmyth, Sir Thomas Lawrence, 
 and many others, and engraved in the first style of Art by Finden, 
 Greatbach, Lightfoot, &c. Second Edition, 4to. Cloth gilt, 21/. 
 
 " 'Golden Leaves' is by far the most important book of the season. The Illustrations 
 are really works of art, and the volume does credit to the arts of England." — Saturday 
 Review. 
 
 "The Poems are selected with taste and judgment." — Tunes. 
 
 " The engravings are from drawings by Stothard, Newton, Danby, Leslie, and 
 
 Turner, and it is needless to say how charming are many of the above here given." 
 
 Athenaum. 
 
 CHRISTISON (John) : A COMPLETE SYS- 
 TEM OF INTEREST TABLES at 3, 4, 4>^, and 5 per Cent. ; Tables 
 of Exchange or Commission, Profit and Loss, Discount, Clothiers', Malt, 
 Spirit, and various other useful Tables. To which is prefixed the Mercan- 
 tile Ready-Reckoner, containing Reckoning Tables from one thirty-second 
 part of a penny to one pound. New Edition. Greatly enlarged. i2mo. 
 Bound in leather, 4/6. 
 
 THE WORKS OF WILLIAM COBBETT. 
 
 THE ONLY AUTHORISED EDITIONS. 
 
 COBBETT (William) : ADVICE TO YOUNG 
 
 Men and (incidentally) to Young Women, in the Middle and Higher 
 Ranks of Life. In a Series of Letters addressed to a Youth, a Bachelor, 
 a Lover, a Husband, a Father, a Citizen, and a Subject. New Edition. 
 With admirable Portrait on Steel. Fcap 8vo. Cloth, 2/6. 
 
 "Cobbett's great qualities were immense vigour, resource, energy, and courage, 
 joined to a force of understanding, a degree of logical power, and above all a force of 
 expression, which have rarely been equalled. ... He was the most English of 
 'EngWshmtn."— Saturday Revie-w. 
 
 "With all his faults, Cobbett's style is a continual refreshment to the lover of 
 ' English undefiled." "—Pali Mall CazetU. 
 
24 CHARLES GRIFFIN d- COMPANY S 
 
 William Cobbett's Works — (Continued). 
 
 COBBETT (Wm.): COTTAGE ECONOMY: 
 
 Containing information relative to the Brewing of Beer, Making of Bread, 
 Keeping of Cows, Pigs, Bees, Poultry, &c. ; and relative to other matters 
 deemed useful in conducting the affairs of a Poor Man's Family. Eighteenth 
 Edition, revised by the Author's Son. Fcap 8vo. Cloth, 2/6. 
 
 EDUCATIONAL WORKS. (See 
 
 page 18.) 
 
 A LEGACY TO LABOURERS: An 
 
 Argument showing the Right of the Poor to Relief from the Land. With 
 a Preface by the Author's Son, John M. Cobbett, late M.P. for Oldham. 
 New Edition. Fcap Svo. Cloth, 1/6. 
 
 " The book cannot be too much studied just now." — Nonconformist. 
 
 " Cobbett was, perhaps, the ablest Political writer England ever produced, and his 
 influence as a Liberal thinker is felt to this day. . . . It is a real treat to read his 
 strong racy language." — Public Opinion. 
 
 A LEGACY TO PARSONS : Or, have the 
 
 Clergy of the Established Church an Equitable Right to Tithes and 
 Church Property ? New Edition. Fcap Svo. Cloth, 1/6. 
 
 " The most powerful work of the greatest master of political controversy this coimtry 
 has ever produced." — Pall Mall Gazette. 
 
 COBBETT (Miss Anne): THE ENGLISH 
 
 HOUSEKEEPER ; or, Manual of Domestic Management. Containing 
 Advice on the conduct of Household Affairs and Practical Instructions, 
 intended for the Use of Young Ladies who undertake the superintendence 
 of their own Housekeeping. Fcap Svo. Cloth, 3/6. 
 
 COOK'S VOYAGES. VOYAGES ROUND 
 
 THE WORLD, by Captain Cook. Illustrated with Maps and numerous 
 Engravings. Two vols. Super-Royal Svo. Cloth, 30/. 
 
 DALGAIRNS (Mrs.): THE PRACTICE OF 
 
 COOKERY, adapted to the business of Every-day Life. By Mrs. Dal- 
 GAIRNS. 7he best book for Scotch dishes. About Fifty new Recipes have 
 been added to the present Edition, but only such as the Author has had 
 adequate means of ascertaining to be valuable. Seventeenth Edition. 
 Fcap Svo. Cloth. {In preparation.) 
 
 "This is by far the most complete and truly practical work which has yet appeared 
 on the subject. It will be found an infallible ' Cook's Companion,' and a treasure of 
 great price to the mistress of a family." — Edinburgh Literary Journal. 
 
 " We consider we have reason strongly to recommend Mrs. Dalgairns' as an econo- 
 mical, useful, and practical system of cookery, adapted to the wants of all families, from 
 the tradesman's to the country geuthmnn' s."—S/iecialor. 
 
GENERAL PUBLICATIONS. 2$ 
 
 D'AUBIGNE (Dr. Merle) : HISTORY OF THE 
 
 REFORMATION. With the Author's latest additions and a new Pre- 
 face. Many Woodcuts, and Twelve Engravings on Steel, illustrative of 
 the life of Martin Luther, after Labouchere. In one large volume. 
 Demy 4to. Elegantly bound in cloth, 21/. 
 
 " In this edition the principal actors and scenes in the great drama of the Sixteenth 
 Century are brought vividly before the eye of the reader, by the skill of the artist and 
 Engraver. " 
 
 DONALDSON (Joseph, Sergeant in the 94th 
 
 Scots Regiment) : 
 
 RECOLLECTIONS 0¥ THE EVENTFUL LIFE OF A 
 SOLDIER IN THE PENINSULA. Nrw Edition. Fcap 8vo. 
 Gilt sides and edges, 4/. 
 
 EARTH DELINEATED WITH PEN AND 
 
 PENCIL (The) : An Illustrated Record of Voyages, Travels, and Ad- 
 ventures all round the World. Illustrated with more than Two Hundred 
 Engravings in the first style of Art, by the most eminent Artists, including 
 .several from the master-pencil of Gustave Dork. Demy 4to, 750 pages. 
 Very handsomely bound, 21/. 
 
 MRS. ELLIS'S CELEBRATED WORKS 
 
 On the Influence and Character of Women. 
 
 THE ENGLISHWOMAN'S LIBRARY: 
 
 A Series of Moral and Descriptive Works. By Mrs. Ellis. Small 
 8vo. Cloth, each volume, 2/6. 
 
 I.— THE WOMEN OF ENGLAND: Their Social Duties and 
 Domestic Habits. Thirty-ninth Thousand. 
 
 2.— THE DAUGHTERS OF ENGLAND: Their Position in 
 Society, Character, and Responsibilities. Twentieth Thousand. 
 
 3.— THE WIVES OF ENGLAND: Their Relative Duties, 
 Domestic Influence, and Social Obligations. Eighteenth 
 Thousand. 
 
 4.— THE MOTHERS OF ENGLAND : Their Influence and Re- 
 sponsibilities. Twentieth Thoi4sand. 
 
 5.— FAMILY SECRETS; Or, Hints to make Home Happy. 
 Three vols. Tzventy-third Thousand. 
 
 6.— SUMMER AND WINTER IN THE PYRENEES. Te^ith 
 
 Thousand. 
 
 7.— TEMPER AND TEMPERAMENT ; Or, Varieties of 
 Character. Two vols. Tenth Thousand. 
 
 8.— PREVENTION BETTER THAN CURE; Or, the Moral 
 Wants of the World we live in. Tweljth Thousand. 
 
 9.— HEARTS AND HOMES; Or, Social Distinctions. Three 
 vols. Tenth Thousand. 
 
26 CHARLES GRIFFIN dk GOMPANTS 
 
 THE EMERALD SERIES OF STANDARD AUTHORS. 
 
 Illustrated by Engravings on Steel, after Stothard, Leslie, David 
 Roberts, Stanfield, Sir Thomas Lawrence, Cattermole, &c., 
 Fcap 8vo. Cloth, gilt. 
 
 Particular attention is requested to this very beautiful series. The delicacy of the 
 engravings, the excellence of the typography, and the quaint antique head and tail 
 pieces, render them the most beautiful volumes ever issued from the press of this 
 country, and now, unquestionably, the cheapest of their class. 
 
 BURNS' (Robert) SONGS AND BALLADS. 
 
 With an Introduction on the Character and Genius of Burns. By 
 Thomas Carlyle. Carefully printed in antique type, and illustrated 
 with Portrait and beautiful Engravings on Steel. Secottd Thousand. 
 Cloth, gilt edges, 3/. 
 
 BYRON (Lord): CHILDE HAROLD'S PIL- 
 
 GRIMACE. With Memoir by Professor Spalding. Illustrated with 
 Portrait and Engravings on Steel, by Greatbach, Miller, Lightfoot, 
 &c., from Paintings by Cattermole, Sir T. Lawrence, H. Howard, 
 and Stothard. Beautifully printed on toned paper. Third Thousa^id. 
 Cloth, gilt edges, 3/. 
 
 CAMPBELL (Thomas): THE PLEASURES 
 
 OF HOPE. With Introductory Memoir by the Rev. Charles Rogers, 
 LL.D., and several Poems never before published. Illustrated with Por- 
 trait and Steel Engravings. Second Thousand. Cloth, gilt edges, 3/. 
 
 CHATTERTON'S (Thomas) POETICAL 
 
 WORKS. With an Original Memoir by Frederick Martin, and 
 Portrait. Beautifully illustrated on Steel, and elegantly printed. Fourth 
 Thousand. Cloth, gilt edges, 3/. 
 
 GOLDSMITH'S (Oliver) POETICAL WORKS. 
 
 With Memoir by Professor Spalding. Exquisitely illustrated with Steel 
 Engravings. Ne%v Edition. Printed on superior toned paper. Seventh 
 Thousand. Cloth, gilt edges, 3/. 
 
 GRAY'S (Thomas) POETICAL WORKS. With 
 
 Life by the Rev. John Mitford, and Essay by the Earl of Carlisle. 
 With Portrait and numerous Engravings on Steel and Wood. Elegantly 
 printed on toned paper. Eton Edition, with the Latin Poems. Sixth 
 Thousand. Cloth, gilt edges, 5/. 
 
 HERBERT'S (George) POETICAL WORKS. 
 
 With Memoir by J. NiCHOL, B.A., Oxon, Prof, of English Literature in 
 the University of Glasgow. Edited by Charles Cowden Clarke. 
 Antique headings to each page. Second Thousand. Cloth, gilt edges, 3/. 
 
 KEBLE (Rev. John): THE CHRISTIAN 
 
 YEAR. With Memoir by W. Temple, Portrait, and Eight beautiful 
 
 Engravings on Steel. Secotzd Thousand. 
 
 Cloth, gilt edges, . . • • Sl- 
 
 Morocco, elegant, .... 10/6. 
 
 Malachite, 12/6. 
 
GENERAL PUBLICATIONS. 27 
 
 The Emerald S^ki^s— (Continued). 
 
 POE'S (Edgar Allan) COMPLETE POETICAL 
 
 WORKS. Edited, with Memoir, by James Hannay. Full-page Illus- 
 trations after Wehnert, Wier, &c. Toned paper. Thirteenth Thousand. 
 Cloth, gilt edges, . . . • SA 
 Malachite, 10/6. 
 
 Other volumes in preparation. 
 
 FINDEN'S FINE ART WORKS. 
 
 BEAUTIES OF MOORE: being a Series of 
 
 Portraits of his Principal Female Characters, from Paintings by eminent 
 Artists, engraved in the highest style of Art by Edward Finden, wiih a 
 Memoir of the Poet, and Descriptive Letterpress. Folio. Cloth gilt, 42/. 
 
 DRAWING-ROOM TABLE BOOK (The): a 
 
 Series of 31 highly-finished Steel Engravings, with descriptive Tales by 
 Mrs. S. C. Hall, Mary Howitt, and others. Foho. Cloth gilt, 21/. 
 
 GALLERY OF MODERN ART (The) : a Series 
 
 of 31 highly-finished Steel Engravings, with descriptive Tales by Mrs. 
 S. C. Hall, Mary Howitt, and others. Folio. Cloth gilt, 21/. 
 
 FISHERS READY- RECKONER. The best 
 
 in the World. New Edition. i8mo. Cloth, 1/6. 
 
 GILMER'S INTEREST TABLES; Tables for 
 
 Calculation of Interest, on any sum, for any number of days, at ^, r, 
 i/^) 2, lyi, 3, 3^, 4, 4^, 5 and 6 per Cent. By Robert Gilmer. 
 Corrected and enlarged. Eleventh Edition. i2mo. Cloth, 5/. 
 
 GR.E:ME (Elliott) : BEETHOVEN: a Memoir. 
 
 With Portrait, Essay, and Remarks on the Pianoforte Sonatas, with 
 Hints to Students, by Dr. Ferdinand Hiller, of Cologne. Second 
 Edition slightly enlarged. Crown 8vo. Cloth gilt, elegant, 5/. 
 
 "'Ihis elegant and interesting Memoir. . . . The newest, prettiest, and most 
 readable sketch of the immortal Master of Music. — Miisical Statidard. 
 
 "A gracious and pleasant Memorial of the Centenary." — Spectator. 
 
 "This delightful little book — concise, sympathetic, judicious." — Manctiester 
 Examiner. 
 
 "We can, without reservation, recommend it as the most trustworthy and the 
 pleasantest Memoir of Beethoven published in England." — Observer. 
 
 "A most readable volume, which ought to find a place in the library of every 
 admirer of the great Tone-Poet." — Edinburgh Daity Review. 
 
 A NOVEL WITH TWO HEROES. 
 
 Second Edition. In 2 vols. Post 8vo. Cloth, 21/. 
 
 " A decided liter.ir>' success." — Athefia-um. 
 
 " Clever and amusing . . . above the average even of good novels . . . free 
 from -sensationalism, but full of interest . . . touches the deeper chords of Life 
 . . . delineation of character remarkably good " — Spectator. 
 
 '• Superior in all respects to the common run of novels." — Daity News. 
 
 "A story of deep interest. . . . The dramatic scenes are powerful almost to pain- 
 fulness in their intensity." — Scotsman. 
 
28 CHARLES GRIFFIN <i: COMPANY'S 
 
 HOGARTH : The Works of William Hogarth, in 
 
 a Series of 150 Steel Engravings by the First Artists, with descriptive 
 Letterpress by the Rev. John Truslee, and Introductory Essay by James 
 Hannay. Folio. Cloth, gilt edges, 52/6. 
 
 " The Philosopher who ever preached the sturdy English virtues which have made us 
 what we are." 
 
 KNIGHT (Charles): PICTORIAL GALLERY 
 
 OF THE USEFUL AND FINE ARTS. With Steel Engravings, and 
 nearly 4,000 Woodcuts. Two vols. Folio. Cloth gilt, 42/, 
 
 PICTORIAL MUSEUM OF ANIMA- 
 TED NATURE. Illustrated with 4,000 Woodcuts. Two vols. Folio. 
 Cloth gilt, 35/. 
 
 MACKEY'S FREEMASONRY: 
 
 A LEXICON OF FREEMASONRY. Containing a definition of its 
 Communicable Tenns, Notices of its History, Traditions, and Antiquities, 
 and an Account of all the Rites and Mysteries of the Ancient World. By 
 Albert G. Mackey, M.D., Secretary-General of the Supreme Council 
 of the U.S., &c. Sroenih Edition, thoroughly revised with Appendix by 
 Michael C. Peck, Prov. Grand Secretary for N. and E. Yorkshire. Hand- 
 somely bound in cloth, 6/. 
 
 " Of Mackev's Lexicon it would be impossible to speak in too high terms ; suffice it 
 to say, that, in our opinion, it ought to be in the hands of every Mason who would 
 thoroughly understand and master our noble Science. . . . No Masonic Lodge or 
 Library should be without a copy of this most useful v/ork."— Masonic News. 
 
 HENRY MAYHEWS CELEBRATED WORK ON 
 THE STREET-FOLK OF LONDON. 
 
 LONDON LABOUR AND THE LONDON 
 
 POOR: A Cyclopedia of the Condition and Earnings of those that will 
 work and those that cannot luork. By Henry Mayhew. With many 
 full-page Illustrations from Photographs. In three vols. Demy 8vo. 
 Cloth. Each vol. 4/6. 
 
 " Every page of the work is full of valuable Information, laid down in so interesting a 
 manner that the reader can never tire." — Illustrated London News. 
 
 " Mr. Henry Mayhew's famous record of the habits, earnings, and sufferings of the 
 London poor." — Lloyd's U'eetcly London Nezuspaper. 
 
 "This remarkable book, in which Mr. Mayhew gave the better classes their first real 
 insight into the habits, modes of livelihood, and current of thought of the London 
 poor."— The Patriot. 
 
 The Extra Volume . 
 
 LONDON LABOUR AND THE LONDON 
 
 POOR : Those that 7uill not -work. Comprising the Non-workers, by 
 Henry Mayhew ; Prostitutes, by Braceuridge Hemyng ; Thieves, 
 by John Binny ; Beggars, by Andrew Halliday. With an Intro- 
 ductory Essay on the Agencies at Present in Operation in the Metropolis 
 for the Suppression of Crime and Vice, by the Rev. William Tuckniss, 
 B.A., Chaplain to the Society for the Rescue of Young Women and 
 Children. With Illustrations of Scenes and Localities. In one large 
 vol. Royal 8vo. Cloth, 10/6. 
 
 "The work is full of interesting matter for the casual reader, while the philanthropist 
 and the philosopher will find details of the greatest import."— OVj/ Press. 
 
GENERAL PUBLICATIONS. 29 
 
 Mr. Mayhew's London Labour — {Continued). 
 
 Companion volume io i/w preceding. 
 
 THE CRIMINAL PRISONS OF LONDON, 
 
 and Scenes of Prison Life. By Henry Mayhew and John Binny. Illus- 
 trated by nearly two hundred Engravings on Wood, principally from 
 Photographs. In one large vol. Imperial 8vo. Cloth, 10/6. 
 
 "This volume concludes Mr. Henr>' Mayhew's account of his researches into the 
 crime and poverty of London. The amount of labour of one kind or other, which the 
 whole series of his publicalions represents, is something almost incalculable." — Literary 
 Budget. 
 
 ,*, This celebrated Record of Investigations into the condition of the Poor of the 
 Metropolis, undertaken from philanthropic motives by Mr. Henry Mayhew, first gave the 
 wealthier classes of England some idea of the state of Heathenism, Degradation, and Misery 
 in which multitudes of their poorer brethren languished. His revelations created, at the 
 time of their appearance, imiversal horror and excitement — that a nation, professedly 
 Christian, should have in its midst a vast population, so sunk in ignorance, vice, and very 
 hatred of Religion, was deemed incredible, until further examination established the truth 
 of the statements advanced. The result is well known. The London of Mr. Mayhew will, 
 h.appily, soon exist only in his pages. To those who would appreciate the efforts already 
 made among the ranks which recruit our "dangerous" classes, and who would learn what 
 yet remains to be done, the work will afford enlightenment, not unmingled with surprise. 
 
 MILLER (Thomas, Author of *' Pleasures of a 
 
 Country Life,'' &c.) : 
 
 THE LANGUAGE OF FLOWERS. With Eight beautifully- 
 coloured Floral Plates. Fcap 8vo. Cloth, gilt edges. Fourteenth. 
 Thousand, ........ 3/6. 
 
 Morocco, ...... 7/6. 
 
 "A book 
 In which thou wilt find many a lovely saying 
 About the leaves and flowers." — Keats. 
 
 THE LANGUAGE OF FLOWERS 
 
 Abridged from the larger work by Thomas Miller. With coloured 
 Frontispiece. Cheap Edition. Limp cloth, 6d. 
 
 POE'S (Edgar Allan) COMPLETE POETICAL 
 
 WORKS. Edited, with Memoir, by James H.'V.nnay. Full-page Illus- 
 trations after Wehnert, Weir, and others. In paper wrapper. 
 Illustrated, 1/6. 
 
 POETRY OF THE YEAR: Or, Pastorals from 
 
 our Poets, illustrative of the Seasons. With Chromo-Lithographs from 
 Drawings after Birket Foster, R.A., S. Creswick, R.A., David Cox, 
 Harrison Weir, E.V.B., and others. N'eza Edition. Toned paper. 
 Cloth gilt, elegant, 16/. 
 
 RAPHAEL: THE CARTOONS OF 
 
 RAPHAEL. Engraved on Steel in the first style of Art by G. Great- 
 bach, after the Originals at South Kensington. With Memoir, Portrait 
 of Raphael, as painted by himself, and Fac-simile of his Autograph. 
 Folio. Elegantly bound in cloth, 10/6. 
 " Forms a handsome volume."— .i4r/ and Letters. 
 
30 CHARLES GRIFFIN ct- COMPANY'S 
 
 SCHILLER'S MAID OF ORLEANS : {Die 
 
 [ungfrau vo)i Orleans). Rendered into English by Lewis Filmore, 
 translator of Goethe's Faust. With admirable Portrait of Schiller, 
 engraved on Steel by Adlard, and Introductory Notes. In Crown 8vo. 
 Toned paper. Cloth, elegant, gilt edges, 2/6. 
 
 " Mr. Filmore 's excellent translation deserves to be read by aXV— Northern Whig 
 " The drama has found in Mr Filmore a faithful and sympathetic translator."— PaiJ/if 
 Ojinion. 
 
 SHAKSPEARE: THE FAMILY. The 
 
 Dramatic Works of WILLIAM SHAKSPEARE, edited and expressly 
 adapted for Home and School Use. By Thomas Bowdler, F.R.S. 
 With Twelve beautiful Illustrations on Steel. JVe7a Edition. Crown 8vo, 
 
 Cloth, gilt, 10/6. 
 
 Morocco antique, .... I7/6. 
 
 *^* This tcnique Edition of the great dramatist is admirably suited for 
 home use ; while objectionable phrases have been expurgated, no rash liberties 
 have been taken with the text. 
 
 " It is quite undeniable that there are many passages in Shakspeare which a father 
 could not read aloud to his children— a brother to his sister— or a gentleman to a lady ; 
 and every one almost must have felt or witnessed the e-xtreme awkwardness, and even 
 distress, that arises from suddenly stumbling upon such expressions. . . . Those 
 who recollect such scenes must all rejoice that Mr. Bowdler has provided a security 
 against their recurrence. . . . This purification has been accomplished with sur- 
 prisingly little loss, either of weight or value ; the base alloy in the pure metal of 
 Shakspeare has been found to amount to an inconceivably small proportion. ... It 
 has in general been found easy to extirpate the offensive expressions of our great poet 
 without any injury to the context, or any visible scar or blank in the composition. 
 They turn out to be not so much cankers in the flowers, as weeds that have sprung up 
 by their side— not flaws in the metal, but impurities that have gathered on its 
 surface— and, so far from being missed, on their removal the work generally appears 
 more natural and harmonious without them."— Zora? Jeffrey in i/w Edinbursh 
 Review. 
 
 SHAKSPEARE'S DRAMATIC & POETICAL 
 
 WORKS. Revised from the Original Editions, with a Memoir and 
 Essay on his Genius by Barry Cornwall; and Annotations and 
 Introductory Remarks on his Plays, by R. H. Horne, and other eminent 
 writers. With numerous Woodcut Illustrations and full-page Steel 
 Engravings by Kenny Meadows. Tenth Edition. Three vols. Super- 
 royal 8vo. Cloth, gilt, 42/. 
 
 SHAKSPEARE'S WORKS. Edited by T. O. 
 
 Halliwell, F.R.S., F.S.A. With Historical Introductions, Notes, 
 Explanatory and Critical, and a Series of Portraits on Steel. Three 
 vols. Royal Svo. Cloth gilt, 50/. 
 
 SOUTHGATE (Mrs. Henry): THE CHRIS- 
 TIAN LIFE : Thoughts in Prose and Verse from the Best Writers of all 
 Ages. Selected and Arranged for Every Day in the Year. Svo. Cloth 
 
 Elegant, • 5/- 
 
 Morocco Antique, . . • ' • 10/6. 
 
GENERAL PUBLICATIONS, 31 
 
 MR, SOUTHGATE'S WORKS. 
 
 " No one who is in the habit of writing and speaking much on a variety of subjects can 
 afford to dispense with Mr. Southgate's V^okks."— Glasgow News. 
 
 First Series— Thirty-Second Edition. Second Series- 
 Eighth Edition. 
 
 MANY THOUGHTS OF MANY MINDS: 
 
 Selections and Quotations from the best Authors. Compiled and 
 Analytically Arranged by 
 
 HENRY SOUTHGATE. 
 
 In Square 8vo, elegantly printed on Toned Paper. 
 Presentation Edition, Cloth and Gold, .... Each Vol. 12/6. 
 
 Library Edition, Roxburghe, ...... „ HA 
 
 Ditto, Morocco Antique, . . . . . • • ?> 21/. 
 
 Each Series complete in itself, and sold separately. 
 
 "The produce of years of research." — Examiner. ^^ ^ 
 
 "A MAGNIFICENT GIFT-BOOK, appropriate to all times and scasoas."— Freemasons 
 Magazine. 
 
 " Not so much a book as a \Cax-nxy."— Patriot. 
 
 " Preachers and Public Speakers will find that the work has special uses for them. — 
 Edinburgh Daily Review. 
 
 BY THE SAME AUTHOR. 
 
 Now Ready, Third Edition. 
 
 SUGGESTIVE THOUGHTS ON EELIGIOUS SUBJECTS: 
 
 A Dictionary of Quotations and Selected Passages from nearly 1,000 of 
 
 the best Writers, Ancient and Modern. 
 
 Compiled and Analytically Arranged by HENRY SOUTHGATE. In 
 
 Square 8vo, elegantly printed on toned paper. 
 
 Presentation Edition, Cloth Elegant, io/6- 
 
 Library Edition, Roxburghe, ^2/. 
 
 Ditto, Morocco Antique, .......•• 2o/. 
 
 "The topics treated of are as wide as our Christianity itself: the writers quoted from, of 
 every Section oi the one Catholic Church of JESUS QWVA'aT:'^ Authors Preface. 
 
 "This is another of Mr. Southgate's most valuable volumes. . . . T he mission which 
 the Author is so successfully prosecuting in literature is not only highly beneficial, but neces- 
 sary in this age. ... If men are to make any acquaintance at all with the great mmds 
 of the world, they can only do so with the means which our Author supplies.— //owzi/w/. 
 
 "A casket of gems." — English Churchman. 
 
 " Mr. Southgate's work has been compiled with a great deal of judgment, and it will, I 
 trust, be e-xtensively useful. "--Tic?'. Canon Liddoii, D.D., D.C.L. 
 
 " Many a busy Christian teacher will be thankful to Mr. Southgate for having unearthed 
 so many rich gems of thought ; while many outside the ministerial circle will obtain stinaulus, 
 encouragement, consolation, and counsel, within the pages of this handsome volume. — 
 Nonconjorinist. . . 
 
 "The special value of this most admirable compilation is discovered, when attention is 
 concentrated on a particular subject, or series of subjects, as illustrated by the various and 
 often brilliant lights shed by passages selected from the best authors in all ages. . . . , A 
 most valuable book oi reference."- Edinburgh Daily Review. 
 
 " Mr. Southgate is an indefatigable labourer in a field which he has made peculiarly 
 his own. . . . The labour expended on ' Suggestive Thoughts ' must have been immense, 
 and the result is as nearly perfect as human fallibility can make it. . . . Apart from the 
 selections it contains, the book is of value as an index to theological writings. As a model of 
 judicious, logical, and suggestive treatment of a subject, we may refer our readers to the 
 manner in which the subject 'Jesus Christ' is arranged and illustrated in Suggestive 
 Thoughts.' " — Glasgow News. 
 

 32 CHARLES GRIFFIN <L- CO.'S GENERAL PUBLICATIONS. 
 
 THE SHILLING MANUALS. 
 By JOHN TIMES, F.S.A., 
 
 Author of "The Curiosities of London," &c. 
 
 A Series of Hand-Books, containing Facts and Anecdotes interesting to 
 all Readers. Second Edition. Fcap 8vo. Bound in neat cloth. 
 
 Price One Shillins: each. 
 
 I.— TIMES' CHARACTERISTICS OF EMINENT MEN. 
 
 II.— TIMBS' CURIOSITIES OF ANIMAL AND VEGETABLE 
 LIFE. 
 
 IIL— TIMES' ODDITIES OF HISTORY AND STRANGE STORIES 
 FOR ALL CLASSES. 
 
 IV.— TIMES' ONE THOUSAND DOMESTIC HINTS on the Choice 
 of Provisions, Cookery, and Housekeeping ; new Inventions and 
 Improvements ; and various branches of Household Management. 
 
 v.— TIMES' POPULAR SCIENCE: Recent Researches on the Sun, 
 Moon, Stars, and Meteors ; the Earth ; Phenomena of Life, 
 Sight, and Sound ; Inventions and Discoveries. 
 
 VL— TIMES' THOUGHTS FOR TIMES AND SEASONS. 
 
 Opinions of the Press on the Series. 
 
 " It is difficult to determine which of these volumes is the most attractive. Will be 
 found equally enjoyable on a railway journey or by the fireside." — Mining; Journal. 
 
 "These additions to the Library, produced by Mr. Timbs' industry and ability, are 
 useful, and in his pages many a hint and suggestion, and many a fact of importance is 
 stored up that would otherwise have been lost to the ^Vi\>\\c." — Builder. 
 
 " Capital little books of about a hundred pages each, wherein the indefatigable 
 Author is seen at his best." — Mechanic' s Magazine. 
 
 " Extremely interesting volumes." — Eve?iing Standard. 
 
 "Amusing, instructive, and interesting. ... As food for thought and pleasant 
 reading, we can heartily recommend the 'Shilling Manuals.'" — Biriningliam Daily 
 Gazette. 
 
 TIMBS (John, F.S.A.): PLEASANT HALF- 
 
 HOURS FOR THE FAMILY CIRCLE. Containing Popular Science, 
 One Thousand Domestic Hints, Thoughts for Times and .Seasons, 
 Oddities of History, and Characteristics of Great Men. Second Edition. 
 Fcap 8vo. Cloth gilt, and gilt edges, 5/. 
 
 "Contains a wealth of useful reading of the greatest possible variety." — Plyinoutli 
 Mercury. 
 
 WANDERINGS IN EVERY CLIME; Or, 
 
 Voyages, Travels, and Adventures All Round the World. Edited by W. 
 F. AiNSWORTH, F.R.G.S., F.S.A., &c., and embellished with upwards 
 of Two Hundred Illustrations by the first Artists, including several from 
 the master-pencil of Gustave Dork. Demy 4to. 800 pages. Cloth 
 and gold, bevelled boards, 21/. 
 
INDEX. 
 
 AINSWORTH(W. F.), Earth Delineated, 
 
 WanderinsTs in Every Clime, . 
 
 AITKEN (W., M.D.), Science and Practice of 
 Medicine, . . . 
 
 — Outlines, 
 
 ■ Growth of the Recruit, . 
 
 ANSTED (Prof ), Geology, . 
 
 Inanimate Creation, 
 
 BAIRD (Prof.), Student's Natural History, 
 BELL (R.), Golden Leaves, 
 BLYTH (A. W.), HygiSne and Public Health, 
 Foods and Poisons, . 
 
 PAGE 
 25 
 
 BROUGHAM(Lord),Paley's Natural Theology, 
 BROWNE (W. R.), Student's Mechanics, 
 Foundations of Mechanics, 
 
 Fuel and Water, .... 
 
 BRYCE (A. H.), Works of Virgil, . 
 
 Works of Virgil (in Parts), 
 
 BUNYAN^S Pilgrim's Progress (Mason), 
 
 Do. (Maguire), 
 
 Select Works, .... 
 
 CHEEVER'S (Dr.), Religious and Moral 
 
 Anecdotes, 
 
 CHRISTISON (J.), Interest Tables, 
 CIRCLE OF THE SCIENCES, 9 vols., 
 
 Treatises, 
 
 COBBETT (Wm.), Advice to Young Men, 
 
 Cottage Economy, .... 
 
 English Graminar, .... 
 
 French do., .... 
 
 Legacy to Labourers, 
 
 Do. Parsons, .... 
 
 COBBIN'S Mangnall's Question, . 
 COLERIDGE on Method, 
 COOK (Captain), Voyages of, . 
 CRAIK (G.), History of English Literature, 
 
 Manual of do. 
 
 CRUDEN'S CONCORDANCE, by Eadie, 
 ■ by Youngman, 
 
 CRUTTWELL'S History of Roman Literature, 20 
 
 ■ Specimens of do., 20 
 
 Do., do. (in Parts), 20 
 
 CURRIE {]■), Works of Horace, . 
 
 • Do. (in Parts), 
 
 Caesar's Commentaries, . 
 
 DALGAIRN'S COOKERY, . 
 DALLAS (Prof ), Animal Creation, . 
 D'AUBIGNE'S History of the Reformation, 
 DICK (Dr.), Celestial Scenery, 
 
 Christian Philosopher, 
 
 DONALDSON (Jas.), Eventful Life of a 
 
 Soldier, ...... 
 
 D'ORSEY (A. J.}, SpelHng by Dictation, 
 DOUGLAS (J. C), Manual of Telegraph Con 
 
 struction, ...... 
 
 DUPRE AND HAKE, Practical Chemistry, 
 EADIE {Rev. Dr.), Biblical Cyclopsedia, 
 
 ■ Cruden's Concordance, . . . 
 
 Classified Bible, .... 
 
 Ecclesiastical Cyclopa;dia, 
 
 Dictionary of Bible, 
 
 ELLIS (Mrs.), Englishwoman's Library, . 
 EMERALD SERIES OF STANDARD 
 
 AUTHORS 
 
 FINDEN'S FINE-ART WORKS, 
 FISHER'S READY-RECKONER, 
 FLEMING (Prof), Vocabulary of Philosophy, 
 FOSTER (Chas.), Story of the Bible, 
 GEDGE (Rev. J. W.), Bible History, . 
 GILMER (R.), Interest Tables, 
 
 PAGE 
 
 GORE (G.), Electro-deposition, ... 9 
 GRjEME (Elliott), Beethoven, .... 27 
 
 Novel with Two Heroes, . . .27 
 
 GRIFFIN (J. J.), Chemical Recreations, . 10 
 
 Do. (in Parts), 10 
 
 GURDEN (R.), Traverse Tables, . . . ir 
 HARRIS (Rev. Dr.), Altar of Household, . i 
 HENRY (M.), Commentary on the Bible, . 2 
 
 HOGARTH, Works of, 28 
 
 JAMIESON (A.), Manual of the Steam Engine 11 
 KEBLE'S CHRISTIAN YEAR, 410, . . 2 
 
 Do., Fcap, . 2 
 
 KITTO (Rev. Dr.), The Holy Land, . . 4 
 
 Pictorial Sunday Book, .... 4 
 
 KNIGHT (Charles), Pictorial Gallery, . . 28 
 
 Do. Museum, . . 28 
 
 LEAKED (Dr.), Imperfect Digestion, . . 11 
 LINN (Dr.), On the Teeth, .... 12 
 LONGMORE (Prof.), Sanitary Contrasts, . 12 
 M'BURNEY (Dr.), Ovid's Metamorphoses, . 21 
 MACKEY (A. G.), Lexicon of Freemasonry, . 28 
 M 'NAB (Dr.), Manual of Botany, . . 12 
 
 MAYHEW(H.), London Labour, ... 28 
 MENTAL SCIENCE (Coleridge and Whately), 21 
 MILLER (T.), Language of Flowers, . . 29 
 MILLER (W. G.), Philosophy of Law, . . 21 
 MOFFITT (Dr.), Instruction for Attendants on 
 
 Wounded, ....... 12 
 
 MUNRO AND JAMIESON'S Electrical 
 
 Pocket-Book, 12 
 
 NAPIER (Jas.), Dyeing and Dyeing Receipts, 13 
 
 Electro-Metallurgy, . . . .13 
 
 PHILLIPS (John), Manual of Geology, . . 13 
 PHILLIPS (J. A.), Elements of Metallurgy, . 14 
 POE (Edgar), Poetical Works of, . . . 27 
 POETRY OF THE YEAR, .... 29 
 PORTER (Surg.-Maj.), Sijrgeon's Pocket-Book, 14 
 RAGG (Rev. T.), Creation's Testimony, . . 5 
 RAMSAY (Prof.), Roman Antiquities, . . 21 
 
 Do. Elem'y., . . .21 
 
 — Latin Prosody, 21 
 
 Do. Elem'y., 21 
 
 RANKINE'S ENGINEERING WORKS, 15,16 
 RAPHAEL'S CARTOONS, .... 29 
 RELIGIONS OF THE WORLD, . . 5 
 SCHILLER'S MAID OF ORLEANS, . 30 
 
 SCHOOL BOARD MANUALS, ... 22 
 
 READERS, ... 22 
 
 SCOTT (Rev. Thos.), Commentary on the Bible, 2 
 SEATON (A. E.), Marine Engineering, . . 16 
 SENIOR (Prof), Pohtical Economy, , . 22 
 SHAKESPERE, Bowdler's Family, . . 30 
 
 Barry Cornwall's, 30 
 
 Halliwell's, ...... 30 
 
 SHELTON(W. v.). Mechanic's Guide, . . 17 
 SOUTHGATE (H.), Many Thoughts of Many 
 
 Minds, 31 
 
 Suggestive Thoughts, . . . .31 
 
 (Mrs.), Christian Life, .... 5 
 
 THOMSON (Dr. Spencer), Domestic Medicine, 17 
 THOMSON'S SEASONS, .... 22 
 TIMES' (John), Shilling Manuals, ... 32 
 
 • Pleasant Half Hours, . . . .32 
 
 WHATELY (Archbishop), Logic, ... 22 
 
 Rhetoric, ...... 22 
 
 WORDS AND WORKS OF OUR BLESSED 
 
 LORD 5 
 
 WYLDE (Jas.), Magic of Science, . . .17 
 Manual of Mathematics, . . .22 
 
FIRST SERIES.— THIRTY-SECOND EDITION. 
 SECOND SERIES.— EIGHTH EDITION. 
 
 MANY THOUGHTS OF MANY MINDS 
 
 A TBEASUKY OF REFERENCE, 
 
 Consisting of Selections from the Writings of the most Celebrated Authors. 
 
 FIRST AND SECOND SERIES. COMPILED AND ANALYTICALLY ARRANGED 
 
 By HENRY SOUTHGATE, 
 
 1)1 Square Svo, elegantly printed on ToMd Paper. 
 
 Presentation Edition, Cloth and Gold, . . 12s. 6d, each Volume. 
 
 Library Edition, Half-Bound, Roxburghe, . . 14s. ,, 
 
 Do., Morocco Antique, . . . 21s. ,, 
 
 Each Series is Complete in itself, and sold separately. 
 
 "' Many Thoughts,' &c., are evi- 
 dently the produce of years of re- 
 search. We look up any subject under 
 the sun, and are pretty sure to find 
 something that has been said— gene- 
 rally well said— upon it."— Examiyier. 
 
 "Many beautiful examples of 
 thought and style are to be found 
 among the selections."— icac^er. 
 
 "There can be little doubt that it 
 is destined to take a high place 
 among books of this cla-ss."— Notes 
 and Queries. 
 
 '•A treasure to every reader who 
 may be fortunate enough to possess it. 
 Its perusal is like inhaling essences ; 
 we have the cream only of the great 
 authors quoted. Here all are seeds or 
 gems."— Englisti Journal of Education. 
 "Mr. Southgate's reading will be 
 found to extend over nearly the whole 
 known field of literature, ancient and 
 ■modem."— Gentleman's Magazine. 
 
 "Here is matter suited to all 
 tastes, and illustrative of all opinions- 
 morals, politics, philosophy, and solid 
 information. We have no hesitation 
 in pronouncing it one of the most 
 important books of the season. Credit 
 is due to the pubUshers for the 
 elegance with which the work is got 
 up, and for the extreme beauty 
 and correctness of the typography.''— 
 Morning Chronicle. 
 
 "Of the numerous volumes of the 
 kind, we do not remember having 
 met with one in which the selection 
 was more judicious, or the accumula- 
 tion of treasures so truly wonderful." 
 — Morning Jlerald. 
 
 "Mr. Southgate appears to have 
 ransacked every nook and corner for 
 gems of thought." — Allen's Indian 
 Mail. 
 
 "The selection of the extracts has 
 been made with taste, judgment, and 
 official nicety." — Morning Post. 
 
 "This is a wondrous book, and con- 
 tains a great many gems of thought." 
 —Daily News. 
 
 "As a work of reference, it will be 
 an acquisition to any man's library." 
 — Publishers' Circular. 
 
 " This volume contains more gems 
 of thought, refined sentiments, noble 
 axioms, and extractable sentences, 
 than have ever before been brought 
 together in our language." — Tlie Field. 
 
 "Will be found to be worth its 
 weight in gold by literary men." — 
 The Builder. 
 
 "All that the poet has described of 
 the beautiful in nature and art; all 
 the wit that has flashed from preg- 
 nant minds ; all the axioms of ex- 
 perience, the collected wisdom of 
 philosopher and sage, are garnered 
 into one heap of useful and well-ar- 
 ranged instruction and amusement." 
 —The Era. 
 
 " The mind of almost all nations 
 and ages of the world is recorded 
 here." — John Bull. 
 
 "This is not a law-book; but, de- 
 parting from our usual practice, we 
 notice it because it is likely to be 
 very useful to lawyers." — Law Times. 
 
 " The collection will prove a mine, 
 rich and inexhaustible, to those in 
 search of a quotation." — Art Journal. 
 
 " There is not, as we have reason 
 to know, a single trashy sentence in 
 this volume. Open where we may, 
 every page is laden with the wealth 
 of profoundest thought, and all aglow 
 with the loftiest inspirations of genius. 
 To take this book into our hands is 
 like sitting down to a grand con- 
 versazione with the greatest thinkers 
 of all ages.'' — Star. 
 
 "The work of Mr. Southgate far 
 outstrips all others of its kind. To 
 the clergyman, the author, the artist, 
 
 and the essayist, ' Many Thought 
 Many Minds' cannot fail to ren 
 almost incalculable service." — Ei 
 burgh Mercury. 
 
 " We have no hesitation whate 
 in describing Mr. Southgate's as 
 very best book of the class. Thei 
 positively nothing of the kind in 
 language that will bear a mome 
 comparison with it." — Manche 
 Weekly Advertiser. 
 
 "There is no mood in which 
 can take it up without deriving fi 
 it instruction, consolation, and ami 
 ment. We heartily thank Mr. Soi 
 gate for a book which we shall reg 
 as one of our best friends and c 
 panions." — Cambridge Chronicle. 
 
 " This work possesses the meri 
 being a magnificent gift-book, ap] 
 priate to all times and seasons — ab 
 calculated to be of use to the schc 
 the divine, or the public man 
 Freemasons' Magazine. 
 
 " It is not so much a book s 
 library of quotations." — Patriot. 
 
 " The quotations abound in i 
 thought which is the mainspring 
 mental exercise." — Liverpool Cour 
 
 "For purposes of apposite qu 
 tion it cannot be a\irpa,ssed."—Bri 
 Times. 
 
 " It is impossible to pick ou 
 single passage in the work wl 
 does not, upon the face of it, jus 
 its selection by its intrinsic meril 
 Dorset Chronicle. 
 
 "We are not surprised that a Sec 
 Series of this work should have I 
 called for. Mr. Southgate has 
 catholic tastes desirable in a g 
 editor. Preachers and public speal 
 will find that it has special uses 
 them."— Edinburgh Daily Review. 
 
 "The Second Semes fully sust 
 the deserved reputation of the Fii 
 — John Bull. 
 
 LONDON: CHARLES GRIFFIN & COMPANY. 
 

 n 
 
f'"""<°" Theological Scm.nary-Speer Libi 
 
 1 1012 01007 4955